Vue normale

Il y a de nouveaux articles disponibles, cliquez pour rafraîchir la page.
À partir d’avant-hierFlux principal

UGREEN NASync vs UniFi UNAS – Which Should You Buy?

Par : Rob Andrews
29 octobre 2025 à 18:00

UGREEN NASync vs UniFi UNAS – Which Should You Buy?

In the evolving landscape of network-attached storage, the arrival of UGREEN and UniFi (Ubiquiti) marks one of the more interesting shifts in consumer and prosumer data management over the last two years. Both brands, previously recognised for their strength in peripheral hardware and networking respectively, officially entered the NAS sector around late 2023 to early 2024, each taking distinct approaches to design, functionality, and ecosystem integration. UGREEN, following a successful crowdfunding launch in early 2024, built its NASync series around desktop and SSD-based solutions for home, creative, and prosumer users seeking all-in-one local storage, virtualization, and multimedia platforms. Its portfolio now includes systems ranging from the ARM-based DXP2800 to the Intel-powered DXP8800 Plus, offering performance tiers from modest home use to compact workstation-class environments.

Meanwhile, UniFi, a brand with a long history in professional networking and surveillance infrastructure, released its UNAS family within the same timeframe, targeting users already invested in its ecosystem of routers, cameras, and switches. The UNAS lineup now spans from the compact UNAS 2 and UNAS 4 desktop units to the rackmount UNAS Pro 4 and Pro 8 systems, with each designed for straightforward deployment and remote integration within the UniFi Network and Protect platforms. Despite arriving from very different sectors, both companies have effectively lowered the cost of entry to reliable NAS storage while redefining how integrated ecosystems can extend storage functionality. This comparison explores their respective design choices, hardware capabilities, software environments, and operational scope to assess which platform is best suited to different user scenarios in 2025 and 2026.

UniFi vs UGREEN NAS – The TL;DR

In comparing the UniFi and UGREEN NAS platforms, it becomes clear that each brand represents a different vision of what modern network storage should be. UniFi’s UNAS series builds on the company’s heritage in networking and surveillance, delivering a range of efficient, ARM-powered NAS systems that integrate tightly within the UniFi ecosystem. Models such as the UNAS 2, UNAS 4, UNAS Pro 4, and UNAS Pro 8 prioritize reliability, centralized management, and long-term stability rather than raw compute power or expandability. Their hardware is deliberately fixed—non-upgradable memory, ARM Cortex-A55 or A57 CPUs, and limited caching support for NVMe drives—but balanced by advanced network connectivity, including dual 10G SFP+ ports, PoE+++ power options, and redundant power supplies. UniFi’s storage OS focuses on core NAS fundamentals: multiple RAID levels, snapshots, encryption, and secure remote access via the UniFi controller. It is intentionally simple, relying on integration with other UniFi products for extended functionality such as surveillance and automation. In contrast, UGREEN’s NASync line follows an open, performance-driven approach designed for flexibility and standalone capability.

Ranging from the DXP2800 with its 8-core ARM processor to the flagship DXP8800 Plus powered by Intel’s i5-1240P, these systems cover every segment from entry-level home use to prosumer and light enterprise workloads. UGREEN’s hardware offers user-upgradable DDR4/DDR5 memory, PCIe expansion, NVMe storage pooling, and multi-gig connectivity, with higher-end models adding dual 10GbE, Thunderbolt 4, and even GPU compatibility. Its UGOS Pro operating system transforms the NAS into a hybrid server capable of running Docker containers, virtual machines, and AI-based indexing, alongside comprehensive backup and synchronization tools across cloud and local environments. While UniFi emphasizes simplicity, low maintenance, and enterprise-grade network reliability, UGREEN delivers a richer feature set and greater hardware freedom at the expense of long-term enterprise validation. In essence, UniFi NAS suits users already invested in UniFi’s ecosystem who value cohesion, predictable performance, and integrated security, whereas UGREEN NAS appeals to those seeking raw performance, versatility, and independent control without ecosystem constraints.

Why Buy UniFi NAS?

Why Buy UGREEN NAS?

Want to support us NASCompares? Use the links/buttons below, and anything you purchase results in a small commission coming to me and Eddie @NASCompares. It really is just the two of us doing everything, and purchasing things via these links will allow you to passively support creators like us (as well as allow us to keep making videos, providing support, running the forum, making tutorials and more) at no extra cost to yourself!
  • Ecosystem Integration: Seamlessly integrates with UniFi Network, Protect, and Access systems, allowing unified management through a single controller interface.

  • Centralized Management: Designed for administrators managing multiple UniFi sites or devices, providing consistent firmware, remote access, and monitoring from one dashboard.

  • Reliable, Efficient Design: ARM-based architecture ensures low power draw, cool operation, and stable long-term performance with minimal maintenance.

  • Enterprise-Grade Networking: Equipped with up to dual 10G SFP+ and 10GBase-T ports, plus USP-RPS redundancy for professional deployments.

  • Proven Security Framework: Benefits from Ubiquiti’s mature network security infrastructure, signed firmware updates, and NDAA-compliant hardware.

  • Superior Hardware Performance: Offers a full range from ARM to Intel Core i5 CPUs, with upgradable RAM, NVMe storage pools, and optional PCIe expansion.

  • Versatile Software (UGOS Pro): Supports Docker, virtual machines, AI photo indexing, and multi-platform backups out of the box.

  • All-in-One Standalone System: Functions independently without relying on an external ecosystem, ideal for users wanting a complete server in one unit.

  • Advanced Connectivity: Includes 2.5 GbE and 10 GbE networking, USB 4/Thunderbolt 4, and support for direct-attached workflows like video editing or large-file transfer.

  • Rapid Development and Updates: Frequent firmware releases continually add new features, broader hardware support, and improved backup and security options.

 

UniFi vs UGREEN NAS – Design, Storage and Range

When comparing UGREEN and UniFi’s NAS portfolios, the first and most visible difference lies in how each brand approaches system design and deployment environment. UGREEN’s NASync series is focused entirely on desktop enclosures, reflecting the brand’s consumer electronics background and intent to cater primarily to home users, prosumers, and creative professionals. Each model, such as the DXP2800, DXP4800 Plus, and DXP8800 Plus, follows a compact, upright chassis layout with attention to quiet cooling and minimal footprint. The aesthetic is consistent across the range—metallic finishes, clear drive bay accessibility, and understated branding—intended to fit easily on a desk or in a studio environment. By contrast, UniFi’s UNAS range adopts both desktop and rackmount designs, depending on model class. The UNAS 2 and UNAS 4 are designed for smaller workspaces and integrate PoE+++ power options to simplify installation, while the UNAS Pro 4 (1U) and UNAS Pro 8 (2U) are full rackmount systems made from SGCC steel, reflecting their professional and data-center-friendly construction standards.

UGREEN’s systems emphasize flexibility and user-level expandability within their desktop footprint. Most models in the NASync line support 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch SATA drives, dual NVMe SSD slots, and optional PCIe or Thunderbolt expansion, allowing them to function as both storage servers and active editing platforms. The DXP480T Plus, for example, is an all-SSD NAS with four M.2 NVMe bays that appeals to users seeking maximum I/O performance for tasks such as 4K video editing or database caching. The DXP8800 Plus, the flagship, extends this design language with eight SATA bays, dual Gen 4 M.2 SSD slots, dual 10 GbE networking, and Thunderbolt 4 connectivity, making it one of the most powerful turnkey NAS options in the consumer space. In comparison, UniFi’s UNAS systems prioritize structural consistency and network integration over expandability. Even though all models provide dual or single NVMe slots, these are limited to caching duties. Drive capacity across the lineup scales more linearly, from two to eight 3.5-inch bays, maintaining a clear size-to-performance progression while focusing on rack density and cooling efficiency.

From a usability perspective, UGREEN’s design philosophy focuses on standalone versatility. Each NASync model is built to function independently as a complete storage and application host, with optional integration through standard network protocols. Physical accessibility is a clear design consideration, with quick-release trays, front USB ports, and in some models, SD card readers for direct media offload. The visual and acoustic design is optimized for open environments, with whisper-quiet fan systems and smart temperature management, making them suitable for use beside workstations or in living spaces. UniFi’s design philosophy, however, centers on infrastructure harmony rather than isolation. The rackmount models are designed to slide directly into existing UniFi network installations, using standard 1U or 2U spacing and consistent power integration with UniFi’s USP-RPS redundant supply network. Even the desktop UNAS 4 maintains visual continuity with UniFi routers and switches, using similar matte finishes, front-facing status LEDs, and clean ventilation lines.

In terms of product range, UGREEN currently offers at least seven NASync models, each targeting a specific performance segment. These include the DXP2800 (2-bay ARM), DXP4800 (4-bay N100), DXP4800 Plus (4-bay N305), DXP6800 Pro (6-bay N305), DXP480T Plus (SSD-only, N305), DH4300 Plus (4-bay ARM), and DXP8800 Plus (8-bay i5-1240P). Each generation introduces more advanced CPUs, faster interfaces, and expanded media capabilities. UniFi’s current UNAS range, while smaller, has diversified rapidly since its launch. The confirmed models include the UNAS 2, UNAS 4, UNAS Pro 4, UNAS Pro 8, and the earlier UNAS Pro 7-Bay, all of which use ARM-based processors and fixed memory configurations. A larger ENAS 16-Bay ZFS system is already in development, targeting enterprise and datacenter deployments in 2026. Compared with UGREEN’s more gradual tiered approach, UniFi’s product scaling is defined by form factor and network bandwidth rather than by CPU class or user workload.

Price segmentation further highlights their opposing strategies. UniFi’s UNAS line is priced aggressively to attract users into its broader ecosystem, starting at $199 for the UNAS 2, rising to $799 for the Pro 8, and including mid-tier models like the UNAS 4 ($379) and Pro 4 ($499). The pricing aligns with UniFi’s established model of offering capable hardware at low margins to encourage ecosystem investment across switches, cameras, and controllers. UGREEN, by contrast, positions its NASync devices as feature-rich all-rounders, with prices reflecting performance class: from $279 for the DXP2800 to around $1,299 for the DXP8800 Plus. The difference in pricing structure is significant but reflects how each company defines value—UniFi through integrated ecosystem scaling, and UGREEN through standalone hardware strength and included functionality.

Brand Model Range Form Factor Drive Bays NVMe Slots Networking Power Design Typical Price Range
UniFi (Ubiquiti) UNAS 2, UNAS 4, UNAS Pro 4, UNAS Pro 8, UNAS Pro 7-Bay Desktop / Rackmount (1U–2U) 2 – 8 × 3.5″/2.5″ 2 × M.2 (cache only) Up to 3 × 10 GbE (SFP+ + RJ45) Internal + RPS / Dual hot-swap PSU $199 – $799
UGREEN NASync DXP2800, DXP4800(+), DXP6800 Pro, DXP480T Plus, DH4300 Plus, DXP8800 Plus Desktop only 2 – 8 × 3.5″/2.5″ + SSD variants 2 × M.2 (cache + storage) 2.5 GbE / 10 GbE / TB4 / USB 4 External or internal PSU

 

UniFi vs UGREEN NAS – Hardware Range

The internal hardware philosophy of UniFi and UGREEN reflects two distinct interpretations of what a modern NAS should prioritize: efficiency and integration versus performance and versatility. UniFi’s UNAS series relies entirely on ARM-based architecture, a deliberate decision aligned with the company’s emphasis on low power consumption, predictable thermal characteristics, and embedded system reliability. Every model in the current UNAS lineup, including the UNAS 2, UNAS 4, UNAS Pro 4, and UNAS Pro 8, is built around a quad-core ARM processor—the A55 at 1.7 GHz for the smaller systems and the A57 at 2.0 GHz for the rackmount models. These CPUs deliver modest compute performance but strong stability and power efficiency, allowing for sustained 24/7 operation without requiring active thermal management beyond standard fan arrays. This design philosophy mirrors UniFi’s broader network device ecosystem, where embedded ARM SoCs dominate routers, gateways, and cameras, ensuring unified firmware management and hardware compatibility across all product categories.

UGREEN’s NASync architecture takes the opposite route, aiming to deliver workstation-grade power in compact form factors. The entry-level DXP2800 features an octa-core ARM CPU, already outpacing UniFi’s top models in raw processing capability, while the remainder of the series transitions to x86 platforms from Intel’s latest low-power and mid-tier lines. The DXP4800 uses Intel’s N100 processor, the DXP4800 Plus and DXP6800 Pro adopt the more capable N305 with improved iGPU performance, and the flagship DXP8800 Plus integrates the 12th Gen Intel Core i5-1240P, offering hybrid performance and support for hardware transcoding, virtualization, and PCIe Gen 4 NVMe. This variation in processor choice underlines UGREEN’s strategy of providing scalable compute resources for different workloads, from basic backup operations to multi-user virtualization and AI-assisted indexing. Unlike UniFi, UGREEN’s systems can operate as full Linux servers, running multiple containers or virtual machines without external dependencies.

Memory and expansion options further highlight the divergence in hardware scope. UniFi’s systems employ fixed memory configurations—ranging from 4 GB on the UNAS 2 and 4 to 16 GB on the Pro 8—with no user-accessible upgrade paths. This aligns with their embedded design approach, where firmware optimization and unified memory management are prioritized over modularity. In contrast, UGREEN’s NASync devices all support user-upgradable SO-DIMM DDR4 or DDR5 modules, typically allowing capacities between 8 GB and 64 GB, depending on the model. This flexibility benefits users running memory-intensive services such as Docker containers, Plex transcoding, or AI indexing. Moreover, many of UGREEN’s x86 systems support PCIe expansion cards, offering pathways to add 10 GbE NICs, NVMe storage adapters, or GPU accelerators, while UniFi’s systems are intentionally non-upgradable to maintain uniform hardware control and firmware consistency across the UNAS ecosystem.

Networking and connectivity options serve as another key point of differentiation. UniFi has leaned on its networking pedigree, offering up to three 10 GbE connections (two SFP+ and one RJ45) on the UNAS Pro 8, with lower-tier models still providing 2.5 GbE or Gigabit connectivity. Power integration is also a hallmark of their design. The UNAS 2 and UNAS 4 use PoE+++, allowing single-cable deployment through UniFi switches, while the Pro series employs redundant power via USP-RPS or hot-swappable PSUs, reducing downtime in managed networks. UGREEN, on the other hand, focuses on local performance flexibility, providing multi-interface options like 10 GbE, 2.5 GbE, USB 4, and Thunderbolt 4, depending on model class. This allows their systems to double as direct-attached storage (DAS) for editors or content creators, particularly when used via Thunderbolt, an option not present in any UniFi NAS. Power designs in UGREEN systems are conventional but efficient, ranging from compact external adapters on smaller models to integrated supplies on higher-end devices.

The overall hardware comparison reveals two clear user archetypes. UniFi’s hardware suits IT administrators and network professionals seeking dependable, uniform, low-maintenance appliances that integrate natively with UniFi controllers and services. UGREEN’s NASync hardware, meanwhile, targets prosumers, creative professionals, and small business users requiring computational headroom and direct system control. Where UniFi builds closed but predictable infrastructure devices, UGREEN delivers open and adaptable machines capable of serving as both NAS and lightweight servers. The contrast is not one of quality but of philosophy—UniFi favoring consistency and system management efficiency, UGREEN focusing on flexibility and computational breadth.

Brand Model CPU Architecture Memory Upgrade Options Networking Expansion Power Design
UniFi (Ubiquiti) UNAS 2 / UNAS 4 ARM Cortex-A55, 1.7 GHz (Quad-Core) 4 GB Non-upgradable 1 × 2.5 GbE, PoE+++ USB-C (5 Gbps) PoE+++ or external PSU
UNAS Pro 4 ARM Cortex-A57, 2.0 GHz (Quad-Core) 8 GB Non-upgradable 2 × 10G SFP+, 1 × 1G RJ45 None Internal PSU + RPS support
UNAS Pro 8 ARM Cortex-A57, 2.0 GHz (Quad-Core) 16 GB Non-upgradable 2 × 10G SFP+, 1 × 10G RJ45 None Dual hot-swap 550 W PSU
UGREEN NASync DXP2800 ARM Octa-Core 8 GB Limited 2.5 GbE USB 3.2 External PSU
DXP4800 / 4800 Plus Intel N100 / N305 8–16 GB (up to 64 GB) Yes 2.5 GbE / 10 GbE PCIe Gen 3 Internal PSU
DXP6800 Pro Intel N305 16 GB (expandable) Yes Dual 10 GbE PCIe Gen 3 Internal PSU
DXP8800 Plus Intel Core i5-1240P 16–64 GB Yes Dual 10 GbE + Thunderbolt 4 PCIe Gen 4 Internal PSU

UniFi vs UGREEN NAS – Software, Services and Apps

The most significant distinction between UGREEN and UniFi’s NAS platforms lies in their software ecosystems and the broader intent behind their development. UniFi’s UNAS software mirrors the brand’s overarching approach to product design: lightweight, efficient, and designed to integrate seamlessly into the UniFi Network and Protect ecosystems. The UNAS interface focuses almost exclusively on storage management and file security. It provides the fundamental NAS feature set, including multiple RAID configurations, volume encryption, snapshot management, and user-based permission control. Files can be accessed through SMB, NFS, with remote management possible via the UniFi portal or mobile app. However, beyond core storage functionality, UniFi’s NAS software remains deliberately minimal. It lacks support for virtual machines, Docker containers, or app installation frameworks, relying instead on integration with other UniFi devices for broader capabilities such as video surveillance, network management, or cloud relay services.

UGREEN’s UGOS Pro platform adopts a far more expansive, multifunctional design. The software is built on a modern Linux kernel and supports both ARM and x86 architectures, allowing for a full-featured environment with native support for containers, virtual machines, and AI-enhanced media indexing. Out of the box, users can deploy Docker, Portainer, Kubernetes-compatible containers, and KVM-based virtual machines, enabling workloads that go far beyond traditional NAS operations. Backup and synchronization options are also more diverse, with support for rsync, S3, WebDAV, iSCSI, OneDrive, Google Drive, Dropbox, and two-way synchronization across multiple NAS units. The interface emphasizes transparency and customization, giving users direct access to system-level configuration that UniFi’s more streamlined interface omits. Features such as storage tiering (using both HDD and NVMe), application sandboxing, and external GPU detection on select models position UGREEN’s UGOS Pro as one of the most open and flexible NAS operating systems currently available outside of enterprise-class environments.

In client and access support, the contrast continues. UniFi’s ecosystem is designed for centralized control and consistent performance across its product range. The UNAS systems can be monitored via the same UniFi Controller interface used for switches, gateways, and access points, creating a single-pane-of-glass environment that appeals to IT administrators managing multiple UniFi sites. Remote access and firmware updates are handled automatically through UniFi Cloud, and security is strengthened by integration with two-factor authentication, device certificates, and network isolation policies inherited from the company’s professional networking hardware. UGREEN, conversely, provides a more conventional NAS interface that supports multiple access clients and cross-platform tools. In addition to browser access and mobile apps for Android and iOS, users can mount shared drives directly within macOS, Windows, and Linux, while also leveraging a dedicated UGREEN Drive application for photo management and AI-based face/object recognition. Where UniFi’s UNAS feels like an extension of a larger network ecosystem, UGREEN’s software operates as a complete standalone server environment.

Security and maintenance are handled very differently between the two brands. UniFi benefits from a mature background in network device hardening, employing signed firmware, rolling updates, and extensive beta testing through its large enterprise user base. Features such as encrypted storage volumes, HTTPS enforcement, and VLAN isolation come preconfigured with minimal user intervention. However, the trade-off for this controlled environment is reduced user autonomy, as firmware customization and software-side experimentation are discouraged. UGREEN, while newer to the enterprise security space, implements encryption standards such as AES-256, offers built-in 2FA, and continues to expand its ransomware prevention and snapshot recovery tools. Updates arrive frequently and often include feature additions alongside security patches, though the brand still lacks a formal bug bounty or transparency reporting system comparable to UniFi’s. Overall, UGREEN’s software offers greater flexibility and control, while UniFi’s remains more mature and hardened within its controlled network framework.

Brand OS Name Core Focus App/Container Support Virtualization Backup & Sync Remote Access Security & Maintenance
UniFi (Ubiquiti) UniFi OS (Storage Module) File storage, snapshots, ecosystem integration No app store or containers None Local, NFS, SMB, UniFi Cloud Via UniFi Network / Protect Encrypted volumes, 2FA, managed firmware updates
UGREEN NASync UGOS Pro Multi-purpose NAS, hybrid storage & compute Docker, Portainer, Linux apps KVM VM support Rsync, S3, WebDAV, iSCSI, cloud sync Browser, mobile app, direct share AES-256 encryption, 2FA, frequent OTA updates

 

UniFi vs UGREEN NAS – Verdict and Conclusion

Both UGREEN and UniFi have entered the NAS sector from distinct starting points and continue to move in different directions, each targeting a particular type of user. UniFi’s UNAS series delivers consistency, predictable performance, and dependable integration with the broader UniFi ecosystem. Its software is stable, lightweight, and well-suited to users who prioritize straightforward storage management, reliable data handling, and unified control across routers, switches, and surveillance systems. While the hardware is limited to fixed ARM configurations and non-expandable memory, it is efficient, quiet, and designed for continuous operation with minimal maintenance. For organizations already invested in UniFi infrastructure, the UNAS systems provide a logical expansion that keeps management centralized and operational risk low. However, their value depends heavily on ecosystem synergy; outside of that environment, the systems remain competent but relatively inflexible standalone NAS options.

UGREEN’s NASync platform, on the other hand, appeals to users seeking broader performance capability and independence. Its x86-based models, upgradable memory, and open software environment allow it to serve as a hybrid between NAS and compact server, capable of running applications, containers, and virtual machines alongside storage tasks. The design language is more suited to individual or small business use than datacenter deployment, but the hardware range—from ARM to Core i5—covers a far wider performance spectrum than UniFi’s. Software maturity continues to evolve quickly, with new features added frequently, and the systems provide extensive compatibility with third-party clients and backup services. The trade-off is that long-term reliability and enterprise-level security validation are still developing.

Ultimately, UniFi NAS suits users who already rely on UniFi’s networking ecosystem and value simplicity, predictability, and centralized management, while UGREEN NAS caters to those prioritizing flexibility, compute power, and open software capability. Both brands have lowered the entry barrier into reliable NAS ownership, but they embody opposing philosophies: UniFi focuses on integration and control, whereas UGREEN emphasizes capability and independence.

Why Buy UniFi NAS?

Why Buy UGREEN NAS?

  • Ecosystem Integration: Seamlessly integrates with UniFi Network, Protect, and Access systems, allowing unified management through a single controller interface.

  • Centralized Management: Designed for administrators managing multiple UniFi sites or devices, providing consistent firmware, remote access, and monitoring from one dashboard.

  • Reliable, Efficient Design: ARM-based architecture ensures low power draw, cool operation, and stable long-term performance with minimal maintenance.

  • Enterprise-Grade Networking: Equipped with up to dual 10G SFP+ and 10GBase-T ports, plus USP-RPS redundancy for professional deployments.

  • Proven Security Framework: Benefits from Ubiquiti’s mature network security infrastructure, signed firmware updates, and NDAA-compliant hardware.

  • Superior Hardware Performance: Offers a full range from ARM to Intel Core i5 CPUs, with upgradable RAM, NVMe storage pools, and optional PCIe expansion.

  • Versatile Software (UGOS Pro): Supports Docker, virtual machines, AI photo indexing, and multi-platform backups out of the box.

  • All-in-One Standalone System: Functions independently without relying on an external ecosystem, ideal for users wanting a complete server in one unit.

  • Advanced Connectivity: Includes 2.5 GbE and 10 GbE networking, USB 4/Thunderbolt 4, and support for direct-attached workflows like video editing or large-file transfer.

  • Rapid Development and Updates: Frequent firmware releases continually add new features, broader hardware support, and improved backup and security options.

Want to support us NASCompares? Use the links/buttons below, and anything you purchase results in a small commission coming to me and Eddie @NASCompares. It really is just the two of us doing everything, and purchasing things via these links will allow you to passively support creators like us (as well as allow us to keep making videos, providing support, running the forum, making tutorials and more) at no extra cost to yourself!

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Beelink Me Mini vs GMKTec G9 vs CWWK P6 NAS Comparison

Par : Rob Andrews
27 octobre 2025 à 18:00

Beelink Me Mini vs GMKTec G9 vs CWWK P6 SSD NAS Showdown

The compact and SSD-focused NAS landscape has grown increasingly competitive, with new models targeting users who require silent operation, efficient performance, and small-scale virtualization or media serving capabilities. Devices like the GMKTec G9, Beelink ME Mini, and CWWK P6 represent a distinct shift from traditional 3.5” HDD-based systems, instead favoring M.2 NVMe SSD storage in compact chassis designs. These systems are marketed toward home users, prosumers, and developers looking for a balance between cost, flexibility, and low-noise operation, often for roles such as Plex servers, UnRAID deployments, or containerized environments.

Each unit in this comparison leverages low-power Intel Twin Lake processors (notably the N150), offers at least dual 2.5GbE connectivity, and supports multiple M.2 drives, but their implementations vary widely in thermal handling, expandability, and internal architecture. As the line between DIY NAS builds and pre-built options continues to blur, the GMKTec G9, Beelink ME Mini, and CWWK P6 provide a snapshot of how different brands interpret the needs of modern users who prioritize energy efficiency, small footprints, and SSD-based storage workflows. This article evaluates these three devices across pricing, storage architecture, design, and real-world usability to provide a clear overview of their relative strengths and compromises.

CWWK P6 SSD NAS Beelink ME Mini SSD NAS – HERE GMKTec G9 SSD NAS

Beelink Me Mini vs GMKTec G9 vs CWWK P6 SSD NAS – Price and Value

The GMKTec G9 enters the market at around $199 for its 12GB RAM base configuration, positioning it as one of the more accessible SSD-based NAS units available. It includes a Windows 11 Pro license and Ubuntu Linux pre-installed, which can be attractive to users interested in general computing as well as NAS tasks. However, these operating systems are not tailored for storage-focused functionality, and the burden falls on the user to install and configure something like TrueNAS or UnRAID for proper NAS use. Additionally, the system uses non-upgradable LPDDR5 memory and features a plastic chassis, suggesting a design focus on affordability over long-term flexibility. While value is present in terms of included software and passive SSD-ready operation, its entry-level design limits appeal to users planning to scale or repurpose the device beyond its initial setup.

The Beelink ME Mini NAS, typically available at $209 on Beelink’s own storefront, offers a slightly higher upfront cost but balances that with integrated features aimed at simplifying deployment. Unlike the GMKTec G9, the ME Mini comes with an internal power supply and Crucial-branded SSDs in pre-built configurations, offering a greater level of assurance for storage reliability and plug-and-play readiness. The system supports Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.2, and features a silent fan-assisted cooling design that makes it more suitable for living rooms or office environments. Though it also utilizes soldered 12GB LPDDR5 memory, its form factor, passive aesthetics, and better thermals make it more appealing to users who want a quiet and tidy NAS solution that requires minimal tinkering post-installation. When compared to generic prebuilds, the ME Mini offers greater refinement and turnkey usability in exchange for a modest premium.

The CWWK P6 NAS sets itself apart with a lower base price of $195 for the N150 version, but this does not include memory or storage. Instead, the system is designed for users who prefer sourcing their own SO-DIMM DDR5 RAM and M.2 SSDs, potentially reducing costs if spare components are available. Its use of a single SO-DIMM slot enables expansion up to 48GB, which is considerably more than either the GMKTec or Beelink models. However, this flexibility comes at the cost of initial convenience. Users will need to handle their own OS installation, BIOS configuration, and possibly even resolve SATA recognition issues via firmware tweaks. The CWWK P6 also lacks wireless connectivity by default, and its use of a barrel connector rather than USB-C for power delivery may feel dated. Still, for users with a higher comfort level in DIY environments, the P6 offers a customizable platform with greater headroom for VMs, Plex, and containers.

When considering long-term value, each NAS appeals to a different kind of buyer. The GMKTec G9 is best suited for users who want a simple, functional NAS with minimal setup, though they may run into its limits quickly if performance expectations rise. The Beelink ME Mini justifies its price by offering a more thought-out design, silent thermals, and premium SSD options out of the box—better suited to users who want a clean and quiet system that can be set up rapidly. Meanwhile, the CWWK P6 represents a builder’s NAS: inexpensive upfront, highly scalable, and intended for users who value control over convenience. Ultimately, while price differences between these units are small, the total value depends heavily on user intent and whether ease of deployment, expansion, or component choice takes priority.

Beelink Me Mini vs GMKTec G9 vs CWWK P6 SSD NAS – Storage & Memory

All three NAS systems in this comparison rely exclusively on M.2 NVMe SSDs for internal storage, reflecting a growing emphasis on silent, high-speed flash-based configurations in compact enclosures. The GMKTec G9 features four M.2 NVMe slots, each limited to PCIe Gen 3 x2, offering a theoretical maximum of 2GB/s per drive. In contrast, the Beelink ME Mini supports six M.2 NVMe slots, with five operating at PCIe Gen 3 x1 and one—typically reserved for the OS—at Gen 3 x2. The CWWK P6 matches the G9 in having four slots, though each operates at PCIe Gen 3 x1 speeds, reducing peak bandwidth per drive. This difference in PCIe lane allocation directly impacts aggregate read/write performance, especially in RAID configurations or during high-traffic file operations.

The GMKTec G9’s storage slots are laid out beneath a plastic panel with no included heatsinks, a decision that raises concerns about sustained thermal performance. While it technically supports up to 32TB of total storage across its four bays, the lack of passive or active SSD cooling can lead to throttling unless third-party heatsinks are installed. The Beelink ME Mini, in contrast, integrates a large aluminum heatsink with pre-applied thermal pads on all six slots, ensuring consistent heat transfer and reduced risk of SSD overheating. Though five of its six slots are bandwidth-limited to Gen 3 x1, the thermal design makes it better suited for prolonged uptime and high-usage environments. The CWWK P6 also features a metal enclosure that acts as a passive heat sink, but ships with notably thin thermal pads and relies on an optional USB-powered fan for improved airflow.

Memory configuration is another key area of differentiation. The GMKTec G9 and Beelink ME Mini both ship with 12GB of soldered LPDDR5 memory running at 4800MHz. This fixed memory cannot be upgraded, limiting their long-term viability in RAM-intensive use cases such as virtualization or large-scale container deployment. The CWWK P6, by contrast, includes a single SO-DIMM slot that supports up to 32GB of DDR5 4800MHz memory, making it the most flexible of the three for VM hosting, ZFS-based NAS operating systems, or other memory-sensitive applications. The tradeoff is that buyers must provide their own RAM, adding to the setup cost but allowing for performance tuning based on workload.

Boot and operating system storage configurations differ subtly across the three units. The GMKTec G9 includes a 64GB eMMC drive with pre-installed Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu, though the eMMC capacity is insufficient for most NAS deployments beyond initial setup. The Beelink ME Mini also offers a 64GB eMMC module but encourages users to install the OS on the Gen 3 x2 slot, especially in bundled configurations that include Crucial P3 SSDs. The CWWK P6 does not include any pre-installed OS or eMMC storage but does allow booting from any of its four NVMe slots, giving advanced users greater freedom to optimize OS installation, especially when using UnRAID or TrueNAS SCALE.

Ultimately, the memory and storage architecture of each system reflects different user priorities. The GMKTec G9 aims for simplicity but is hindered by non-upgradable memory and inadequate SSD cooling. The Beelink ME Mini offers better thermal management and storage capacity, albeit with limited PCIe bandwidth on most slots. The CWWK P6 provides the greatest upgrade potential with socketed RAM and M.2 flexibility, but demands user familiarity with thermal solutions, BIOS configuration, and peripheral sourcing.

Feature GMKTec G9 Beelink ME Mini CWWK P6 (N150)
M.2 Slots 4 x NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 x2) 6 x NVMe (1 x Gen 3 x2, 5 x Gen 3 x1) 4 x NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 x1)
Max Storage Capacity Up to 32TB Up to 24TB Up to 32TB
eMMC / OS Drive 64GB eMMC 64GB eMMC None
SSD Cooling No heatsinks, plastic panel Internal heatsink, pre-applied pads Metal body, thin pads, optional fan
RAM Type 12GB LPDDR5 (soldered) 12GB LPDDR5 (soldered) SO-DIMM DDR5 (user-installed)
RAM Expandability Not expandable Not expandable Up to 32GB

Beelink Me Mini vs GMKTec G9 vs CWWK P6 SSD NAS – Power Consumption, Heat and Noise

The physical construction of these three NAS units reflects differing priorities in material choice, ventilation, and power integration. The GMKTec G9 uses a lightweight plastic chassis, which helps reduce cost but limits heat dissipation across its four M.2 SSDs. The unit relies on internal airflow generated by laptop-style fans, but its design lacks direct ventilation over the SSD bays, and the use of a plastic cover above the M.2 slots reduces thermal transfer. In contrast, the Beelink ME Mini is housed in a symmetrical 99mm³ cube with an internal aluminum heatsink and integrated fan. Its minimalist cube layout includes top and bottom ventilation for vertical airflow and maintains a more enclosed, consistent cooling environment that better suits SSD longevity in passive setups.

The CWWK P6 offers the most robust build quality of the three, using a solid aluminum alloy chassis that doubles as a passive heat sink. It includes a base-level fan mounted beneath the CPU and an optional USB-powered fan for SSD cooling. However, the included thermal pads are extremely thin, reducing their effectiveness under prolonged load unless replaced. Despite this, the chassis is designed to tolerate higher ambient temperatures and shows consistent performance in enclosed spaces. One drawback is the lack of airflow across the top panel unless the optional fan is mounted—without it, SSDs tend to accumulate heat more rapidly, especially during concurrent write operations or large file transfers.

Power delivery also differentiates these devices. The GMKTec G9 uses a USB-C power connector with an external 65W power brick, aligning with modern standards and reducing desktop clutter. The Beelink ME Mini further improves on this with a built-in PSU, removing the need for external adapters altogether and simplifying cable management in home setups. The CWWK P6 reverts to a more traditional 12V barrel connector, which, while functional, feels outdated compared to the USB-C or internal PSU solutions. This design choice may require users to carry a dedicated power supply, limiting flexibility in mobile deployments or environments with shared power infrastructure.

In testing, all three systems showed efficient power usage, though their idle and peak wattages differ slightly due to cooling, CPU behavior, and drive count. The GMKTec G9 drew 19–20W at idle and peaked at 28–30W under sustained load. The Beelink ME Mini demonstrated the lowest idle consumption at 6.9W with no drives, increasing to around 30W when fully populated with six SSDs under heavy activity. The CWWK P6 consumed approximately 18W at idle and peaked at 34–35W with three active VMs and four SSDs. These figures indicate that, despite modest differences in architecture, each system remains power-efficient and suitable for 24/7 use, especially in home environments with low thermal tolerance and energy cost sensitivity.

Feature GMKTec G9 Beelink ME Mini CWWK P6 (N150)
Chassis Material Plastic Aluminum with internal heatsink Aluminum alloy (entire chassis)
Cooling Internal fans, no SSD airflow Silent top fan, central heatsink Base fan + optional USB top fan
Power Connector USB-C (external 65W PSU) Integrated PSU (no brick) 12V Barrel connector (60W PSU)
Idle Power Consumption 19–20W 6.9W (no drives), 16.9W (6 SSDs) ~18W (no drives)
Peak Power Consumption 28–30W ~30–31W 34–35W
Idle Noise Level <40 dBA 31–34 dBA 35–36 dBA (with fan)
Load Noise Level ~40 dBA 37–40 dBA 38 dBA (with optional fan)

Beelink Me Mini vs GMKTec G9 vs CWWK P6 SSD NAS – Conclusion and Verdict

When assessed across all key metrics, the GMKTec G9, Beelink ME Mini, and CWWK P6 occupy distinct positions within the low-cost, all-flash NAS landscape, each catering to different user expectations and levels of technical comfort. The GMKTec G9 is the most turnkey in terms of initial usability, with pre-installed Windows and Ubuntu providing a base for users new to NAS setups or simply looking to use the device as a low-power desktop or file server. Its plastic chassis and lack of thermal optimization limit its suitability for intensive tasks, and the fixed 12GB LPDDR5 memory restricts performance scaling for containers or virtualization. That said, the G9 offers predictable behavior and basic capabilities that will satisfy those seeking an easy, entry-level NAS with minimal setup time, especially for local media streaming or light SMB file services. That said, the G9 is getting rather notorious for it’s poor cooling abilities – so much so that the brand has rolled out an improved cooling verion (see images below). There DO help, but the G9 is still the poorest of the three NAS in this comparison in terms of active cooling and long term temps!

The Beelink ME Mini, though only marginally more expensive, adopts a more premium approach to internal design and build quality. The integrated fan and large aluminum heatsink ensure more consistent SSD temperatures under sustained workloads, and the system is noticeably quieter at idle compared to the G9. Its six M.2 NVMe slots provide greater storage density potential, even though five are limited to PCIe Gen 3 x1 speeds. The soldered memory mirrors the G9’s limitations in upgradeability, but its inclusion of Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth, and an internal PSU adds notable convenience for deployment in mixed-use environments like offices, bedrooms, or AV cabinets. It will appeal to users who value quiet, thermally reliable operation in a system that arrives largely preconfigured and ready for use with minimal additional hardware.

In contrast, the CWWK P6 forgoes polish and plug-and-play readiness in favor of maximum flexibility and user control. It is the only device in this group to feature upgradable RAM, allowing users to install up to 48GB of DDR5 memory, which opens the door to heavier workloads like virtual machines, ZFS-based NAS operating systems, or multiple Docker containers. The lack of included wireless, OS storage, or bundled RAM/SSD keeps the entry cost low but shifts responsibility onto the buyer to source compatible components. This extends to thermal management—while the chassis is solid aluminum, effective SSD cooling often requires replacing the thin stock pads and adding the optional USB-powered fan. These additional steps will deter less technical users but make the P6 a strong contender for builders, hobbyists, or professionals seeking a flexible platform they can adapt over time.

Ultimately, choosing between these three NAS units comes down to balancing ease of setup, long-term scalability, and thermal reliability. The GMKTec G9 suits users who want to get started quickly with a general-purpose device and accept limitations in memory and thermal design. The Beelink ME Mini delivers a more refined package, ideal for those who prioritize noise, storage density, and out-of-box functionality. The CWWK P6, meanwhile, is the most modular and scalable option, but requires technical confidence and additional investment in compatible components. Each has clear strengths and trade-offs, and the best choice depends on whether the user prioritizes convenience, passive reliability, or long-term upgradability in their NAS setup.

Device Pros Cons
GMKTec G9 – Includes Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu pre-installed – Non-upgradable 12GB LPDDR5 RAM
– USB-C power input with compact external PSU – Plastic chassis with VERY poor SSD thermal management
– Supports 4 x M.2 NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 x2) – No SSD heatsinks or airflow over storage
– Quiet operation under light loads
– Lower entry price with minimal setup required
Beelink ME Mini – Includes 6 x M.2 NVMe slots (1 x Gen 3 x2, 5 x Gen 3 x1) – Soldered 12GB LPDDR5, no memory expansion
– Built-in PSU for cable-free deployment – Most SSD slots limited to PCIe Gen 3 x1
– Silent fan and integrated heatsink for passive SSD cooling – No RAM or storage customization
– Bundled with Crucial SSDs in some configurations
– Wi-Fi 6 and Bluetooth 5.2 included
CWWK P6 (N150) – Upgradable DDR5 RAM (up to 48GB via SO-DIMM) – No bundled RAM or SSD; user must supply all components
– Solid aluminum chassis for passive thermal dissipation – Thermal pads are thin and require replacement for effective SSD cooling
– 4 x M.2 NVMe slots (PCIe Gen 3 x1) with flexible boot drive assignment – Barrel power connector instead of USB-C or internal PSU
– Best suited for VMs, ZFS, and UnRAID with advanced configuration options
– Lowest base cost and broadest expansion potential
CWWK P6 SSD NAS Beelink ME Mini SSD NAS – HERE GMKTec G9 SSD NAS

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
22 octobre 2025 à 18:00

The Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review – The New $500+ NAS Standard?

The TerraMaster F4-425 Plus represents a significant step forward in the brand’s 4-bay NAS lineup, targeting users who demand capable hardware and broad feature support at a mid-range price point. Retailing at $569.99, or $484.99 during its introductory discount, it is positioned to compete directly with systems like the Synology DS925+ and QNAP TS-464, both of which occupy similar price and hardware tiers. TerraMaster’s intention with this model is to deliver a “jack of all trades” device that suits both home multimedia environments and small business offices. Internally, it uses Intel’s quad-core N150 processor, part of the newer Twin Lake architecture, with a base clock of 1 GHz and a turbo frequency up to 3.6 GHz. This CPU is paired with 16GB of DDR5 memory, offering a notable upgrade in bandwidth and responsiveness compared to previous DDR4-based TerraMaster models.

Complementing that performance core are three PCIe 3.0 x1 M.2 NVMe slots and four SATA drive bays, supporting a combined raw capacity of up to 144TB when fully populated. This configuration allows the device to accommodate both large-scale HDD storage for bulk data and high-speed SSD arrays for caching or dedicated performance pools. Dual 5GbE network ports on the rear enable theoretical aggregate transfer speeds exceeding 1,000 MB/s, aligning with the system’s positioning as a performance-focused yet affordable NAS. TerraMaster’s TOS 6 operating system comes preinstalled, providing modernized storage management, AI-based photo organization, and security tools like HyperLock WORM protection and isolation mode. Altogether, the F4-425 Plus arrives as one of the most fully featured mid-tier NAS options available in 2025, combining strong hardware, software maturity, and quiet, power-efficient design suited to both personal and professional use cases.

The Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The TerraMaster F4-425 Plus delivers one of the most complete mid-tier NAS packages currently available, balancing strong hardware, efficient design, and flexible software at a highly competitive price. Its Intel N150 processor, 16GB of DDR5 memory, and dual 5GbE ports provide ample speed for data-heavy workloads, while three M.2 NVMe slots add rare versatility for caching or SSD-based pools. The all-metal enclosure maintains low temperatures and quiet operation, and the TOS 6 operating system has matured into a capable platform with snapshot protection, Docker, virtualization, and AI photo management. Although it lacks premium details such as drive locks and redundant fans, and the interface remains less refined than Synology DSM or QNAP QTS, the F4-425 Plus stands out as a practical and forward-looking NAS. It bridges affordability and professional capability, making it suitable for home users, content creators, and small offices that need reliable, fast, and adaptable network storage.

SOFTWARE - 7/10
HARDWARE - 9/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 10/10


8.6
PROS
👍🏻• Dual 5GbE network ports with full independent bandwidth for high-speed transfers + lots of USB-to-5GbE $30 upgrades in the market now
👍🏻• Three PCIe 3.0 x1 M.2 NVMe slots supporting cache or storage pool configurations
👍🏻• Intel N150 processor with integrated graphics enabling 4K hardware decoding and AES-NI encryption
👍🏻• 16GB DDR5 memory (expandable to 32GB) offering improved bandwidth and multitasking performance
👍🏻• Full-metal chassis with efficient thermals, low noise levels, and minimal vibration
👍🏻• Comprehensive RAID and storage management through TOS 6 with snapshot and HyperLock-WORM protection
👍🏻• Supports Docker, virtual machines, Plex, Emby, and Jellyfin natively within TOS 6
👍🏻• Competitive pricing with strong value relative to Synology and QNAP alternatives
CONS
👎🏻• Cheaper N150 NAS Systems have arrived earlier in 2025
👎🏻• 5GbE adoption is low, so only larger 10GbE ready groups (via auto-negotiation) will enjoy the benefits of 5GbE
👎🏻• TOS 6 interface and app ecosystem remain less polished than top-tier NAS platforms


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS
Amazon in Your Region for the Terramaster F4 SSD NAS @ $569 ($489.99 till 19th Nov) Terramaster F4-425 PLUS – $569 B&H for the Terramaster F4-425 plus NAS @ $569.99

The Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review – Design & Storage

The exterior design of the TerraMaster F4-425 Plus maintains the brand’s familiar compact metal chassis but introduces small refinements that improve both usability and thermals. Measuring 150 by 181 by 219 millimeters and weighing just under 3 kilograms, it fits comfortably into a home office or studio setup without generating significant heat or noise. The enclosure is almost entirely metal, with a brushed silver finish that enhances rigidity and passive cooling compared with earlier plastic-faced designs. Four individual drive trays occupy the front panel, each featuring a simple click-and-load mechanism for 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch drives. Although there are no locking latches or LCD displays, the trays are tool-free and straightforward to handle. A single 120mm fan at the rear provides adjustable cooling across smart, low, and high-speed profiles, maintaining an operational noise level as low as 20.9 dB(A) when idle with drives installed, according to TerraMaster’s own test figures.

From a structural perspective, the F4-425 Plus has clearly benefited from improved thermal management. The metal shell acts as a heat spreader, with typical external temperatures ranging from 25 to 27°C across the enclosure after extended operation, even under multi-day workload testing. Internal drive bays were observed to maintain around 27 to 29°C, while the rear ports and fan area registered between 36 and 38°C during prolonged use. These figures indicate an efficient heat dissipation design, aided by the more conductive chassis material and smart fan calibration. For users concerned with energy efficiency, the power draw remains modest thanks to the Intel N150 processor’s low TDP, allowing the system to idle at roughly 13 watts with SSDs installed and scale to around 60 watts under sustained load with four enterprise-class HDDs spinning.

In terms of drive configuration, the NAS supports up to four SATA 6Gb/s drives and three M.2 2280 NVMe SSDs. This combination provides a theoretical maximum raw capacity of 144TB, assuming four 30TB HDDs and three 8TB SSDs. The inclusion of three NVMe slots rather than the more typical one or two is a notable strength. Each operates on a PCIe 3.0 x1 lane, delivering real-world throughput of approximately 800 to 900 MB/s per SSD, suitable for caching or storage pools. This setup makes it possible to allocate two drives for cache acceleration while dedicating the third to an independent SSD-based pool for high-speed operations like video editing or database hosting. Such flexibility is rare at this price point and broadens the system’s appeal to users with both large data sets and high-performance requirements.

Storage management is handled through TOS 6, TerraMaster’s web-based operating system, which supports a wide range of RAID configurations including TRAID, TRAID+, JBOD, and traditional RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, and 10. TOS 6 also enables SSD caching, snapshots, and HyperLock write-once-read-many functionality for data integrity. Users can assign storage pools to specific workloads, such as separating SSD-based scratch space from HDD archival volumes. Combined with the new graphical interface and more detailed health monitoring tools, it provides a much more transparent overview of drive temperatures, utilization, and S.M.A.R.T. status. For additional flexibility, the system supports online RAID migration and expansion, meaning users can start small and scale capacity over time without data loss.

Beyond local storage, the device integrates directly with TerraMaster’s CloudSync service, which connects to providers like Google Drive, OneDrive, Dropbox, and Baidu Cloud. Hybrid storage configurations allow partial replication or tiered backup between the NAS and the cloud, offering an extra level of redundancy for professional workflows. External connectivity through USB 3.2 ports also supports direct backups to DAS enclosures or portable drives. Altogether, the F4-425 Plus’s design emphasizes efficient cooling, solid construction, and versatile storage architecture, making it a flexible foundation for both data-heavy projects and long-term digital archiving.

The Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review – Internal Hardware

Internally, the TerraMaster F4-425 Plus is structured around Intel’s N150 processor, a 4-core, 4-thread CPU from the Twin Lake generation. Built on a 6W TDP architecture, this chip delivers a significant efficiency advantage over the previous N5095-based systems while offering a higher burst clock of up to 3.6 GHz. The CPU integrates Intel UHD Graphics, allowing 4K hardware decoding for H.264, H.265, VC-1, and MPEG-4, which is particularly beneficial for Plex, Emby, or Jellyfin users who want native transcoding without GPU add-ons.

This combination makes the system viable not only as a file server but also as a local multimedia hub, capable of decoding and streaming 4K video at up to 60 frames per second. Despite being a low-power chip, its instruction set includes AES-NI hardware encryption, ensuring efficient data security without notable throughput loss when encryption is enabled.

The system’s memory architecture uses a single DDR5 SO-DIMM slot, populated with a 16GB non-ECC module by default and expandable up to 32GB. The adoption of DDR5 over DDR4 marks a generational improvement in bandwidth and latency, leading to faster multitasking, smoother virtualization performance, and reduced overhead when handling multiple users or services. The memory module is non-ECC but benefits from on-die error correction at the hardware level, offering stability improvements over standard DDR4 implementations. This approach aligns with the unit’s target demographic of small offices, creators, and advanced home users who want server-grade responsiveness without enterprise complexity.

Storage connectivity within the system is distributed between four SATA III 6Gb/s interfaces managed by an ASMedia controller and three PCIe 3.0 x1 lanes dedicated to M.2 NVMe SSDs. This configuration ensures balanced throughput for simultaneous HDD and SSD activity. Internally, the layout is straightforward, providing easy access to both the memory slot and M.2 bays via the removable top panel. The power supply is a single 90W external brick, keeping internal temperatures lower and simplifying maintenance.

Together, the hardware configuration represents a thoughtful balance between efficiency, expandability, and performance, aimed at users who need consistent data access, multimedia capabilities, and reliable long-term operation without excess noise or heat.

Component Details
Processor Intel N150 Quad-Core (1.0 GHz base, up to 3.6 GHz burst)
Architecture x86 64-bit, Intel Twin Lake
Hardware Encryption AES-NI engine
Hardware Transcoding H.264, H.265, VC-1, MPEG-4 up to 4K 60 FPS
Memory 16 GB DDR5 non-ECC SO-DIMM (1x16GB preinstalled)
Max Memory 32 GB DDR5
Drive Bays 4 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA 6Gb/s
NVMe Slots 3 x M.2 2280 PCIe 3.0 x1
Max Storage 120 TB (HDDs) + 24 TB (SSDs) = up to 144 TB combined
RAID Options TRAID, TRAID+, Single, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
File Systems Btrfs, EXT4 (internal); NTFS, FAT32, HFS+, Btrfs (external)
Power Supply 90W external adapter
Cooling 1 x 120mm smart fan (adjustable)
Noise Level 20.9 dB(A) in idle
Dimensions (H x W x D) 150 x 181 x 219 mm
Weight 2.9 kg (net)
Operating Temperature 0°C to 40°C

The Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review – Ports and Connections

The TerraMaster F4-425 Plus offers a broad range of connectivity designed to meet both high-speed networking and general expansion needs. On the rear panel, two 5GbE RJ-45 network ports serve as the central performance feature. These are among the first dual 5GbE implementations in a mid-tier NAS, and each port operates through its own dedicated PCIe 3.0 x1 lane, avoiding bandwidth contention. In testing, each port achieved full theoretical throughput, confirming proper lane allocation. Users can enable link aggregation or SMB multichannel for multi-user workloads, although saturating both ports simultaneously requires fast SSD or hybrid storage configurations. These ports support IPv4/IPv6, VLAN tagging, link aggregation, and Wake-on-LAN, making the system suitable for both small office environments and direct workstation connections.

Complementing the network interfaces, the F4-425 Plus includes four USB 3.2 ports: three Type-A and one Type-C, all operating at 10Gbps. These ports can handle external DAS enclosures, UPS devices, or high-capacity backup drives. The inclusion of a front-mounted USB port improves convenience for ad hoc backups or quick file transfers, addressing a long-standing omission in earlier TerraMaster models. Additionally, an HDMI 2.1 output is positioned on the rear, though its practical use remains limited within TOS, which lacks a native display interface. It may, however, prove useful for third-party operating systems such as Unraid or TrueNAS, where direct console access or local media playback is desired.

Overall, the port layout is clean and efficient, optimized for straightforward cable management. The system’s single large fan sits adjacent to the networking array, allowing for effective airflow without excessive cable obstruction. Power is supplied through a standard barrel connector linked to an external 90W adapter, which helps reduce internal heat buildup. Though it lacks built-in 10GbE or PCIe expansion, the dual 5GbE setup provides more than enough bandwidth for its class, especially when paired with NVMe caching. Users can also connect the NAS to TerraMaster’s USB-based DAS units for storage expansion or off-site replication, offering flexibility without compromising portability or noise levels.

Connection Type Quantity / Type Details
Network Ports 2 × 5GbE RJ-45 Independent PCIe 3.0 x1 lanes, Link Aggregation and SMB Multichannel supported
USB Ports 3 × USB 3.2 Type-A, 1 × USB 3.2 Type-C 10Gbps transfer rate, supports external DAS, UPS, and peripheral devices
HDMI Output 1 × HDMI 2.1 Up to 4K 60Hz, limited TOS functionality, usable under third-party OS
Power Input 1 × DC-in (90W adapter) External PSU to minimize chassis heat
Cooling 1 × 120mm Smart Fan Adjustable speed profiles, rear-mounted
Expansion Options USB DAS expansion Supports TerraMaster DAS units for external scaling

The Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review – Tests, Noise, Heat and Power Consumption

Performance testing on the TerraMaster F4-425 Plus showed that the system comfortably meets its advertised speed class, particularly when networked over a single 5GbE connection. Using four Toshiba MG-series 7200 RPM enterprise hard drives configured in RAID 5, the system achieved full saturation of one 5GbE port during both AJA and ATTO benchmark tests, reaching consistent read and write speeds around 500 to 520 MB/s. When tested with mixed media files totaling 50.5 GB, it completed the transfer in approximately 3 minutes and 45 seconds, equating to an average throughput of about 224 MB/s.

This is a strong result for a mechanical-drive setup, reflecting efficient caching and balanced SATA bandwidth. SMB Multichannel and link aggregation are supported, though the CPU’s available PCIe lanes limit simultaneous dual-port saturation. Even so, the system handles multiple concurrent transfers and backups without a noticeable decline in throughput.

Testing with NVMe SSDs improved overall responsiveness considerably. The three M.2 2280 PCIe 3.0 x1 slots each sustained sequential transfer rates between 800 and 900 MB/s, allowing the NAS to maintain a high level of random IOPS for metadata-heavy workloads. When used as cache devices, these drives accelerated small-file transfers and application access times, especially when paired with the system’s 16GB of DDR5 memory.

TerraMaster’s TOS 6 supports flexible use of these drives, enabling independent storage pools or hybrid cache layers, depending on the task. In sustained transfers over SMB and iSCSI, the system achieved write speeds close to 950 MB/s and reads near 1020 MB/s when using SSD-based arrays, validating the advantage of dual 5GbE interfaces for all-flash or mixed-tier environments.

Power consumption during operation remained modest, aligning with the platform’s efficient design. With no hard drives installed and three SSDs active, idle draw measured around 13.3 watts. Adding four 7200 RPM HDDs increased idle power to 55 watts and full-load consumption to roughly 61–63 watts under concurrent read/write activity. These figures indicate a well-balanced design that prioritizes power efficiency without restricting performance. Fan speed settings affect both thermals and acoustics predictably: in low-speed mode, the NAS operated near 33 dB(A), while mid and high-speed profiles raised that figure to 37 and 39 dB(A) respectively. During heavy disk operations, readings peaked briefly at around 43 dB(A), which is reasonable given the metal chassis and high-RPM drives used in testing.

Thermal results further underscored the system’s stability. Surface readings from the aluminum body remained between 25°C and 27°C on average, while drive bays hovered at 28–30°C after extended workload sessions. The rear fan exhaust area reached approximately 36–38°C under sustained load. The efficient heat dispersion of the chassis prevented thermal throttling during prolonged transfers or virtualization testing, even with all seven storage devices active. This consistent temperature range indicates that TerraMaster’s choice of single-fan cooling and full-metal housing achieves a practical balance between noise, airflow, and longevity.

Test Condition Configuration Observed Results
Network Throughput (HDD RAID 5) 4 × Toshiba MG08 7200RPM HDDs ~500–520 MB/s read/write (single 5GbE port)
File Transfer Test 50.5 GB mixed media 3m 45s total, 224 MB/s average
SSD Performance 3 × NVMe Gen3 x1 800–900 MB/s per slot, ~1020 MB/s combined read
Power Consumption (Idle) 3 × SSD, no HDD 13.3 W
Power Consumption (Active) 4 × HDD, CPU ~80% 61–63 W
Noise Levels Low–High Fan Speeds 33–43 dB(A)
Temperature Range 3-day uptime, mixed load 25°C–38°C overall system temperature

The Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The TerraMaster F4-425 Plus demonstrates how far the company’s mid-range NAS lineup has progressed in terms of hardware refinement and real-world usability. By combining Intel’s efficient N150 processor with 16GB of DDR5 memory, dual 5GbE connectivity, and triple M.2 NVMe slots, it provides a specification normally reserved for higher-priced units. The build quality, centered around a full-metal chassis and quiet cooling design, contributes to consistent thermals and low power usage even under multi-day workloads. While the design omits premium touches like drive locks or redundant fans, the emphasis on practicality and efficient cooling makes it a dependable solution for continuous operation. From a user experience perspective, the integration of TOS 6 represents TerraMaster’s most stable and capable operating system to date, offering improved security features, cloud synchronization tools, snapshot management, and flexible storage configurations that appeal to both home and small office users.

From a value standpoint, the F4-425 Plus stands out as one of the most competitively priced NAS units in its category. At $569.99, or $484.99 during the initial discount period, it delivers strong network and storage performance that aligns closely with rivals from Synology and QNAP while retaining open installation flexibility for third-party platforms such as Unraid or TrueNAS. Its combination of high-speed connectivity, compact design, and mature software environment makes it an appealing option for anyone seeking a 4-bay system capable of multitasking across media streaming, data backup, and light virtualization. Although it cannot fully match the polish of Synology DSM or the plugin ecosystem of QNAP QTS, TerraMaster has successfully positioned this device as a bridge between affordability and professional performance, solidifying its place as one of the more balanced NAS releases of 2025.

Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS
Amazon in Your Region for the Terramaster F4 SSD NAS @ $569 ($489.99 till 19th Nov) Terramaster F4-425 PLUS – $569 B&H for the Terramaster F4-425 plus NAS @ $569.99
Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS PROs Terramaster F4-425 PLUS NAS CONs
• Dual 5GbE network ports with full independent bandwidth for high-speed transfers + lots of USB-to-5GbE $30 upgrades in the market now
• Three PCIe 3.0 x1 M.2 NVMe slots supporting cache or storage pool configurations
• Intel N150 processor with integrated graphics enabling 4K hardware decoding and AES-NI encryption
• 16GB DDR5 memory (expandable to 32GB) offering improved bandwidth and multitasking performance
• Full-metal chassis with efficient thermals, low noise levels, and minimal vibration
• Comprehensive RAID and storage management through TOS 6 with snapshot and HyperLock-WORM protection
• Supports Docker, virtual machines, Plex, Emby, and Jellyfin natively within TOS 6
• Competitive pricing with strong value relative to Synology and QNAP alternatives
• Cheaper N150 NAS Systems have arrived earlier in 2025
• 5GbE adoption is low, so only larger 10GbE ready groups (via auto-negotiation) will enjoy the benefits of 5GbE
• TOS 6 interface and app ecosystem remain less polished than top-tier NAS platforms

 

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Minisforum MS-01 vs MS-A2 – Which Is Better?

Par : Rob Andrews
1 octobre 2025 à 18:00

Minisforum MS-01 vs MS-A2 – Which Should You Buy?

Minisforum has steadily earned recognition in the compact workstation space, and the MS-01 stands as one of its most prominent entries. Released with a focus on balancing high-performance hardware in a small chassis, the MS-01 quickly found popularity among professionals needing powerful networking and scalable internals without the bulk of a full-sized desktop. It supports CPUs up to the Intel Core i9-13900H, includes dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, and provides expansion via a PCIe 4.0 x16 slot (operating at x8 speed), giving users access to discrete graphics or high-performance cards if needed. With three internal M.2 slots and support for up to 64GB of DDR5 memory, the MS-01 became a go-to mini workstation for users who value connectivity and component flexibility at a relatively modest price point.

In early 2025, Minisforum introduced the MS-A2 — a system clearly designed as a next-generation counterpart to the MS-01, but one that leans into AMD’s latest advancements. Featuring the Ryzen 9 9955HX processor based on the Zen 5 architecture, the MS-A2 offers more cores, more threads, faster base and boost clocks, and higher supported memory capacity, reaching up to 96GB DDR5 at 5600MHz. It also brings upgrades in memory bandwidth, M.2 storage speed (with all three slots supporting PCIe 4.0 x4), and internal thermal design. From a feature standpoint, the MS-A2 is positioned to meet or exceed the MS-01 in most categories — but it does so with a noticeable bump in price. Still, for users prioritizing top-end performance and storage throughput, the MS-A2 might justify the premium. The sections below break down how these systems stack up in real-world terms — not just on paper, but in actual deployment.

Minisforum MS-A2 vs MS-01 – Hardware Specifications Compared

At a glance, both the MS-01 and MS-A2 share a near-identical chassis, measuring 196×189×48mm and following Minisforum’s signature small form factor aesthetic. Internally, however, there are several notable differences that affect both systems’ expandability and long-term utility. Both devices feature three M.2 slots for high-speed NVMe SSDs, but only the MS-A2 supports full PCIe 4.0 x4 lanes on all three slots. By contrast, the MS-01 includes a single PCIe 4.0 x4 slot, one PCIe 3.0 x4 slot, and one limited PCIe 3.0 x2 slot. This directly impacts storage performance, especially for users aiming to run multiple high-throughput drives in parallel. In real terms, the MS-A2 allows up to three SSDs each capable of saturating 7,000MB/s read speeds, whereas the MS-01 will bottleneck in its second and third storage bays.

Specification MS-01 (Intel Core i9-13900H) MS-A2 (AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX)
CPU Intel Core i9-13900H (14C/20T, up to 5.4GHz) AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX (16C/32T, Zen 5, up to 5.4GHz)
GPU Intel Iris Xe (96 EUs @ 1.5GHz) AMD Radeon 610M (2 CUs @ 2.2GHz)
RAM Support DDR5-5200MHz, up to 64GB (2x SO-DIMM) DDR5-5600MHz, up to 96GB (2x SO-DIMM)
M.2 Storage 1x PCIe 4.0 x4 (2280), 1x PCIe 3.0 x4 (22110), 1x PCIe 3.0 x2 1x PCIe 4.0 x4 (U.2/2280), 2x PCIe 4.0 x4 (2280/22110)
Max Storage Capacity Up to 15TB (U.2), 4TB (each 2280/22110 slot) Up to 15TB (U.2), 4TB (each 2280/22110 slot)
PCIe Expansion 1x PCIe 4.0 x16 slot (x8 speed, half-height) 1x PCIe 4.0 x16 slot (x8 speed, split support)
Ethernet Ports 2x 10Gbps SFP+, 2x 2.5GbE RJ45 2x 10Gbps SFP+, 2x 2.5GbE RJ45
Wi-Fi & Bluetooth Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.2 Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3
Display Output 1x HDMI 2.0, 2x USB4 (Alt DisplayPort 1.4a) 1x HDMI 2.1, 2x USB-C (Alt DisplayPort 2.0, up to 8K@60Hz)
USB Ports (Front) 2x USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-A, 1x USB 3.2 Gen1, 2x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.2 Gen1 Type-A, 1x USB 2.0 Type-A, 1x Audio Jack
USB Ports (Rear) 2x USB4 (40Gbps), 1x USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-A, 1x USB 3.2 Gen1 2x USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C, 1x USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-A, 1x USB 3.2 Gen1
Audio I/O HDMI audio + 3.5mm combo jack HDMI audio + 3.5mm 4-in-1 combo jack (input/output)
Cooling 1x CPU fan (12V), 1x SSD fans (5V) 1x CPU fan (12V), 1x SSD fans (5V)
Power Supply 19V DC input (external adapter) 19V / 12.63A (external adapter)
OS Support Windows 11 Pro Windows 11 / Linux
Chassis Dimensions 196 × 189 × 48 mm 196 × 189 × 48 mm
Additional Accessories U.2 adapter, SSD heatsink, mounting hardware Not specified

Both systems include a PCIe 4.0 expansion slot, which is a rare and welcome inclusion in mini PCs. On the MS-01, this slot is x16 physically but electrically operates at x8 speed and is suitable for half-height, single-slot PCIe cards. The MS-A2 retains this format but introduces PCIe bifurcation support, enabling more advanced setups with compatible cards — a notable advantage for developers or users building niche use cases like NVMe RAID or multi-GPU compute tasks in an edge environment. Additionally, memory support is slightly more capable on the AMD model, with the MS-A2 supporting up to 96GB of DDR5-5600 via two SO-DIMM slots, compared to the MS-01’s 64GB ceiling at DDR5-5200. This can make a tangible difference in virtualization or memory-intensive creative workflows.

In terms of connectivity, both units are very well equipped: dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, dual 2.5GbE RJ45, HDMI output, USB 3.2 Gen1/Gen2 Type-A ports, and USB4 (or USB-C with DisplayPort alt mode). The MS-A2 takes a slight lead in display output capabilities, supporting HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 2.0 over USB-C, compared to HDMI 2.0 and DisplayPort 1.4a on the MS-01. This means the AMD system supports 8K60 and 4K144 video streams natively. Wireless capability is also a step ahead on the MS-A2 with Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3, compared to the MS-01’s Wi-Fi 6 and Bluetooth 5.2. Altogether, while the MS-01 still holds up well a year after release, the MS-A2 offers clearly improved throughput, higher bandwidth components, and better display and wireless standards.

Minisforum MS-01 vs MS-A2 – CPUs Compared

The defining difference between the Minisforum MS-01 and MS-A2 lies in their processor choices: the Intel Core i9-13900H and the AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX, respectively. While both CPUs are built for high-end mobile performance and boast identical peak boost clocks of up to 5.4GHz, the underlying architecture and core configurations are markedly different. The i9-13900H uses a hybrid architecture with 6 performance cores and 8 efficiency cores, totaling 14 cores and 20 threads. In contrast, the Ryzen 9 9955HX employs 16 full-fledged performance cores and 32 threads based on AMD’s latest Zen 5 architecture. For users engaged in parallel processing tasks—such as 3D rendering, large-scale compilation, or virtualization—the extra cores and threads in the AMD chip deliver a tangible performance uplift.

Specification

 

AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX

Intel Core i9-13900H

Better Performer

 

Architecture Zen 5 (TSMC 4nm) Raptor Lake (Intel 7) AMD (newer architecture, denser node)
Cores / Threads 16C / 32T 14C (6P+8E) / 20T AMD (more cores and threads)
Base Clock 2.5 GHz ~3.1 GHz (P-cores, estimated) Intel (higher base for performance cores)
Boost Clock 5.4 GHz 5.4 GHz Tie
L2 Cache 16 MB Part of total cache (not separated) AMD (clearly larger L2 cache)
L3 Cache 64 MB 24 MB AMD (much larger L3 cache)
TDP (Base / Max) 55W / 75W 45W / 115W Depends (Intel boosts higher, AMD more efficient)
Integrated GPU Radeon 610M (2 CUs @ 2.2GHz) Iris Xe (96 EUs @ 1.5GHz) Intel (much better GPU performance)
Memory Support DDR5-5600, up to 96 GB DDR5-5200, LPDDR5x-6400, DDR4/LPDDR4x Intel (more flexible memory support)
PCIe Support PCIe 5.0 (28 lanes) PCIe 5.0 (CPU) + PCIe 3.0 (Chipset) AMD (uniform PCIe 5.0 support)
Overclocking Yes (Unlocked, PBO, Curve Optimizer) No AMD
Memory Overclocking AMD EXPO Intel XMP Tie
Instruction Set x86-64, AVX512, SSE4A 64-bit, AVX2, SSE4.2 AMD (supports AVX512)
Multithreading Yes (SMT) Yes (Hyper-Threading) Tie
AI Acceleration None DL Boost, GNA 3.0 Intel (dedicated AI features)
Virtualization AMD-V VT-x, VT-d, VT-rp Intel (more granular features)
Security Features SHA, AES, SEV TME, Boot Guard, Control-Flow Enforcement Intel (broader security set)
Display Output DP 2.0, HDMI 2.1 DP 1.4a, HDMI 2.1 AMD (newer DisplayPort version)
Graphics API Support DirectX 12, HDMI 2.1, DP 2.0 DirectX 12.1, HDMI 2.1, DP 1.4a Tie
USB Support USB 3.2 Gen 2 (4), USB 2.0 (1) Thunderbolt 4 (USB4), USB 3.2 Intel (Thunderbolt included)
RAID/NVMe Support Boot, RAID0/1/10 Likely supported via chipset AMD (more explicitly documented)
Thermal Headroom (TjMax) 100°C 100°C Tie
Software Ecosystem Windows/Linux, no vPro Windows/Linux, vPro supported Intel (enterprise-ready)
Smart Platform Features SmartShift MAX, SmartAccess Memory Thread Director, Adaptix, Speed Shift Intel (broader platform-wide optimization)
Max Memory Speed (Type) DDR5-5600 LPDDR5x-6400 Intel (higher speed supported)
ECC Support Not specified No Tie (consumer chips)
Max Displays Supported 4 4 Tie
Target Segment Gaming, Content Creation AI Tasks, Office/Enterprise Depends on use case

Zen 5 is a notable advancement over its predecessors, built on TSMC’s 4nm process and optimized for both performance and power efficiency. This gives the Ryzen 9 9955HX a structural advantage in multithreaded scenarios, with improved instruction throughput, cache handling, and memory bandwidth. The Intel Core i9-13900H, based on Raptor Lake and fabricated using Intel’s “7” process (a refinement of their 10nm SuperFin node), holds its own with mature thread management and strong single-thread performance. Its support for Intel’s Thread Director technology ensures efficient scheduling across its mixed-core layout, which can be beneficial in workloads like content creation and lightly-threaded business apps. However, the Ryzen chip’s unified core design tends to yield more predictable and consistent scaling when all threads are pushed simultaneously, reducing thermal spikes and improving overall sustained performance.

Thermal and power characteristics further highlight the gap between the two systems. Intel’s i9-13900H has a base power of 45W but can boost up to 115W under load, while AMD’s Ryzen 9 9955HX has a configurable TDP ranging from 55W to 75W. Although the Intel chip has a higher upper limit, in practice it tends to spike power draw during short workloads and then throttle back. In comparison, the Ryzen CPU maintains a steadier thermal and power profile over longer tasks. This behavior was reflected in sustained tests over one-hour and 24-hour windows under mixed network and compute usage: the MS-A2’s CPU performed more consistently, with lower long-term thermal build-up, aided by its upgraded internal fan design. Combined with support for up to 96GB of DDR5 memory versus 64GB on the MS-01, the MS-A2’s CPU configuration offers better overall headroom for demanding, sustained workstation use.

Minisforum MS-A2 vs MS-01 – Graphics and Processing Power Compared

Although the Minisforum MS-01 and MS-A2 are positioned as compact workstations rather than gaming rigs, integrated graphics performance still plays a role in determining their suitability for visual workloads, media playback, and GPU-accelerated tasks. The MS-01 leverages Intel’s Iris Xe graphics, which includes 96 execution units running at up to 1.5GHz. The MS-A2, on the other hand, features AMD’s Radeon 610M — a lightweight RDNA2-based iGPU with 2 compute units operating at 2.2GHz. While the AMD GPU has a higher clock speed on paper, the significantly larger number of execution units in the Iris Xe gives the Intel system a considerable edge in real-world performance. In benchmarks such as the Steel Nomad Light test, the MS-01 consistently delivered higher frame rates and better render completion times, particularly during prolonged sequences that tax the GPU.

This performance advantage was also evident in media encoding and general GPU-accelerated workloads. Intel’s integrated graphics tend to benefit from better driver maturity, wider codec support (particularly for Quick Sync Video), and improved handling in professional apps with Intel-optimized pipelines. Users working in environments involving light 3D rendering, accelerated video encoding, or virtual display compositing are more likely to see stable and consistent results from the MS-01’s iGPU. However, it’s important to note that neither device is intended to replace a discrete GPU for high-end graphical workflows. Their iGPUs are best suited for media playback, multi-monitor output, light rendering tasks, and as fallback units for headless server use.

That said, the MS-A2 reclaims ground when it comes to video output capabilities. While the MS-01 supports HDMI 2.0 and DisplayPort 1.4a via USB4, the MS-A2 steps forward with HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 2.0 over Type-C. This enables support for up to 8K at 60Hz and 4K at 144Hz, offering tangible benefits for users who rely on ultra-high-resolution displays or high refresh rate monitors in productivity setups. Professionals in video editing, CAD work, or photography may find that this broader standard support gives the AMD model a longer shelf life as display technologies advance. In broader processing terms, the MS-A2’s superior CPU — the Ryzen 9 9955HX — delivers more overall compute performance, particularly in multi-threaded applications. But for users with GPU-reliant workloads or who value stability across legacy software environments, the MS-01’s Iris Xe graphics make a compelling case. Ultimately, choosing between the two comes down to workload distribution: CPU-heavy environments favor the MS-A2, while mixed or GPU-skewed tasks lean toward the MS-01.

Minisforum MS-01 vs MS-A2 – Conclusion and Verdict

After evaluating both systems across CPU architecture, internal connectivity, storage bandwidth, and thermal performance, it becomes clear that the Minisforum MS-01 and MS-A2 cater to slightly different segments of the same professional user base. The MS-01, despite being over a year old, still offers a well-balanced configuration with mature Intel performance, reliable thermal behavior, and excellent compatibility with existing Intel-optimized software. Its Intel Core i9-13900H processor delivers solid single-core performance and responsive handling in mixed-load scenarios, particularly when combined with Iris Xe graphics that outperform AMD’s 610M in general GPU-accelerated tasks. When paired with dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, 2.5GbE RJ45, and PCIe expansion, the MS-01 provides considerable functionality in a highly compact chassis — all at a more affordable starting price than its AMD counterpart.

However, the MS-A2’s specification gains are more than just incremental. It introduces a newer CPU platform with significantly higher multi-threaded performance, better storage throughput via triple PCIe 4.0 x4 M.2 slots, and wider memory support scaling up to 96GB at 5600MHz. These improvements position the A2 as a clear upgrade in raw compute potential. Enhanced display output support, including HDMI 2.1 and DP 2.0 over USB-C, adds flexibility for users deploying ultra-high-resolution or high-refresh-rate monitors in content creation, design, or data visualization environments. Furthermore, the updated internal cooling system — subtle in layout but effective in long-term thermal consistency — ensures the AMD-based system maintains sustained performance under extended workloads. While the MS-A2 demands a higher upfront investment, it delivers longer-term value for users running multi-threaded software stacks, high-speed storage arrays, or heavy virtual machine workloads. In essence, the MS-01 is still a dependable and well-priced workstation that meets the needs of a wide user base. But the MS-A2 redefines Minisforum’s performance ceiling with broader bandwidth, more compute power, and enhanced scalability. For users focused on future-proofing, heavier workloads, or maximizing hardware capability within a small form factor, the MS-A2 is the more capable — if more expensive — option. Your choice ultimately comes down to whether cost or capability is the higher priority in your deployment.

Minisforum MS-01 Pros and Cons Minisforum MS-A2 Pros and Cons
  • Lower Price Point
    The MS-01 is considerably more affordable than the MS-A2, making it a better value for users with lighter or mixed workloads.
    The MS-A2 demands a premium due to its higher-end specs, which may not be fully utilized in typical home or office deployments.

  • Superior Integrated Graphics (Intel Iris Xe)
    With 96 execution units, the Iris Xe GPU in the MS-01 outperforms the Radeon 610M in the MS-A2 for media encoding, driver stability, and general GPU-accelerated workloads.
    The MS-A2’s Radeon 610M has only 2 compute units and is weaker in rendering, encoding, and professional visual tasks.

  • Thunderbolt 4 and Mature USB4 Support
    The MS-01 offers USB4 with DisplayPort 1.4a and Thunderbolt compatibility, which ensures greater peripheral compatibility and broader bandwidth for external devices.
    The MS-A2 lacks Thunderbolt and uses USB-C ports with DisplayPort 2.0, which are better for displays but more limited in external expansion options.

  • More Established Intel Software Ecosystem
    Features like Intel vPro, Thread Director, and DL Boost make the MS-01 better suited to enterprise, AI inference, and compatibility with legacy Intel-tuned workloads.
    The MS-A2 is newer but lacks mature support for certain enterprise features like vPro or AI-specific instructions.

  • Limited Storage Bandwidth
    Only one of the three M.2 slots runs at PCIe 4.0 x4; the others run at PCIe 3.0 x4 and x2. This bottlenecks multi-drive setups or RAID configurations.
    The MS-A2 supports PCIe 4.0 x4 on all three M.2 slots, enabling full-speed NVMe performance on every drive.

  • Lower Memory Capacity and Speed
    Supports up to 64GB DDR5 at 5200MHz. This limits RAM-heavy workloads like virtualization or large dataset handling.
    The MS-A2 supports up to 96GB DDR5 at 5600MHz, giving it better headroom for demanding memory scenarios.

  • Solid GPU Performance Stability
    The MS-01 performs better under GPU-accelerated tasks due to more mature graphics drivers and better software integration (Quick Sync, Adobe, etc.).
    MS-A2 may suffer compatibility or driver limitations in older applications or video pipelines.

  • Much Higher CPU Performance
    The Ryzen 9 9955HX delivers 16 cores and 32 threads, far exceeding the MS-01’s i9-13900H with 14 cores (6P+8E) and 20 threads. This gives the MS-A2 a major edge in rendering, VMs, and parallel workloads.
    The MS-01 holds its own in lightly threaded or bursty workloads but falls behind in sustained multi-core tasks.

  • Full-Speed NVMe Across All Storage Bays
    All three M.2 slots run at PCIe 4.0 x4 speeds, which is ideal for users building high-speed RAID arrays or multi-disk configurations.
    The MS-01’s mixed PCIe generation slots limit throughput and performance scaling with multiple drives.

  • Higher RAM Capacity and Bandwidth
    The MS-A2 supports up to 96GB DDR5-5600, making it more suitable for VM clusters, code compilation, or large creative project workflows.
    The MS-01 tops out at 64GB DDR5-5200, which may become a limiting factor in future-proofing.

  • Advanced Display Output Support
    The MS-A2 features HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 2.0, allowing up to 8K60 or 4K144Hz. Ideal for users with high-res displays or multi-monitor setups.
    The MS-01 is limited to HDMI 2.0 and DP 1.4a, which caps out at 4K60 in most scenarios.

  • Weaker Integrated GPU (Radeon 610M)
    The 2CU RDNA2 iGPU in the MS-A2 underperforms compared to the Iris Xe in the MS-01 in encoding tasks, graphical acceleration, and some professional media pipelines.
    The MS-01 offers better iGPU performance and is more compatible with widely used software stacks.

  • Higher Price for the Same Chassis
    While offering better specs, the MS-A2 comes at a significantly higher price for a similar form factor and port layout, making it less cost-efficient for users not needing its full capabilities.
    The MS-01 delivers solid value for money and remains a competitive mini workstation despite being a generation older.

  • Improved Thermal Efficiency and Sustained Load Performance
    A redesigned internal cooling layout in the MS-A2 provides better performance consistency under long-term stress compared to the MS-01, which can throttle during extended workloads.
    The MS-01’s cooling is competent but may experience more thermal spikes under 24/7 heavy use.

Check Amazon for the Minisforum MS-A2 ($639-899 ) or MS-01 ($599-879) Below:

Check AliExpress for the Minisforum MS-A2 ($799 ) or MS-01 ($599) Below:

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi UNAS Pro 8 Review

Par : Rob Andrews
18 septembre 2025 à 16:02

The UniFi UNAS Pro 8 NAS Review – The Difficult 2nd Album…

Note, the UNAS Pro 2 is NOW LIVE on the UniFi Store . The UNAS 4, UNAS Pro 4 and UNAS Pro 8 are now in the site, but are not available till October.

The UniFi UNAS Pro 8 is the latest rackmount NAS in Ubiquiti’s gradually expanding storage lineup and serves as a direct successor to the UNAS Pro released in late 2024. That earlier seven-bay system introduced UniFi’s first attempt at a prosumer-class NAS with 10GbE connectivity and integration into the UniFi ecosystem, but it was limited in scope by its unusual drive count, absence of fan control, and lack of redundant power options. The Pro 8 addresses many of those concerns by standardising the layout to a full eight 3.5-inch bays, adding dedicated M.2 NVMe slots, and adopting a 2U rackmount form factor with hot-swappable dual power supplies. It also includes a set of rails in the box, something not always seen in turnkey solutions of this scale.

From a technical perspective, the UNAS Pro 8 remains anchored to an ARM-based architecture, employing a quad-core Cortex-A57 processor at 1.7 GHz paired with 16 GB of non-upgradeable memory. This positions it differently from x86 alternatives from Synology or QNAP, limiting its scope for high-end virtualisation or transcoding tasks but keeping overall efficiency high. Network expansion is one of its more striking features, with three 10GbE connections — two SFP+ and one copper port — included by default, offering redundancy and multi-channel potential well beyond the capacity of eight SATA drives. Taken together with the dedicated M.2 NVMe caching support and optional redundant PSUs, the Pro 8 represents an incremental but deliberate step forward in UniFi’s second phase of NAS development.

UniFi UNAS Pro 8 Review – Quick Conclusion

The UniFi UNAS Pro 8 is a clear refinement over the first-generation UNAS Pro, standardising the design to eight bays, introducing hot-swappable dual PSU support, and improving cooling and fan control, while also including rack rails for easier deployment. It delivers solid storage functionality with RAID up to level 6, clustered pools, snapshots, encryption, and read/write caching via NVMe modules, though the caching remains limited to automated policies and the required trays are sold separately. Networking is unusually strong for an eight-bay ARM system, with three 10GbE interfaces providing flexibility for aggregation or failover, even if the storage media is unlikely to saturate that bandwidth. Performance testing showed read speeds close to 850 MB/s in RAID 5 with HDDs, with lower write speeds reflecting the ARM Cortex-A57 processor’s constraints, and SSD arrays would likely achieve closer to 10GbE saturation. The operating system has matured but remains more streamlined than established platforms, with no iSCSI, limited protocol support, and basic backup tools, making it more suitable for straightforward file storage than advanced workloads. Ultimately, the Pro 8 fits best for users already invested in UniFi infrastructure or those seeking a rackmount NAS with strong connectivity and efficiency, but it is not yet a direct alternative to feature-rich solutions from long-standing NAS vendors. That said, if you want an incredible value and solid ‘storage-focused’ rackmount NAS solution – this might well be one of the best examples in 2025!

BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 10/10


8.6
PROS
👍🏻Multiple RAID Configurations supported, but also clustered RAID\'s and support of M.2 NVMes for Caching
👍🏻M.2 Injection is unique, well thought out and easy to utilise for caching
👍🏻THREE 10Gb/s PORTS (technically)! Kind of insane actually, for a 8x SATA drive machine
👍🏻Dual PSU and Failover hugely welcome, after it\'s omission on the UNAS Pro 2024
👍🏻16GB RAM out the box is a significant upgrade over the UNAS Pro from 2024
👍🏻Benefits from almost a year of development of the UNAS Pro by UniFi, resulting in a much more complete solution in both hardware and software
👍🏻Rackmount rails are included in the UNAS Pro 8 retail box, and are of a high quality
👍🏻Exceptionally appealing price point
👍🏻Supports complete network/local access if preferred, as well as full remote connectivity with the UI.com account and site manager services
👍🏻Wide Hard Drives and SATA SSD Support (UniFi branded drives and those from 3rd parties such as Seagate Ironwolf, WD Red and Toshiba N300)
👍🏻Ditto for the m.2 NVMe support, though you will need to m.2 adapter trays
👍🏻Comprehensive network storage software in UniFi NAS OS and Drive.
👍🏻Latest OS updates have included fan control, flexible RAID configurations, encrypted drive creation, customizable snapshots, more backup client choices/targets
👍🏻\'Single Pane of Glass\' management and monitoring screen is very well presented!
👍🏻One of the fastest to deploy turnkey NAS solutions I have ever personally used!
CONS
👎🏻Lack of USB connectivity for convenient plug and share storage drives, network upgrades, 3rd party UPS support and more
👎🏻Very modest base hardware, but understandable relative to the price
👎🏻HDD injection is very unique, but prevents hot swapping
👎🏻Still a lack of client applications native to the NAS services for Windows, Mac, Andoid and Linux
👎🏻Shame about the LCD/LCM control panel being absent
👎🏻M.2 NVMes are not usable for storage pools, just read/write caching - which is a shame, given the large network connectivity available here

Here are all the current UniFi NAS Solutions & Prices:
  • UniFi UNAS 2 (2 Bay, $199) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS 4  (4 Bay + 2x M2, $379) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 4 (4 Bay + 2x M.2, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro (7 Bay, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 8 (8-Bay + 2x M.2, $799) HERE

You can buy the UniFi UNAS Pro 8 NAS via the link below – doing so will result in a small commission coming to me and Eddie at NASCompares, and allows us to keep doing what we do! 

UniFi UNAS Pro 8 Review – Design & Storage

The UNAS Pro 8 adopts a 2U rackmount form factor, measuring 442.4 x 480 x 87.4 mm and weighing 11.5 kg. The enclosure is constructed from SGCC steel, giving it a sturdy industrial build aimed at rack deployments rather than desktop placement. The system ships with rack rails included, which is uncommon among turnkey NAS appliances in this class, reducing the need for additional accessories when integrating it into an existing rack setup. The front panel presents a uniform layout of eight drive bays, standardising the design over the previous model’s unconventional seven-bay configuration and providing a more predictable arrangement for enterprise or prosumer storage planning.

Each of the eight bays supports both 3.5-inch and 2.5-inch HDDs or SSDs, with tool-less trays supplied for ease of installation. Drives slot in securely with a lockable motion, though there is no key-based locking mechanism on the trays themselves, limiting physical access protection. Installation is simple, with trays accommodating both large-capacity HDDs and smaller SSDs through included screws for 2.5-inch drives. While the bays can be partially populated for smaller-scale deployments, the absence of an expansion chassis option means users must fully plan around the eight-bay limit from the outset.

Cooling has been reworked compared with the earlier UNAS Pro. The system now features multiple fans with improved airflow across the drive bays and system board, supplemented by passive ventilation at the front and central areas of the chassis. Fan control has been integrated into the management software, allowing administrators to adjust fan speeds dynamically, a feature missing from the 2024 model. This provides more direct management of system acoustics and thermal balance, which is important given that high-density SATA arrays can run warm under sustained load.

In addition to the primary SATA storage, the rear of the chassis houses two M.2 NVMe slots. These are integrated into removable tray modules with thermal pads and heatsinks designed to dissipate heat from 2280 or 22110 length SSDs. However, the trays are not included by default, requiring a separate purchase if users wish to install their own NVMe drives.

The implementation is mechanically well thought out, but functionally limited: the NVMe drives can currently only be used for read and write caching.

They cannot be assigned to storage pools or volumes, restricting their utility for users seeking to leverage them as a high-speed tier alongside the eight SATA bays.

From a capacity perspective, the eight 3.5-inch bays allow the use of large modern drives, with confirmed compatibility during testing with 30 TB Seagate IronWolf units as well as UniFi-branded re-labelled Western Digital drives. The total maximum capacity therefore depends on the drives chosen, but the system power budget allocates up to 175W for drives, sufficient to support a full complement of high-capacity HDDs.

In practice, UniFi recommends their own labelled drives but does not enforce vendor lock-in, leaving flexibility for users to select from available NAS-grade HDDs and SSDs on the market. This more open stance is in contrast to the drive validation policies adopted by some established NAS vendors, and it provides an important degree of freedom in deployment.

UniFi UNAS Pro 8 Review – Internal Hardware

At the core of the UNAS Pro 8 is an ARM-based processor, specifically a quad-core Cortex-A57 running at 1.7 GHz. This architecture is consistent with UniFi’s approach in the earlier UNAS Pro, prioritising efficiency and lower power draw over raw computational performance. The choice of an ARM SoC means the device is well-suited for file storage, backups, and network-attached services, but it does not provide the same level of support for virtualisation, multimedia transcoding, or container workloads that x86-based systems can deliver. For users considering this system, the hardware direction underlines its positioning as a straightforward storage platform rather than an all-purpose server.

Memory is supplied in the form of 16 GB of LPDDR4, which is soldered to the board and cannot be upgraded. This is a relatively high baseline for an ARM-powered NAS, offering enough headroom for multi-user file access, caching operations, and handling larger RAID arrays without memory saturation. The allocation proved sufficient during array synchronisation tests, though high memory utilisation was observed when building an eight-drive RAID. This suggests the hardware has been provisioned carefully to meet expected workloads, albeit without scope for user expansion if requirements increase later.

The operating system is stored internally on dedicated flash storage, reported within the software as 25.2 GB, likely provisioned as a 32 GB module with some over-provisioning. This design ensures that installed drives remain fully dedicated to storage and that the system can boot independently of the data array. Storage management supports multiple RAID levels up to RAID 6, as well as clustered RAID groupings, providing some flexibility for mixed drive sizes. Combined with hot-swap support and optional failover protection through dual PSUs, the hardware configuration strikes a balance between basic efficiency and the inclusion of some enterprise features.

Component Details
CPU Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A57, 1.7 GHz
Memory 16 GB LPDDR4 (non-upgradeable)
System Storage ~25.2 GB internal flash (likely 32 GB total)
Drive Bays 8 x 2.5″/3.5″ SATA HDD/SSD
NVMe Support 2 x M.2 2280/22110 via rear trays (sold separately)
RAID Support RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, clustered RAID
Hot Swap Supported for HDD/SSD

UniFi UNAS Pro 8 Review – Connectivity & Throughput

The UNAS Pro 8 is equipped with three 10-gigabit network interfaces, consisting of two SFP+ 10G ports and one RJ45 10GbE port with multi-gigabit fallback to 5G, 2.5G, 1G, and 100 MbE. This level of connectivity is notable for a system limited to eight SATA bays, as even high-performance HDDs or SSDs in aggregate are unlikely to saturate more than a single 10GbE link under typical workloads.

While the inclusion of three ports may appear excessive, the arrangement allows for link aggregation, redundancy, and separation of traffic across multiple networks. In practice, this provides administrators flexibility in how the NAS integrates with existing switching hardware, though the real-world performance ceiling remains constrained by the storage media.

Power connectivity is handled through two hot-swappable AC/DC 550W power modules, though only one is included in the base configuration. Installing a second unit enables redundancy, ensuring uninterrupted operation in the event of PSU failure. Testing confirmed seamless failover when one module was removed during sustained read/write operations, with no observable disruption in data availability. However, the absence of USB or UPS integration ports limits external redundancy options, leaving users reliant solely on the dual-PSU configuration for power protection.

In terms of general I/O, the device is closed in design, with no USB ports, HDMI output, or PCIe expansion available. This reflects UniFi’s approach of positioning the system as a dedicated, self-contained appliance managed exclusively via network interfaces and the UniFi OS console. While this reduces versatility for use cases such as direct-attached backups or third-party hardware upgrades, it aligns with the brand’s ecosystem-driven philosophy.

Performance testing with eight 8TB drives in a RAID 5 configuration produced throughput in the region of 800–850 MB/s during sequential read operations. Write speeds were lower, reflecting both the RAID type and the limitations of the ARM Cortex-A57 processor, but still sufficient for multi-user file access and standard NAS workloads. Tests with larger 30TB Seagate IronWolf drives confirmed compatibility, though extended stress testing was not undertaken. With SATA SSDs or a RAID 0 array, the system would likely be capable of saturating a single 10GbE connection, though fully exploiting the three available ports remains unrealistic under the current hardware constraints.

The inclusion of two M.2 NVMe slots, limited to use as read/write cache, provides some performance enhancement. Caching can accelerate frequently accessed data reads or speed up ingest of new data before it is written to the HDD array. However, the caching mechanism is automated, with no user control over cache policies, and the NVMe drives cannot currently be used for storage pools. During operation, thermal imaging recorded SSD module temperatures in excess of 50°C, indicating adequate but stressed cooling under load. This reinforces the importance of active fan management, now included in UniFi’s updated software.

  • Networking: 2 x 10G SFP+, 1 x 10GbE RJ45 (5G/2.5G/1G/100M supported)

  • Power Supply: 2 x 550W hot-swappable AC/DC modules (1 included)

  • Management: Ethernet and Bluetooth 4.1 setup/admin

  • Other I/O: None (no USB, HDMI, or PCIe expansion)

  • Drive Support: 8 x 2.5″/3.5″ SATA HDD/SSD, 2 x M.2 NVMe (cache only)

  • Tested Performance: ~800–850 MB/s sequential reads (RAID 5, HDDs)

  • Write Performance: Lower than reads, limited by ARM CPU overhead

  • Cache Functionality: NVMe SSDs limited to automated read/write caching

UniFi UNAS Pro 8 Review – Software and Services

The UNAS Pro 8 runs on UniFi’s NAS management platform, designed to integrate with the broader UniFi ecosystem while remaining usable as a standalone system. Administration can be carried out through the UniFi OS console in a web browser or via the ui.com cloud portal, with optional remote access that can be enabled or disabled depending on security requirements.

The platform aims to provide a single interface for storage management, user access, and system monitoring. It is less feature-rich than mature alternatives such as Synology DSM or QNAP QTS, but it retains a streamlined design that prioritises ease of setup and centralised administration.

Storage management supports common RAID levels up to RAID 6, with the additional ability to cluster groups of drives into combined pools. Snapshots are available at the folder level, allowing users to roll back to earlier revisions of files. Encryption is supported, requiring a password to mount encrypted volumes after reboot, which ensures data protection in the event of device theft or unauthorised access.

NVMe SSDs can be assigned to caching, though as noted earlier, they cannot be added to storage pools. File access is available through SMB and NFS, but the range of supported protocols is narrower than on established NAS operating systems.

Backup functionality is split into two categories: system configuration backups and file-level backups. System configuration backups can be stored locally or uploaded to a ui.com account, allowing settings and structures to be restored to the same or another UniFi NAS device.

File-level backups extend to cloud services and other NAS units, with support for scheduled routines and basic rules such as overwrite or versioned backups. Cloud integration is functional but limited compared to established platforms, and external synchronisation features such as continuous sync or third-party plug-ins are not yet available.

User management is relatively straightforward, with the option to bind accounts to the wider UniFi ecosystem or create standalone local users. Access can be restricted to LAN-only connections, while two-factor authentication is available through UniFi’s identity and verification tools. At present, some advanced functions common to other platforms, such as iSCSI target creation or scheduled power management, remain absent.

The software continues to evolve, with updates adding features incrementally, but its current focus is on providing reliable core storage, backup, and access management rather than competing directly with the broad feature sets of long-established NAS vendors.

UniFi UNAS Pro 8 Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The UniFi UNAS Pro 8 represents a measured but important step forward compared with the earlier UNAS Pro model released in 2024. By moving to a uniform eight-bay arrangement, it avoids the odd seven-bay design that limited the practicality of the previous system and brings it in line with industry expectations for rackmount storage. The addition of dual hot-swappable power supply modules, though only one is supplied by default, introduces a level of redundancy that was absent in the earlier generation and proved reliable during testing with seamless failover. Improvements to cooling and fan control further distinguish it, with administrators now able to actively manage system noise and temperature rather than relying on fixed presets. UniFi has also bundled rack rails and a robust accessory kit, which simplifies installation and deployment. At the same time, the reliance on an ARM Cortex-A57 processor keeps the platform efficient but restricts its performance ceiling, limiting its suitability for high-throughput tasks such as large-scale virtualisation, multimedia transcoding, or environments where sustained multi-gigabyte per second throughput is essential.

On the software side, UniFi’s NAS operating system has matured since the first-generation release but still prioritises simplicity over feature breadth. The UNAS Pro 8 includes key storage capabilities such as RAID up to level 6, clustered pools, snapshots, encryption, and read/write caching via the rear-mounted NVMe modules. However, those same M.2 slots remain limited to caching only, and the trays required for installation must be purchased separately, which may be seen as an unnecessary barrier. Network protocol support is limited to common services such as SMB and NFS, with no iSCSI implementation, reducing its appeal for professional editing environments or enterprise applications that depend on block-level storage. Cloud and LAN backups are supported with basic scheduling and rules, but the absence of broader synchronisation features or third-party integration keeps it behind more mature platforms. The Pro 8 therefore delivers dependable core NAS functions but does not yet challenge the established ecosystems of Synology or QNAP. For organisations already invested in UniFi’s infrastructure or those requiring a straightforward rackmount storage system with multiple 10GbE connections, it offers a compelling option, but it remains best suited to use cases focused on file storage and backup rather than advanced workloads.

You can buy the UniFi UNAS Pro 8 NAS via the link below – doing so will result in a small commission coming to me and Eddie at NASCompares, and allows us to keep doing what we do! 

Here are all the current UniFi NAS Solutions & Prices:
  • UniFi UNAS 2 (2 Bay, $199) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS 4  (4 Bay + 2x M2, $379) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 4 (4 Bay + 2x M.2, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro (7 Bay, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 8 (8-Bay + 2x M.2, $799) HERE

 

PROs of the UniFi UNAS 2 NAS PROs of the UniFi UNAS 2 NAS
  • Multiple RAID Configurations supported, but also clustered RAID’s and support of M.2 NVMes for Caching
  • M.2 Injection is unique, well thought out and easy to utilise for caching
  • THREE 10Gb/s PORTS (technically)! Kind of insane actually, for a 8x SATA drive machine
  • Dual PSU and Failover hugely welcome, after it’s omission on the UNAS Pro 2024
  • 16GB RAM out the box is a significant upgrade over the UNAS Pro from 2024
  • Benefits from almost a year of development of the UNAS Pro by UniFi, resulting in a much more complete solution in both hardware and software
  • Rackmount rails are included in the UNAS Pro 8 retail box, and are of a high quality
  • Exceptionally appealing price point
  • Supports complete network/local access if preferred, as well as full remote connectivity with the UI.com account and site manager services
  • Wide Hard Drives and SATA SSD Support (UniFi branded drives and those from 3rd parties such as Seagate Ironwolf, WD Red and Toshiba N300)
  • Ditto for the m.2 NVMe support, though you will need to m.2 adapter trays
  • Comprehensive network storage software in UniFi NAS OS and Drive.
  • Latest OS updates have included fan control, flexible RAID configurations, encrypted drive creation, customizable snapshots, more backup client choices/targets
  • ‘Single Pane of Glass’ management and monitoring screen is very well presented!
  • One of the fastest to deploy turnkey NAS solutions I have ever personally used!
  • Lack of USB connectivity for convenient plug and share storage drives, network upgrades, 3rd party UPS support and more
  • Very modest base hardware, but understandable relative to the price
  • HDD injection is very unique, but prevents hot swapping
  • Still a lack of client applications native to the NAS services for Windows, Mac, Andoid and Linux
  • Shame about the LCD/LCM control panel being absent
  • M.2 NVMes are not usable for storage pools, just read/write caching – which is a shame, given the large network connectivity available here

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

UniFi UNAS 2 Review

Par : Rob Andrews
18 septembre 2025 à 16:01

The UniFi UNAS 2 NAS Review – Value vs Scale

Note, the UNAS Pro 2 is NOW LIVE on the UniFi Store . The UNAS 4, UNAS Pro 4 and UNAS Pro 8 are now in the site, but are not available till October / Q4 2025

The UniFi UNAS 2 is a compact, entry-level two-bay desktop NAS introduced as part of Ubiquiti’s second phase of NAS development, following the debut of the UNAS Pro in 2024. That earlier seven-bay rackmount system was notable for its low $499 price and integrated 10GbE connectivity, but it had an unconventional design, limited fan control, and no support for USB expansion. By contrast, the UNAS 2 shifts away from rackmount hardware and into the desktop market, adopting a much smaller form factor and prioritising simplicity over raw performance. Measuring 13.5 x 12.9 x 22.37 cm and weighing only 1.3 kg, it is one of the smallest systems in the UniFi NAS range and is constructed from polycarbonate rather than steel, reinforcing its role as an affordable, lightweight device.

The hardware is designed primarily for modest storage requirements, supporting two 3.5-inch hard drives with a maximum combined power budget of 52W and an overall consumption ceiling of 60W. The device operates on a single 2.5 GbE RJ45 interface, which also functions as a PoE++ input, removing the need for a conventional power supply unit but requiring either a compatible PoE++ switch or the included 60W injector. This approach marks a clear departure from the UNAS Pro, which included a standard power connector and optional redundancy through additional PSU modules. In practice, the reliance on a single port for both power and data streamlines installation within UniFi networks, but it also introduces a single point of failure and reduces flexibility compared with larger systems.

UniFi UNAS 2 Review – Quick Conclusion

The UniFi UNAS 2 is a compact, entry-level NAS that prioritises simplicity and integration within the UniFi ecosystem over flexibility or raw performance. Its use of PoE++ for both power and connectivity makes installation straightforward in environments with compatible UniFi switches, but it introduces reliance on a single port and limits deployment outside that infrastructure, even with the included injector in the retail kit. The system supports two 3.5-inch drives in a shared non–hot-swappable tray, with RAID 1, or single-disk setups available, but there is no option for expansion or NVMe caching. Hardware consists of a quad-core ARM Cortex-A55 processor with fixed 4 GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is efficient but imposes clear limits on throughput and application scope. Performance testing produced read speeds up to 260 MB/s and writes in the 160–180 MB/s range, sufficient for the 2.5 GbE interface but reflective of the modest hardware and thermal constraints, with CPU temperatures often approaching 80°C under load. Software provides a clean interface with snapshots, RAID tools, backups to other UniFi NAS or cloud services, and user management tied to UniFi identity, but features such as iSCSI, encryption, and granular backup rules are absent. As a result, the UNAS 2 is best suited as a secondary or edge storage device, particularly for UniFi users seeking easy integration, but it lacks the scalability and depth of established NAS platforms needed for primary or enterprise deployments.

BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 10/10
VALUE - 9/10


8.4
PROS
👍🏻Benefits from almost a year of development of the UNAS Pro by UniFi, resulting in a much more complete solution in both hardware and software
👍🏻Exceptionally appealing price point
👍🏻Extremely low impact (power use, noise level, physical scale all great)
👍🏻Introduction of USB C 5Gb/s Connectivity is very welcome
👍🏻Supports complete network/local access if preferred, as well as full remote connectivity with the UI.com account and site manager services
👍🏻Wide Hard Drives and SATA SSD Support (UniFi branded drives and those from 3rd parties such as Seagate Ironwolf, WD Red and Toshiba N300)
👍🏻Comprehensive network storage software in UniFi NAS OS and Drive.
👍🏻Latest OS updates have included fan control, flexible RAID configurations, encrypted drive creation, customizable snapshots, more backup client choices/targets
👍🏻\'Single Pane of Glass\' management and monitoring screen is very well presented!
👍🏻One of the fastest to deploy turnkey NAS solutions I have ever personally used!
CONS
👎🏻Single network port, though not a dealbreaker (as this is still just 2x SATA throughput), is not great in terms of a network failover or in deployment of SATA SSDs
👎🏻Choice of PoE deployment unusual and limits some deployments
👎🏻USB C connectivity does not support network adapters, NAS expansions or 3rd party UPS devices
👎🏻Very modest base hardware, but understandable relative to the price
👎🏻HDD injection is very unique, but it prevents hot swapping
👎🏻Still a lack of client applications native to the NAS services for Windows, Mac, Android and Linux

Here are all the current UniFi NAS Solutions & Prices:
  • UniFi UNAS 2 (2 Bay, $199) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS 4  (4 Bay + 2x M2, $379) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 4 (4 Bay + 2x M.2, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro (7 Bay, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 8 (8-Bay + 2x M.2, $799) HERE

You can buy the UniFi UNAS 2 NAS via the link below – doing so will result in a small commission coming to me and Eddie at NASCompares, and allows us to keep doing what we do! 

 

UniFi UNAS 2 Review – Design

The UNAS 2 adopts a small desktop form factor, measuring 135 x 129 x 223.7 mm and weighing 1.3 kg. Its enclosure is constructed from polycarbonate, which makes it lighter and less industrial than the steel-based rackmount models in UniFi’s NAS range. The compact build is suited for environments where space is limited, and it operates within an ambient temperature range of -5 to 40°C and a humidity tolerance of 10–90% non-condensing. With only two drive bays, the UNAS 2 positions itself as an edge device for simple storage and backup, rather than a primary data management system.

Drive installation is handled through a single removable cage that holds both 3.5-inch drives. Each drive clips into place using a shared tray design, with both units inserted in opposite orientations to align with the SATA connectors. While this arrangement is functional, it has some limitations.

There is no support for hot swapping, meaning the system must be powered down before drives can be replaced. Additionally, the shared cage design requires both drives to be handled together, which increases the risk of disturbing a healthy drive when removing or replacing a failed one.

Cooling is managed by a small fan located at the rear, supported by passive ventilation channels at the base of the unit. Air is drawn in from underneath and expelled from the top section, ensuring airflow across the drives and the system board. Thermal tests recorded CPU temperatures in the range of 75–80°C during higher utilisation, with the chassis surface reaching around 39–50°C depending on workload.

The fan is adjustable via UniFi’s management interface, offering a choice between balanced operation and higher cooling at the expense of noise.

Noise levels ranged from 31–32 dBA in idle to 35–38 dBA under load, influenced heavily by the vibration of installed drives.

At the front of the unit, UniFi has integrated a 1.47-inch colour LCM display for system information. This provides basic details such as network status, storage health, and system alerts, but it is not touchscreen and cannot be used for configuration.

The lack of interactive control means that most management tasks still need to be handled through the UniFi OS console. LED indicators are also present for system status, and a physical locking mechanism is built into the drive cage, preventing accidental removal.

From a storage perspective, the UNAS 2 supports a simple RAID configuration for two drives, namely RAID 1, in addition to single-disk setup. Given the limitations of two-bay devices, RAID 1 is the most practical option, prioritising data protection over capacity.

The system officially supports large-capacity HDDs, with tests confirming compatibility up to 30 TB drives. However, there is no expansion capability through additional enclosures, and the single USB-C port on the front is limited to attaching external drives for storage or backups. This means users are confined to the internal two-bay maximum, making long-term planning important for deployment.

UniFi UNAS 2 Review – Internal Hardware

The UNAS 2 is built around a quad-core ARM Cortex-A55 processor clocked at 1.7 GHz. This CPU architecture is designed for efficiency rather than high computational output, which makes it suitable for low-power storage operations, but less capable for advanced workloads such as virtualisation, heavy encryption, or on-the-fly media transcoding.

During testing, CPU temperatures generally remained in the 75–80°C range under sustained use, dropping closer to 50–60°C when idle or under light activity. While these figures fall within operating limits, they reflect the modest cooling design of the enclosure and the limited thermal headroom of the ARM-based hardware.

The device includes 4 GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is soldered to the board and cannot be expanded. This fixed allocation is sufficient for handling RAID 1 synchronisation, snapshots, and standard multi-user file operations, but it sets a ceiling on the system’s multitasking capability.

Unlike larger UniFi NAS models that feature 16 GB of memory, the UNAS 2’s hardware is intended only for light to moderate workloads. Memory use during testing reached high utilisation during RAID synchronisation but did not exceed available capacity, suggesting that UniFi has provisioned enough for the intended use case, while keeping the system constrained to its role as an entry-level solution.

The operating system is stored internally and runs independently of the installed drives, leaving both bays available for data. This separation ensures that the system can still boot even if both drives are removed or replaced. Storage management is limited to the basic RAID levels supported by two-bay systems, and no M.2 NVMe slots are included for caching or tiered storage, a feature reserved for larger UniFi NAS models. As such, the internal hardware of the UNAS 2 reflects its role as a secondary or edge device, designed primarily for straightforward storage and backup within a UniFi-managed network.

Component Details
CPU Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A55, 1.7 GHz
Memory 4 GB LPDDR4 (non-upgradeable)
Drive Bays 2 x 3.5″ SATA HDD
NVMe Support None
RAID Support RAID 1, Single Disk
Hot Swap Not supported
System Storage Internal flash for operating system

UniFi UNAS 2 Review – Connectivity & Performance

The UNAS 2 relies on a single 2.5 GbE RJ45 port for both data and power, with PoE++ providing up to 60W of combined budget. This integration reduces cabling and eliminates the need for an external power brick, but it introduces a single point of failure. That said, the UNAS 2 retail kit DOES include a PoE mains adapter, so ultimately the end user does have the option of deploying in a traditional manner (though power and network connectivity are still funnelled into the same connector).

If the cable or port fails, both power and connectivity are lost. A 60W PoE++ injector is included in the package for users without a compatible PoE++ switch, but this approach remains less flexible than traditional dual-port NAS designs. There is no secondary network interface, Wi-Fi connectivity (rare in a system of this scale, but would allow for failover if it was), support of a USB network adapter or option for link aggregation, which makes the system dependent on one connection for all network and power needs.

In addition to the Ethernet port, the front of the device includes a USB-C interface rated at 5 Gbps. This provides the ability to attach external storage devices, enabling data import, backups, or temporary storage expansion. However, the USB port is limited to storage and does not support network adapters, UPS integration, or official expansion enclosures. While the addition of USB-C addresses one omission from the UNAS Pro, its functionality is constrained and focused solely on external drive access.

Network throughput reflects the limitations of a dual-drive ARM-based NAS. In testing with two 8TB HDDs in RAID 1, sequential read speeds reached around 260 MB/s, while write speeds varied between 160–180 MB/s depending on workload. Benchmarks such as AJA and CrystalDiskMark confirmed this pattern, with read performance consistently higher than write due to the processor’s handling of RAID and data caching. These figures make effective use of the 2.5 GbE interface but leave no capacity to challenge higher multi-gigabit standards.

Power consumption aligns with UniFi’s published specifications, averaging 16–17W in idle, 18–20W during light activity, and 23–24W under heavier use. Peak usage during sustained transfers with RAID synchronisation reached approximately 25W, well below the 60W ceiling. Thermal monitoring showed the CPU rising toward 79–80°C under stress, though the chassis fan helped bring temperatures back into the 50–60°C range once load reduced. These results indicate that while the system operates within its defined limits, sustained workloads push the ARM processor and cooling system close to their maximum operating range.

Noise levels were modest, with idle operation producing around 31–32 dBA and workloads raising this to 35–38 dBA. The shared dual-drive cage design contributed to additional vibration, particularly when placed on a hard surface. Rubberised feet help dampen this effect, but vibration noise was noticeably reduced when the device was placed on softer material such as foam. Overall, while the system remains relatively quiet, its acoustic profile is closely tied to the drives selected and the surface it rests on.

  • Network Interface: 1 x 2.5 GbE RJ45 (PoE++)

  • USB Ports: 1 x USB-C (5 Gbps, storage only)

  • PoE Power Budget: 60W (52W available for drives)

  • Power Supply: 60W PoE++ injector included

  • Max Consumption: 60W (typical 16–25W during use)

  • Tested Performance: ~260 MB/s reads, 160–180 MB/s writes (RAID 1, HDDs)

  • Noise Levels: 31–32 dBA idle, up to 38 dBA under load

  • Temperature Range (Observed): 75–80°C CPU under stress, 50–60°C idle/light use

UniFi UNAS 2 Review – Software and Services

The UNAS 2 runs on UniFi’s NAS management platform, which follows the same single-pane-of-glass interface design seen in the UNAS Pro and UNAS Pro 8. Administration is carried out via a web browser or through a ui.com account, with the option to disable cloud access and operate the system entirely on a local network.

The interface consolidates system status, storage health, user accounts, and backup management into one dashboard. While straightforward to use, it does not provide the same level of customisation or feature depth offered by longer-established NAS operating systems such as Synology DSM or QNAP QTS.

Storage management is limited by the two-bay architecture. Users can create RAID 1 volumes, or operate drives independently. Drive health monitoring, temperature reporting, and snapshot scheduling are all included, allowing basic resilience and file recovery options.

Snapshots can be created and managed at the folder level, with the ability to lock snapshots to prevent deletion. Encryption, however, does not appear to be available on the UNAS 2, in contrast to larger UniFi NAS models where encrypted volumes are supported.

Backup functionality includes both system configuration and file-level options. Configuration backups can be stored locally or uploaded to a ui.com account, allowing the system to be restored quickly if reset or replaced. File-level backups extend to other UniFi NAS systems and selected cloud services, including Google Drive, with scheduling available for automation.

Local LAN backups to other storage devices via SMB are also supported, though filtering and exclusion rules are limited. The system is therefore capable of basic backup routines but lacks the more granular tools available on competing platforms.

User and access management is integrated into the UniFi ecosystem. Administrators can create local accounts or bind accounts to UniFi’s identity services, with two-factor authentication supported via the UniFi Verify app.

Permissions can be set at the folder level, and users can be restricted to LAN-only access if required. Supported protocols include SMB and NFS, but there is no iSCSI target functionality, limiting its application in virtualisation or editing workflows.

The software also includes fan control and system monitoring tools, but resource reporting is basic, with only CPU and memory utilisation graphs available.

Overall, the software reflects UniFi’s effort to balance simplicity with integration, but it remains less comprehensive than that of established NAS vendors.

UniFi UNAS 2 Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The UniFi UNAS 2 is presented as a compact and affordable two-bay NAS designed for straightforward storage and backup tasks, particularly within environments already using UniFi networking hardware. Its PoE++ design is distinctive, allowing both power and connectivity to be delivered over a single cable, simplifying installation where compatible PoE switches are available. This approach aligns with UniFi’s strategy of reducing external hardware requirements, though it also means that a failed port or damaged cable will disable both power and network access simultaneously. For non-UniFi users, the reliance on PoE++ creates an additional barrier, as adoption requires either compatible infrastructure or the included 60W injector. The shared dual-drive tray, lack of hot-swap support, and absence of expansion options further reinforce the system’s role as a fixed-capacity solution, best suited to smaller or secondary deployments. With a maximum drive budget of 52W and overall consumption limited to 60W, the device is power-efficient, but its architecture prioritises simplicity over flexibility.

On the software side, the UNAS 2 provides a user-friendly interface with access to snapshots, RAID configuration, system backups, and integration into the UniFi identity ecosystem. However, the limited hardware constrains the range of features available, and certain tools seen in UniFi’s larger NAS models are absent, such as encrypted volumes or extended network protocol support. Performance testing showed sequential read speeds up to 260 MB/s and write speeds around 160–180 MB/s, which make full use of the 2.5 GbE interface but leave little headroom for more demanding tasks. Thermals during extended use regularly pushed the CPU into the high 70s Celsius, and although fan management can be adjusted, sustained workloads highlight the limits of the system’s cooling design. The software’s omission of iSCSI and advanced backup filters also narrows its role, making it less competitive against established vendors in professional or virtualisation scenarios.

Ultimately, the UNAS 2 is most appropriately positioned as an edge or secondary NAS, providing basic networked storage for existing UniFi users who value plug-and-play deployment and ecosystem consistency, but it is not equipped to serve as a primary system in larger or more demanding environments (VMs, Containers, etc). A great and unique NAS that will nbe at it’s most appealing if you are already invested in the UniFi ecosystem, or have a NAS already that needs a network backup.

You can buy the UniFi UNAS 2 NAS via the link below – doing so will result in a small commission coming to me and Eddie at NASCompares, and allows us to keep doing what we do! 

Here are all the current UniFi NAS Solutions & Prices:
  • UniFi UNAS 2 (2 Bay, $199) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS 4  (4 Bay + 2x M2, $379) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 4 (4 Bay + 2x M.2, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro (7 Bay, $499) – HERE
  • UniFi UNAS Pro 8 (8-Bay + 2x M.2, $799) HERE

PROs of the UniFi UNAS 2 NAS PROs of the UniFi UNAS 2 NAS
  • Benefits from almost a year of development of the UNAS Pro by UniFi, resulting in a much more complete solution in both hardware and software
  • Exceptionally appealing price point
  • Extremely low impact (power use, noise level, physical scale all great)
  • Introduction of USB C 5Gb/s Connectivity is very welcome
  • Supports complete network/local access if preferred, as well as full remote connectivity with the UI.com account and site manager services
  • Wide Hard Drives and SATA SSD Support (UniFi branded drives and those from 3rd parties such as Seagate Ironwolf, WD Red and Toshiba N300)
  • Comprehensive network storage software in UniFi NAS OS and Drive.
  • Latest OS updates have included fan control, flexible RAID configurations (larger systems), encrypted drive creation, customizable snapshots, more backup client choices/targets
  • ‘Single Pane of Glass’ management and monitoring screen is very well presented!
  • One of the fastest to deploy turnkey NAS solutions I have ever personally used!
  • Single network port, though not a dealbreaker (as this is still just 2x SATA throughput), is not great in terms of a network failover or in deployment of SATA SSDs
  • Choice of PoE deployment unusual and although an adapter for mains power is included, is still not for everyone
  • USB C connectivity does not support network adapters, NAS expansions or 3rd party UPS devices
  • Very modest base hardware, but understandable relative to the price
  • HDD injection is very unique, but it prevents hot swapping
  • Still a lack of client applications native to the NAS services for Windows, Mac, Android and Linux

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

Synology DS425+ NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
25 août 2025 à 18:00

 Synology DS425+ Review – Should You Buy This NAS?

The Synology DS425+ is a 4-bay NAS system launched in mid-2025 as part of the company’s continued refresh of its Plus Series product line, replacing the DS423+. It is designed to serve home power users, creative professionals, and small business environments that require a balance of reliable storage, streamlined software integration, and modest multimedia capabilities. The unit retains a familiar chassis and architecture, featuring the Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core processor (2.0 GHz base, 2.7 GHz burst) with integrated graphics support, 2GB of soldered DDR4 memory (expandable up to 6GB with an additional 4GB Synology module), and two M.2 NVMe slots intended primarily for SSD caching using Synology-verified drives.

Alongside this hardware, the DS425+ runs DSM 7.2 and includes the full suite of Synology services, such as Active Backup, Surveillance Station, Virtual Machine Manager, Synology Drive, and Hybrid RAID (SHR) support. Network connectivity is handled by a single 2.5GbE and a 1GbE port, while two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports enable external storage or UPS integration. Despite minimal hardware changes over its predecessor, the DS425+ demonstrates Synology’s continued focus on efficiency, low noise output, and energy-conscious operation—important factors for users planning to run a 24/7 NAS. However, these choices also reflect broader changes in Synology’s platform strategy that may not suit every user, especially those seeking higher flexibility or modern internal specifications.

SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 4/10
PERFORMANCE - 6/10
PRICE - 6/10
VALUE - 7/10


6.6
PROS
👍🏻DSM 7.2 Operating System: Offers a rich suite of first-party apps including Active Backup, Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, and Hyper Backup with strong cross-platform support.
👍🏻Low Noise and Power Consumption: Quiet 92mm fan setup and efficient power usage (~28W under load) make it ideal for 24/7 operation in home or office environments.
👍🏻Integrated Graphics (Intel UHD 600): Supports light Plex or Jellyfin hardware transcoding for 1080p media, a rare inclusion in Synology’s 2025 lineup.
👍🏻Compact and Versatile Design: Small chassis with 4 SATA bays and 2 M.2 NVMe slots for cache acceleration, supporting RAID 5/6 and SHR.
👍🏻Strong Security Posture: Includes 2FA, SSL, VPN tools, and a proactive PSIRT vulnerability disclosure program for ongoing protection.
👍🏻Good Thermal Management: Maintains stable drive and system temperatures (~32–35°C) even under moderate load.
👍🏻Broad Software Ecosystem: Additional apps like Synology Photos, Chat, Office, and Drive make it a multi-functional NAS beyond just storage.
CONS
👎🏻Strict Drive Compatibility: Requires Synology-only HDDs and SSDs for full functionality; third-party drives trigger warnings or are blocked entirely.
👎🏻Outdated CPU Platform: Uses a 2019-era Intel J4125 CPU, now underpowered compared to newer Intel N-series or AMD embedded chips.
👎🏻Memory Upgrade Limitations: Comes with 2GB soldered RAM, upgradeable to only 6GB total, and officially supports Synology-branded memory only.
👎🏻Limited Connectivity and I/O: No PCIe, eSATA, or SD card support; only one 2.5GbE and two 5Gbps USB ports—lagging behind competitors in 2025.


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Synology DS425+ NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS425+ NAS @ $519

B&H for the Synology DS425+ NAS @ $519.99

DSM Software Ecosystem and Integration

One of the most compelling reasons to consider the DS425+ is its support for Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM), a mature and highly integrated NAS operating system. DSM 7.2, which comes preinstalled, offers a unified and consistent user experience with a wide range of built-in applications tailored for home users, remote workers, and small office setups. Core tools like Active Backup for Business allow centralized backup of entire operating systems, folders, and virtual machines, making the DS425+ useful as a bare-metal recovery or disaster recovery node. Hyper Backup enables encrypted, versioned backups to local, remote, or cloud destinations, while tools like Snapshot Replication provide rapid rollbacks and protection against ransomware.

Synology also offers sector-specific solutions through packages like Surveillance Station and Virtual Machine Manager, the former allowing support for up to 40 cameras (with up to 800FPS at 1080p H.264), and the latter providing basic VM hosting for Linux and lightweight Windows workloads. These tools are tightly optimized for the hardware, with low overhead and accessible browser-based management. Furthermore, the DS425+ supports Synology Hybrid RAID (SHR), giving users more flexibility when mixing drive capacities and minimizing unused storage space compared to traditional RAID models.

DSM extends beyond simple storage management by including companion apps like Synology Photos, Drive, and Chat, all of which are compatible with Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS. The DS425+ integrates these tools with centralized user management, group permissions, and support for LDAP and Active Directory.

For users who value reliability, Synology’s proactive security strategy—including its public security advisories, pen-testing initiatives, and in-house incident response—adds extra confidence to the long-term stability and safety of the system. In many cases, users report that the simplicity and polish of DSM is what keeps them loyal to the Synology platform, even when hardware specifications appear modest.

Strict Drive Compatibility and Locked Storage Expansion

One of the most significant limitations of the DS425+ is its strict enforcement of Synology-only drive compatibility, particularly for both 3.5″ HDDs and M.2 NVMe SSDs. As of mid-2025, this model only allows full functionality when paired with Synology-branded drives, such as the HAT5300 series for hard disks or SNV3410/3510 for SSDs.

If users attempt to install non-Synology drives—even widely used options like Seagate IronWolf or WD Red—the system will either block the drives entirely or present warnings and restrict key functionality, such as RAID rebuild, hot spare assignment, or expansion. This policy represents a significant departure from Synology’s historically broader compatibility stance and has become a source of ongoing controversy among users and reviewers alike.

From a practical standpoint, this limitation can result in higher upfront costs, reduced flexibility in sourcing drives, and long-term concerns about availability and vendor lock-in. For example, Synology’s high-capacity enterprise HDDs are often difficult to find in retail channels and may be priced at a premium compared to similar offerings from Seagate or Toshiba.

Users migrating from older Synology systems who want to reuse perfectly functional drives may find themselves unable to do so, as the new system won’t allow proper array recovery or expansion unless all drives meet the strict compatibility criteria. While this approach enables Synology to tightly optimize performance and reliability, it effectively turns the DS425+ into a semi-proprietary ecosystem where even core storage components are vendor-restricted.

This is particularly frustrating for experienced NAS users who expect to mix and match drives or who run environments where hardware recycling and drive lifecycle management are critical. The decision also impacts future-proofing: users who want to grow their arrays over time must now ensure drive stock alignment with Synology’s approved list, which may change over time or vary by region. Despite DSM’s strengths, this hard stance on compatibility significantly undermines one of the key selling points of NAS platforms—modularity—and could be a dealbreaker for value-conscious users or those with existing disk investments.

Low Noise and Power Efficiency for 24/7 Use

Another advantage of the DS425+ lies in its energy-efficient and acoustically quiet design, which makes it highly suitable for constant operation in homes, studios, or office environments where noise and heat are critical considerations. Based on extended testing, the system consumes just 28.25W under access load and drops to as low as 6.10W in HDD hibernation, making it one of the more economical NAS units in its class when measured over long-term 24/7 usage.

Even when populated with four 4TB hard drives and placed under sustained load, real-world power draw rarely exceeded 44W during high CPU utilization. This is further aided by the relatively low thermal output, with ambient casing temperatures measured around 32°C and drive bays stabilizing at just 35°C under load.

In terms of acoustic performance, the DS425+ is equipped with two 92mm fans, and noise testing shows the system remains quiet enough for close-proximity deployment. In idle mode with the fans on their lowest profile, it registers a sound level between 36 to 38 dB(A), which increases only moderately under load or at medium fan speed. Even when the system was manually set to full fan speed with high drive activity, noise output peaked at 53 dB(A)—still manageable for most non-silent workspaces. This operational profile makes the DS425+ appealing to users seeking a low-maintenance NAS that can be discreetly placed in a shared room, office, or AV rack without introducing unwanted distraction or thermal buildup.

This power and noise behavior also helps prolong component lifespan, particularly in warmer climates or enclosed cabinets, and supports use cases like 24/7 media server operation, offsite backups, or even small-scale CCTV archiving. Importantly, despite these low operating figures, the DS425+ still maintains stability and consistent throughput thanks to the efficiency of the J4125 processor and DSM’s power-aware service management. These characteristics, often underappreciated in specs alone, make it especially suitable for those who want reliable long-term uptime without high energy costs or acoustic interference.

Memory Limitations and Unorthodox Upgrade Path

The DS425+ comes with 2GB of DDR4 memory soldered directly to the motherboard, which is low by 2025 standards even for entry-level NAS devices. While it includes an additional memory slot that allows for the installation of a single 4GB module, the system officially supports a maximum of just 6GB of total RAM. This is an unusual and restrictive configuration, especially when many modern NAS devices now ship with 4GB or 8GB by default, and support 16GB or more—sometimes with dual-channel configurations for better performance. Synology’s strict validation policy also means that only their branded RAM (e.g. D4NESO-2666-4G) is fully supported, and installing third-party modules can trigger warnings in DSM or potentially void support coverage.

This memory ceiling becomes problematic when running DSM features that scale with RAM usage, such as Synology Drive, Snapshot Replication, Virtual Machine Manager, or Surveillance Station. As observed during testing, the DS425+ routinely used 27–38% of its available memory at idle, even without third-party packages installed. This is largely due to DSM’s intelligent memory caching system, which improves performance but leaves little headroom for user-defined workloads. Once additional services or multimedia indexing tasks are introduced, memory utilization climbs quickly, increasing the risk of slowdowns, swap usage, or outright service failure under peak demand.

For users who intend to deploy containers, host multiple camera feeds, or run even a small number of VMs, this limitation may lead to bottlenecks sooner than expected. It also makes the DS425+ a less viable choice for future expansion or multi-user environments. Unlike other NAS brands that allow full third-party upgrade freedom—or systems with dual RAM slots and broader capacity support—Synology’s enforced limitations here represent another example of the platform’s increasingly locked-down approach. For a system marketed to prosumers, the inability to exceed 6GB RAM comfortably is a notable technical and strategic constraint.

Integrated Graphics for Light Media Transcoding

Unlike many NAS units in this price tier, the DS425+ includes an Intel Celeron J4125 processor with integrated Intel UHD Graphics 600, which unlocks hardware-accelerated video decoding and transcoding in supported applications like Plex or Jellyfin. This makes the DS425+ one of the few Synology models in 2025 that still offers integrated GPU support out of the box, especially as newer Synology models with more recent CPUs have increasingly omitted integrated graphics. While the DS425+ is not intended to replace a dedicated media server, its GPU can significantly improve performance and efficiency for on-the-fly transcoding of formats like H.264 and H.265 (HEVC), particularly when streaming to remote clients with bandwidth constraints.

In real-world usage scenarios, this means the DS425+ can handle direct streaming and limited transcoding of 1080p content without overwhelming the CPU, provided the source formats are within the GPU’s supported codec list. During Plex testing, the DS425+ performed adequately with one or two 1080p transcodes running simultaneously, and was also able to manage basic 4K downscaling if the codec was natively supported by the hardware. For home users who have mixed devices—such as smart TVs, mobile devices, and tablets that vary in codec support—the presence of hardware transcoding offers improved flexibility without requiring as much manual conversion or format standardization of their media library.

Additionally, Synology’s native multimedia applications such as Surveillance Station and Synology Photos also benefit from GPU acceleration, helping speed up thumbnail generation, indexing, and playback, especially for high-resolution image and video collections. While raw CPU power in the DS425+ is modest by 2025 standards, the inclusion of integrated graphics helps balance out performance for lightweight graphical workloads and makes the system more viable as a general-purpose media hub. For users considering a NAS for Plex, family media streaming, or small business content previews, this capability adds meaningful value—especially since few modern Synology NAS devices still include Intel-based chips with iGPU support.

Outdated CPU Platform and Limited Performance Headroom

The DS425+ ships with the Intel Celeron J4125, a 4-core, 4-thread processor that was originally launched in late 2019. While it offers modest performance and includes integrated graphics, the J4125 is now significantly behind modern alternatives in both efficiency and raw compute power. Intel itself has discontinued the Celeron branding entirely, moving toward newer architectures like Alder Lake-N and Jasper Lake, which offer improved IPC (instructions per cycle), higher core/thread counts, and better thermal efficiency—all while retaining low power consumption. In comparison, the J4125’s aging 14nm Gemini Lake architecture struggles with heavier multitasking, especially when running services like virtual machines, surveillance workloads, or multiple Docker containers in parallel.

Synology has retained this CPU across several generations of its 2- and 4-bay Plus series models, which makes the DS425+ feel less like a generational upgrade and more like a lateral move. During performance testing, the unit handled DSM core tasks and multimedia indexing smoothly, but CPU load increased sharply under heavier tasks such as simultaneous Surveillance Station streams, Hyper Backup routines, or basic VM instances.

Synology DS224+ NAS Memory

This limited headroom constrains the DS425+ to light-to-moderate workloads, and it can bottleneck more quickly than newer systems from other brands using more recent Intel N-series or AMD Ryzen Embedded CPUs. This is especially important as DSM continues to add new features that may increase background resource consumption over time.

Additionally, the CPU’s lack of support for modern instruction sets or features like AVX can limit compatibility with certain Docker containers or third-party applications that expect more recent hardware. While the DS425+ can serve well as a general-purpose file server or light media NAS, it’s not suited for users who anticipate growth into heavier mixed-use deployments. In a 2025 market where many similarly priced NAS units offer 6- or 8-core CPUs and PCIe Gen 3 or 4 support, the DS425+ feels constrained and unlikely to age well for users with evolving or expanding workloads.

Compact Form Factor with Versatile Storage Options

The DS425+ offers a space-efficient chassis design that houses four 3.5″/2.5″ SATA drive bays, along with two M.2 2280 NVMe SSD slots for caching. This provides a versatile platform for users who want flexible storage layouts without moving to a physically larger or more expensive rackmount or tower system.

The vertical orientation of the chassis, measuring just 166 x 199 x 223 mm, makes it easy to deploy the device in tight workspaces, shelving units, or beneath desks—ideal for small offices, home studios, or AV setups where space is at a premium. Despite its small footprint, the device retains full support for key RAID configurations including SHR, RAID 5/6/10, and JBOD, and offers hot-swappable access to the main drive bays for ease of maintenance.

The inclusion of two M.2 NVMe slots on the base of the unit allows users to improve performance through read/write caching without sacrificing primary drive bays. Although these M.2 slots are limited to Synology-verified SSDs and are not usable for storage pools, they can still offer significant boosts to random I/O performance in multi-user environments or when used with demanding workloads like Synology Drive or VM hosting. Combined with support for SSD TRIM and smart cache algorithms within DSM, the system can be tuned to optimize response times during high-access periods without introducing large amounts of memory overhead.

From a practical standpoint, this layout is beneficial for users managing multiple storage tiers, such as a mix of large-capacity HDDs for archiving and faster SSDs for active projects or virtual machines. Furthermore, the DS425+ supports volume expansion using larger capacity drives, RAID migration options (e.g. from Basic to RAID 5 or RAID 5 to RAID 6), and up to 32 internal volumes, giving users enough headroom for future scaling. These features, while standard in DSM, are fully supported in this chassis and make it easier to adapt the NAS as storage needs evolve—without the need to start from scratch or invest in a new enclosure.

Limited I/O and Underwhelming Connectivity for the Price

While the DS425+ introduces a 2.5GbE network port alongside a legacy 1GbE port, the rest of its I/O configuration is relatively limited and arguably outdated compared to competitors in its price range. The system includes just two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, both of which operate at 5Gbps rather than the more modern 10Gbps (Gen 2) speeds that are increasingly common in 2025. There is no SD card slot, no eSATA or PCIe expansion slot, and no HDMI output, all of which are features now appearing on rival NAS systems from QNAP, TerraMaster, and UGREEN—even at similar or lower price points. These omissions restrict how the device can be expanded or integrated into more complex workflows, such as direct-attached backup targets, external GPU support, or quick media ingestion.

The presence of only a single 2.5GbE port also imposes a bottleneck for users wanting to make full use of SSD caching or high-throughput RAID configurations. There is no support for link aggregation, as the 1GbE and 2.5GbE ports cannot be bonded in a meaningful way, and the system lacks support for 5GbE or 10GbE—either onboard or via expansion. In scenarios where large video files, virtual machine images, or multiple users are simultaneously accessing data, the NAS may become network-bound more quickly than other models with multi-GbE or SFP+ connectivity.

Furthermore, while DSM offers support for USB peripherals such as external drives and UPS devices, the limited port count and bandwidth mean there is little headroom for simultaneous external expansions, and the brand limits the support of USB peripherals for security reasons. For example, attaching both an external drive and a USB-connected UPS may require unplugging one to rotate in another device. This may not impact casual home users, but for power users managing workflows like video editing, offsite rotation backups, or multi-location file sync, this level of I/O flexibility feels dated. When factoring in the DS425+’s pricing, which places it near many NAS models with more expansive I/O, this minimalism can be a significant drawback.

Strong Security Framework and Proactive Vulnerability Management

The DS425+ benefits from Synology’s broader emphasis on security, offering a robust framework for data protection, secure remote access, and proactive threat mitigation. DSM includes built-in tools such as firewall rules, auto-blocking of suspicious IPs, HTTPS configuration, and native integration with Let’s Encrypt for SSL certificates. Two-factor authentication (2FA) can be enforced per user or globally, and built-in VPN server options (including OpenVPN and L2TP/IPSec) provide secure tunnels for remote workers or offsite access. For businesses or power users hosting sensitive data, the inclusion of AES-NI hardware encryption ensures efficient at-rest protection without drastically impacting system performance.

What sets Synology apart is its ongoing commitment to security research and response. The company operates a public-facing Product Security Incident Response Team (PSIRT) and regularly updates a detailed security advisory page disclosing vulnerabilities and their mitigations. Synology also participates in Pwn2Own, a white-hat hacking competition, and runs internal bug bounty programs to uncover and patch exploits before they are discovered in the wild. This culture of transparency and preemptive action is especially valuable as NAS devices become more frequently targeted by malware and ransomware threats, particularly those exposed to the internet or used in hybrid cloud workflows.

Additionally, many DSM apps include granular permission management, audit logs, and user-based access rules, giving administrators tight control over file shares, backup targets, and service access. Synology’s Hybrid Share and Cloud Sync tools support end-to-end encryption and offer options to decouple cloud storage keys from the local system, further strengthening data sovereignty. For users concerned with long-term viability and platform trust, Synology’s structured and well-documented security practices help the DS425+ stand out against competitors that may offer more hardware but less attention to software and infrastructure hardening. This makes it a viable choice for users prioritizing data safety in either personal or professional contexts.

Questionable Long-Term Value Amid Shifting Synology Strategy

Another concern with the DS425+ is its position within Synology’s evolving product strategy, which raises questions about long-term support and ecosystem focus. Synology has recently been expanding its BeeStation and BeeStation Plus lines—pre-populated, user-friendly NAS solutions that share similar hardware (in some cases, the same J4125 CPU), but are bundled with drives and offer a simplified DSM variant tailored for general consumers. These systems, while more limited in scope, are marketed as turnkey alternatives with lower pricing and fewer user-configurable components. The DS425+, by contrast, sits awkwardly between Synology’s increasingly restrictive hardware requirements and the emerging shift toward closed, fully managed platforms.

This change in trajectory creates uncertainty for prospective buyers looking for a long-term investment. If Synology continues prioritizing its proprietary hardware and software pairings, users who prefer modularity, drive freedom, or advanced customization may find themselves increasingly constrained. As already noted, the DS425+ enforces tight compatibility rules, limits memory expansion, and restricts NVMe usage to caching only. At the same time, Synology is streamlining its portfolio around devices with even stricter limitations but more mass-market appeal. This raises the possibility that traditional “Plus” models like the DS425+ may be sidelined or see fewer feature updates in future DSM releases, as Synology shifts development toward more controlled environments.

From a cost perspective, the DS425+ is priced around $519, placing it uncomfortably close to more powerful third-party NAS systems that offer better CPUs, more RAM, and greater I/O flexibility. Competing brands frequently offer 4-bay systems with modern N-series Intel processors or embedded AMD chips, 8GB+ of memory, and faster networking, often for the same or lower price. As a result, the DS425+ risks being outclassed not only by its competition, but by Synology’s own growing lineup of prepackaged solutions. Users investing in the DS425+ today may find themselves limited not just by current specs, but by an ecosystem slowly drifting away from the prosumer and enthusiast segment this model was originally meant to serve.

Synology DS425+ NAS Review – Conclusion and Verdict

The Synology DS425+ presents a mixed proposition in 2025. On one hand, it remains a competent 4-bay NAS solution for users prioritizing software integration, low power operation, and quiet, reliable 24/7 usage. Its support for DSM 7.2 and the full suite of Synology applications—ranging from Active Backup to Surveillance Station and Synology Drive—makes it a strong turnkey platform for general-purpose storage, backup, and multimedia needs. Integrated graphics give it an edge in light media streaming scenarios, and its support for M.2 NVMe caching allows for performance optimization without occupying drive bays. It’s a well-built device that continues to “just work,” particularly in home and small office setups where reliability, simplicity, and refined software matter more than raw horsepower.

However, these strengths are increasingly offset by hardware limitations and Synology’s increasingly restrictive ecosystem. The soldered 2GB of RAM, locked 6GB memory ceiling, outdated CPU, limited I/O, and especially the enforced use of Synology-only drives all hinder flexibility and long-term value. When compared to similarly priced alternatives from competing NAS vendors—many of which offer newer processors, faster ports, and full hardware freedom—the DS425+ can feel constrained and overpriced. In addition, Synology’s expanding focus on pre-populated BeeStation devices suggests a possible shift away from traditional DIY-friendly models like this one. For users who are already invested in the Synology ecosystem or who value DSM above all else, the DS425+ may still be a worthwhile buy. But for those seeking hardware scalability, third-party compatibility, or better price-to-performance, it may be worth considering other options or waiting to see how Synology’s roadmap evolves.

Synology DS425+ NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS425+ NAS @ $519

B&H for the Synology DS425+ NAS @ $519.99

Synology DS425+ NAS Pros Synology DS425+ NAS Cons
  • DSM 7.2 Operating System: Offers a rich suite of first-party apps including Active Backup, Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, and Hyper Backup with strong cross-platform support.

  • Low Noise and Power Consumption: Quiet 92mm fan setup and efficient power usage (~28W under load) make it ideal for 24/7 operation in home or office environments.

  • Integrated Graphics (Intel UHD 600): Supports light Plex or Jellyfin hardware transcoding for 1080p media, a rare inclusion in Synology’s 2025 lineup.

  • Compact and Versatile Design: Small chassis with 4 SATA bays and 2 M.2 NVMe slots for cache acceleration, supporting RAID 5/6 and SHR.

  • Strong Security Posture: Includes 2FA, SSL, VPN tools, and a proactive PSIRT vulnerability disclosure program for ongoing protection.

  • Good Thermal Management: Maintains stable drive and system temperatures (~32–35°C) even under moderate load.

  • Broad Software Ecosystem: Additional apps like Synology Photos, Chat, Office, and Drive make it a multi-functional NAS beyond just storage.

  • Strict Drive Compatibility: Requires Synology-only HDDs and SSDs for full functionality; third-party drives trigger warnings or are blocked entirely.

  • Outdated CPU Platform: Uses a 2019-era Intel J4125 CPU, now underpowered compared to newer Intel N-series or AMD embedded chips.

  • Memory Upgrade Limitations: Comes with 2GB soldered RAM, upgradeable to only 6GB total, and officially supports Synology-branded memory only.

  • Limited Connectivity and I/O: No PCIe, eSATA, or SD card support; only one 2.5GbE and two 5Gbps USB ports—lagging behind competitors in 2025.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

GMKTec G9 Ver.2 NAS Review – Cooler Now?

Par : Rob Andrews
22 août 2025 à 18:00

GMKTec G9 NAS (New Improved Cooling Version) Review

Important – My original review of the GMKTec G9 NAS in it’s original design can be found HERE on YouTube and HERE on the NASCompares blog.

The GMKTec G9 NucBox NAS has re-emerged in mid-2025 with a revised cooling design, following a wave of thermal criticism directed at the original release earlier in the year. Still marketed as an SSD-only NAS aimed at home and small office environments, the G9 maintains its core identity—a compact enclosure powered by Intel’s N150 quad-core processor, soldered LPDDR5 memory, and four M.2 NVMe SSD bays. The G9’s primary appeal continues to be its affordability, silent operation, and dual-use flexibility as both a NAS and lightweight desktop system, thanks to the inclusion of Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu out of the box. However, early buyers and reviewers, including this channel, highlighted persistent thermal issues affecting SSD performance and overall system reliability under load, leading to thermal throttling even during idle states in warmer environments.

In response, GMKTec has issued an updated version of the G9 that retains the same form factor, internal hardware, and I/O but incorporates enhanced passive ventilation on the side and top panels. Though subtle at first glance, these structural changes are designed to improve airflow over the CPU and SSD compartments without increasing noise levels or power draw. In this updated review, we will revisit all aspects of the G9’s design, connectivity, and system behaviour under continuous load, while highlighting what exactly has changed and what remains untouched. The new G9 model introduces targeted thermal improvements, but beyond ventilation, it leaves the original architecture and feature set entirely intact.

GMKTec G9 Ver.2 NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The improved GMKTec G9 NAS represents a targeted refinement rather than a full redesign, addressing the primary weakness of the original model: inadequate thermal performance. The updated version introduces enlarged ventilation cutouts on the top panel above the CPU fan and replaces the pinhole rear exhaust with a wider mesh, leading to measurable but modest reductions in system temperatures. In 48-hour test scenarios using UnRAID with hourly backup tasks, SSDs without heatsinks in the original unit reached idle temperatures of 66–67°C, while the revised model brought this down to 56–57°C. CPU vent temperatures similarly dropped from 54–56°C to 50–52°C, and rear I/O areas cooled by 5–7°C. These improvements enhance stability during sustained I/O activity but do not eliminate the need for additional SSD cooling—particularly in environments where ambient heat or multi-user access is expected. Internally, the hardware remains unchanged: Intel N150 CPU, 12GB of non-upgradable LPDDR5 memory, four PCIe Gen 3 x2 M.2 NVMe bays, and dual 2.5GbE ports, with storage and network throughput consistent with entry-level expectations. Power consumption remains efficient (19–30W), and noise levels stay low at under 40dB, making it suitable for always-on deployment. However, the continued use of a plastic chassis and base panel still limits effective heat dissipation, and the absence of thermal sensors or fan curve controls further limits its thermal adaptability. Compared to the Xyber Hydra—featuring a metal base, better SSD thermal contact, and 16GB RAM—the G9 now performs better than before but still falls short of what its hardware could achieve with more thoughtful engineering. For users willing to invest in SSD heatsinks and mindful of its limitations, the G9 is now a reasonably balanced entry NAS, though not the strongest performer in its tier.

BUILD QUALITY - 6/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 6/10
PRICE - 10/10
VALUE - 9/10


7.6
PROS
👍🏻Affordable price point for a 4-bay NVMe NAS with dual 2.5GbE (typically under $200).
👍🏻Support for up to 32TB of SSD storage across four M.2 NVMe slots.
👍🏻Low power consumption (19W idle, ~30W under load) suitable for 24/7 operation.
👍🏻Improved passive airflow design compared to the original model (lower overall temps).
👍🏻Dual USB-C power input options for flexible cable management.
👍🏻Silent operation, even during sustained activity (under 40dB).
👍🏻Pre-installed OS (Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu) allows for flexible initial use.
👍🏻Compact, space-saving enclosure ideal for desktop setups or constrained environments.
CONS
👎🏻Cooling Improvements are relatively small and No bundled SSD heatsinks, making thermal throttling likely without aftermarket cooling.
👎🏻Non-upgradable 12GB LPDDR5 RAM limits scalability for heavier workloads.
👎🏻Plastic chassis and base panel still hinder full thermal dissipation from SSDs.
👎🏻The Introduction of other NAS such as the Beelink ME Mini and Xyber Hydra has provided appealing alternatives to this device right now

Where to Buy?

GMKTec G9 Ver.2 NAS Review – Design and Storage

The GMKTec G9 continues to use a compact, matte-black plastic chassis that is closer in design to a mini PC enclosure than a traditional NAS. The vertical design conserves desk space, and the front-facing panel remains clean and understated, with no visible drive trays or status indicators beyond the power button and basic branding. As with the original model, the chassis sacrifices the durability and thermal advantages of metal in favour of a lightweight, cost-efficient build. This makes the device appealing for users with space constraints, but it also signals the system’s budget positioning. The plastic enclosure, while solid enough for day-to-day use, is not especially resistant to heat buildup during sustained I/O operations, which remains one of its most persistent limitations.

Internally, the system supports four M.2 NVMe SSDs, each connected via PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes. This setup allows up to 32TB of total SSD storage, assuming the use of high-capacity 8TB NVMe drives. The use of SSDs rather than traditional 2.5″ or 3.5″ hard drives enables near-silent operation, faster access times, and lower power consumption. However, SSD-only NAS designs like this one typically require better airflow and heatsinking to mitigate thermal throttling—especially during RAID operations or when used as a media server with multiple concurrent reads and writes. The G9 supports basic RAID via third-party NAS OSs, but due to PCIe lane limitations and lack of onboard RAID management, advanced configurations will rely entirely on software.

One of the primary complaints in the original model was the absence of SSD heatsinks and the system’s poor natural heat dissipation. While pre-built units from GMKTec occasionally shipped with low-profile aluminum heatsinks, user-added drives often ran hot, especially under sustained write loads. The M.2 slots sit stacked vertically inside a cramped compartment behind the lower rear panel, and when combined with a sealed plastic baseplate, heat quickly accumulates. This design still persists in the new version, and although airflow has been improved through the external vents, the interior thermal behaviour remains heavily dependent on user-supplied heatsinks and ambient cooling conditions. Users deploying high-endurance SSDs or running frequent write-intensive tasks will need to factor this into their thermal strategy.

The internal layout is efficient but fixed. There are no modular trays or hot-swap capabilities for the SSDs, and all upgrades must be performed by opening the device. Memory is soldered and therefore non-upgradable, and while there’s internal eMMC storage used for the pre-installed OS, most users will opt to install TrueNAS, UnRAID, or OpenMediaVault onto one of the NVMe drives for full NAS functionality. The passive cooling approach is unchanged in its core design: two internal fans (one for CPU, one system) move air through the case, but without direct thermal contact to the SSDs or a conductive enclosure material, this airflow has limited reach. Placement of the unit in a well-ventilated space remains essential.

The only real physical design changes in the new version are to the external ventilation panels. GMKTec has replaced the original pinhole-style vent on the rear side with a wider mesh grille, which now spans a greater portion of the side panel. Additionally, the top panel has been revised to include a broader cutout directly above the CPU fan, allowing a clearer exhaust path for rising hot air. However, the plastic base and internal heat chamber structure remain unchanged, meaning SSD temperatures are still a potential concern—especially without aftermarket cooling. The updated G9 retains the same core storage architecture as the original, but introduces modest improvements to airflow via enhanced external ventilation.

GMKTec G9 Ver.2 NAS Review – Internal Hardware

At the center of the GMKTec G9 is the Intel N150 processor, a quad-core, four-thread CPU built on the 10nm Twice Lake architecture. Designed for ultra-efficient computing, it operates at a modest 6W TDP, making it ideal for passive or semi-passive cooling environments like compact NAS systems. The N150 runs at a 1.0GHz base frequency and boosts up to 3.6GHz under load, delivering just enough headroom for tasks like SMB/NFS sharing, low-volume web hosting, and basic media playback. Its integrated Intel UHD Graphics support up to 4K at 60Hz output via HDMI or USB-C DisplayPort alt mode, though without hardware acceleration for modern codecs like AV1, its suitability for on-the-fly transcoding is limited. The CPU also lacks advanced server-grade features like ECC memory support, SR-IOV, or high-bandwidth PCIe 4.0 lanes, which reflects its role in cost-conscious, entry-level applications.

The onboard 12GB of LPDDR5-4800 memory is soldered and cannot be replaced or upgraded, a design choice that simplifies manufacturing and keeps costs down but limits versatility in heavier multitasking scenarios. In practice, the memory is sufficient for running one or two lightweight NAS services alongside file sharing, or even a basic Docker container or two, but its soldered configuration leaves no room for future expansion. Notably, the memory is dual-channel, which does help offset some performance constraints—especially in scenarios where the integrated graphics or CPU requires memory bandwidth access. While most users won’t hit the ceiling of 12GB under standard NAS tasks, advanced setups involving active sync with cloud platforms, large-scale Plex libraries, or multiple concurrent rsync/FTP sessions could find the limitation restrictive. Also, unlike some similarly priced competitors, there’s no accessible BIOS option to reserve RAM for cache acceleration, which could have improved responsiveness under heavier I/O loads.

In terms of storage hardware, the G9 offers four M.2 NVMe slots with PCIe Gen 3 x2 interfaces, a configuration that supports up to 32TB of total storage using current consumer-grade drives. Each slot is keyed for M-Key NVMe SSDs and arranged vertically inside the enclosure, though installation requires unscrewing the rear panel and working within the confined internal cavity. The system’s internal PCIe lane distribution is handled through multiple ASMedia ASM1182e switch chips, which divide the CPU’s limited PCIe bandwidth across all four NVMe slots and the dual 2.5GbE interfaces. While the Gen 3 x2 interface is technically capable of 2GB/s per slot, real-world speeds are often lower during concurrent access due to the shared architecture.

This design also limits SSD passthrough capabilities in virtualized environments, and users aiming for high-speed SSD RAID configurations (RAID 5 or 10, for example) may encounter inconsistent write speeds. Additionally, there is no hardware-level thermal throttling safeguard tied to fan curves or SSD temperature sensors, so thermal build-up under load could directly affect sustained throughput unless active cooling measures are installed. The internal hardware of the improved GMKTec G9 remains completely unchanged from the original release—no CPU, RAM, SSD slot layout, or controller chip has been altered in the updated version.

Component Details
CPU Intel N150 (4 Cores / 4 Threads, 1.0–3.6GHz)
Architecture Intel Twice Lake (10nm)
TDP 6W
Memory 12GB LPDDR5-4800 (Dual-channel, Non-upgradable)
Integrated Storage 64GB eMMC (for pre-installed Windows/Ubuntu)
NVMe Support 4 x M.2 NVMe SSDs (PCIe Gen 3 x2 interface)
Max Storage Up to 32TB (with 4 x 8TB drives)
Graphics Intel UHD (4K @ 60Hz via HDMI & USB-C DP)
PCIe Management ASMedia ASM1182e Switches (x2)
Other Features AES-NI, VT-x, VT-d, Speed Shift, ACPI 6.2

GMKTec G9 Ver.2 NAS Review – Ports and Connections

The GMKTec G9 offers a well-rounded I/O configuration that reflects its hybrid role as both a compact NAS and lightweight desktop appliance. It features two 2.5GbE LAN ports, both of which are directly linked to the CPU via PCIe lanes and can be configured for link aggregation, failover, or isolated network segments. In real-world testing, these ports easily saturate their 312MB/s bandwidth under SMB and iSCSI workloads, making the G9 more capable than traditional Gigabit NAS units. The absence of 10GbE is notable, especially for users planning to deploy NVMe RAID arrays or work in content-heavy environments, but at this price point and power envelope, dual 2.5GbE is still a competitive offering. Notably, both NICs support Wake-on-LAN (WoL), making the system convenient for remote access or low-power automation setups.

For peripheral and expansion support, the G9 includes three USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 ports and a single USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 port, each capable of 10Gbps data transfer. The USB-C port also supports DisplayPort Alt Mode, allowing it to function as an additional video output alongside the two HDMI 2.0 ports on the rear panel. These HDMI ports support 4K resolution at 60Hz and are positioned for users who may wish to operate the G9 as a silent desktop system or a local media playback device via Kodi, Jellyfin, or Plex. However, the G9 does not include USB 4.0, Thunderbolt, or PCIe expandability, limiting options for future upgrades such as external GPUs, additional NICs, or DAS enclosures. In testing, connected peripherals such as USB drives and webcams were recognized instantly under Ubuntu and Windows, confirming basic plug-and-play compatibility.

Power delivery is handled via USB-C PD input, using a 65W external power brick that ships with the unit. Uniquely, the updated G9 introduces a small but notable change: dual USB-C power input points, allowing users to select which side of the device receives the power cable. This change doesn’t increase power capacity or enable redundancy, but it can improve cable management depending on the G9’s orientation on a desk or shelf. However, using one of the USB-C ports for power inherently sacrifices a high-speed data port—an unfortunate trade-off given the unit’s lack of PCIe or expansion bays. No dedicated power switch is present; the unit powers on via the front button or Wake-on-LAN and remains always-on unless shut down via software or OS-level scripts. Compared with the original G9, the only change to I/O is the addition of the second USB-C power input for layout flexibility—otherwise, all ports, speeds, and layout remain the same.

Port Type Quantity Specification
2.5GbE LAN 2 Realtek RTL8125, Link Aggregation Supported
USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 3 10Gbps, Backward Compatible
USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 1 (+1 PD) 10Gbps, DisplayPort Alt Mode
HDMI 2.0 2 4K @ 60Hz
Power Input (USB-C) 2 65W USB-C PD (Only 1 used at a time)
Wake-on-LAN Supported Both NICs
Audio None No 3.5mm jack or digital out

GMKTec G9 Ver.2 NAS Review – Tests and Performance

In synthetic and real-world benchmarks, the GMKTec G9 delivers the level of performance expected from an Intel N150 system with PCIe Gen 3 x2 storage. Read speeds per drive peaked around 1.4–1.5GB/s, aligning well with the theoretical limit of the x2 interface. Write speeds were notably more volatile, ranging between 400–600MB/s depending on SSD type, ambient temperature, and active processes. These numbers, while adequate for file serving, backups, and Docker apps, showed clear limitations when the system was pushed into simultaneous multi-disk writes or parity-based RAID configurations. The presence of ASMedia ASM1182e PCIe switches likely contributes to this variance, as downstream PCIe allocation under pressure introduces contention among the SSD lanes. In typical NAS tasks like SMB and NFS file transfers, however, performance remained consistent and stable, particularly when network activity was confined to single-user access or sequential transfers.

Thermal behaviour is where the most scrutiny falls, given the G9’s original design flaws. Under a controlled 48-hour test using UnRAID with scheduled hourly backups and mixed-use read/write activity, the older G9 unit routinely idled at 54–56°C, with peaks of 66–67°C on SSDs lacking heatsinks.

The improved model saw modest thermal gains, with idle temps reduced to 50–52°C at the CPU vent and around 56–57°C on the SSD layer. Some of this improvement came from the revised ventilation—namely the expanded top-panel fan cutout and rear-side mesh panel—yet the base remained the same thermally isolated plastic panel, and internal fan hardware remained unchanged.

Notably, temperatures around the rear I/O ports dropped by 5–7°C between versions, suggesting that airflow efficiency around the motherboard has improved even if core thermal load remains a challenge.

In terms of noise and power, the G9 performs admirably. Even under load, fan noise remained below 40dB, with idle operation being nearly silent. Power consumption remained within the expected range—19–21W idle and up to 30W under continuous activity—even during the 48-hour write test.

BIOS-level tuning is possible and can slightly reduce power draw or adjust fan thresholds, but no advanced power scaling or fan curve customization is exposed via software in stock OS images. More demanding operating systems like TrueNAS Scale ran stably on the G9 but did little to mitigate thermal behaviour, reinforcing the importance of user-added SSD heatsinks regardless of OS.

The lack of thermal sensors per SSD slot or fan feedback control means sustained operations should be closely monitored in hotter climates or enclosed environments.

Nowhere is the conversation about thermal and hardware design more relevant than in comparison to the Xyber Hydra, a near-identical system that appears to share much of its component sourcing with the G9—right down to the GMK-branded fans. The Hydra ships with 16GB of DDR5 memory, a metal base panel, and most notably, a thermal pad that bridges SSDs to the metal shell, allowing for actual heat transfer rather than passive convection. In direct tests, the Hydra consistently posted 5–10°C lower SSD temps under identical workload, with idle SSDs (no heatsinks) registering around 47–49°C versus 56–57°C in the improved G9.

Though the Hydra lacks branding clarity around its manufacturer, the design appears to be what the G9 should have evolved into: same layout and CPU, but better thermals, more memory, and more thought put into SSD dissipation. In conclusion, while the improved GMKTec G9 offers better thermals than its predecessor, the Xyber Hydra outperforms both G9 variants in every thermal category, making it the superior choice if cooling and memory capacity are priorities.

Metric Original G9 Improved G9 Xyber Hydra
Peak Read Speed (NVMe) ~1.4–1.5 GB/s Same Same
Sustained Write Speed ~400–500 MB/s Slightly higher Slightly higher
Idle CPU Vent Temp 54–56°C 50–52°C 47–49°C
SSD Temps (No Heatsink) 66–67°C 56–57°C 47–49°C
Rear I/O Temp 55–57°C 48–50°C 44–46°C
Power Usage (Idle/Load) 19W / 30W 19–21W / 30W 18W / 28W
Noise Level (Max) ~39–40dB Same Slightly lower
Thermal Pad/Metal Contact None None Yes (Metal Base)

GMKTec G9 Ver.2 NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The GMKTec G9, in its improved form, shows that the brand has listened—albeit cautiously—to thermal concerns raised by users and reviewers of the original model. The changes introduced in this updated version are minimal but measurable: better ventilation on the top panel and side mesh grille allow modest airflow gains, which result in lower surface and SSD temperatures across the board. Yet, GMKTec has stopped short of making any internal or structural upgrades that would more directly resolve thermal issues, such as introducing a metal baseplate, bundling SSD heatsinks, or adjusting the system’s internal fan architecture. All other hardware elements—CPU, memory, SSD configuration, I/O, BIOS, and software readiness—remain identical. As a result, while the device performs better in heat dissipation than before, it does so by a margin that may not justify an upgrade for existing G9 users. First-time buyers, however, may find it to be a safer choice now—particularly when paired with aftermarket heatsinks and used in moderate workloads.

However, the presence of the Xyber Hydra in the same price bracket poses a critical challenge to the G9’s value proposition. Offering the same N150 CPU, more memory, and a far superior thermal design with an integrated metal heat-spreading base, the Hydra addresses nearly every lingering complaint about the G9 without altering the system’s core layout. For prospective buyers deciding between the two, the G9’s only advantages now lie in its wider availability, slightly more recognizable branding, and marginally more mature firmware support. If those factors matter less than thermal reliability, long-term SSD health, and RAM headroom, then the Hydra is the more complete solution. Ultimately, the improved GMKTec G9 is a more stable and better-performing version of its former self, but its restrained upgrades feel like a missed opportunity in a market where near-clones have already moved ahead in meaningful ways.

Where to Buy?
PROs of the GMKTec G9 NAS CONs of the GMKTec G9 NAS
  • Affordable price point for a 4-bay NVMe NAS with dual 2.5GbE (typically under $200).

  • Support for up to 32TB of SSD storage across four M.2 NVMe slots.

  • Low power consumption (19W idle, ~30W under load) suitable for 24/7 operation.

  • Improved passive airflow design compared to the original model (lower overall temps).

  • Dual USB-C power input options for flexible cable management.

  • Silent operation, even during sustained activity (under 40dB).

  • Pre-installed OS (Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu) allows for flexible initial use.

  • Compact, space-saving enclosure ideal for desktop setups or constrained environments.

  • Cooling Improvements are relatively small and No bundled SSD heatsinks, making thermal throttling likely without aftermarket cooling.

  • Non-upgradable 12GB LPDDR5 RAM limits scalability for heavier workloads.

  • Plastic chassis and base panel still hinder full thermal dissipation from SSDs.

  • The Introduction of other NAS such as the Beelink ME Mini and Xyber Hydra has provided appealing alternatives to this device right now

 

 

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

DS1825+ vs DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Synology or UGREEN for your Data?

Par : Rob Andrews
20 août 2025 à 18:00

Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Which Should You Buy?

In 2025, the market for high-capacity 8-bay NAS systems has become more competitive than ever, with traditional leaders like Synology now facing serious contenders from newer brands such as UGREEN. The Synology DS1825+ represents the company’s latest flagship in the Plus series, incorporating a more restrictive hardware ecosystem and a focus on long-term software support, surveillance integration, and backup solutions. In contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus leans heavily into raw hardware capability and customization, offering an unlocked platform for power users and DIY enthusiasts.

This head-to-head comparison explores both systems in terms of design, internal specifications, external connectivity, operating systems, and service ecosystems. Beyond surface specs, we’ll also assess real-world usability, third-party compatibility, and the broader implications of each system’s approach to expansion and user control. Whether you’re choosing a NAS for Plex, virtual machines, business continuity, or scalable 10GbE storage, this article aims to clarify which of these two NAS units better fits different user scenarios in 2025 and beyond.

Check Amazon for the Synology DS1825+

$1149.99

 

Check AliExpress for the Synology DS1825+

$1149

Check Amazon for the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus

$1349.99

 

Check AliExpress for the UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS 

$1149

Quick Summary of the Synology DS1825+ NAS

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review HERE

The Synology DS1825+ is an 8-bay desktop NAS that marks a significant shift in the company’s approach to hardware and compatibility. Equipped with the AMD Ryzen Embedded V1500B processor—a 4-core, 8-thread chip running at 2.2GHz —this system balances power efficiency with performance across general file operations, virtualization, and media hosting. It includes support for up to 32GB of ECC DDR5 memory (2x SODIMM, arriving with 8GB by default), two M.2 NVMe slots for Synology-only SSD caching, and an onboard 10GbE port alongside three USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports. However, Synology’s controversial locked ecosystem continues here, restricting users to only Synology-branded drives for full support and access to storage pools, along with limited use of the NVMe bays strictly for cache, not storage.

While its internal hardware is more capable than previous Plus series models, the DS1825+ removes several features seen in past units. By default, it arrives with 2x 2.5GbE network ports, with the option to scale upto 10GbE with the use of a 1st party upgrade PCIe card, but at this pricepoint many users wuld expect 10GbE as standard. The shift to DSM 7.2 brings a refined software experience, including native Active Backup for Business, Hyper Backup, Surveillance Station, and full Docker support. However, DSM’s increasing reliance on Synology’s own hardware and subscription services, such as C2 Surveillance Proxy and Synology Drive Server, makes it harder for users to customize or expand without sticking to Synology’s ecosystem. Overall, the DS1825+ is best suited for users who want an integrated, secure, and reliable NAS experience with minimal manual setup, provided they are comfortable with the tighter hardware constraints.

Quick Summary of the UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS

UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS Review HERE

The UGREEN DXP8800 Plus is an 8-bay NAS solution that positions itself as a powerful, open-platform alternative for users seeking greater control over hardware and software customization. At the heart of the system is the 8-core, 16-thread Intel Core i5-1235U processor, paired with 8GB of DDR5 memory (expandable up to 64GB), but lacks support for ECC memory. Unlike its Synology counterpart, the DXP8800 Plus supports a much wider range of third-party hard drives and SSDs, and offers 2x Gen 4×4 M.2 NVMe slots that can be used not only for cache but also for primary or tiered storage, depending on the user’s operating system. This flexibility is backed by a user-serviceable layout and BIOS access, which allows full compatibility with alternative NAS OS options such as TrueNAS SCALE, UnRAID, or OpenMediaVault.

Connectivity is another area where the DXP8800 Plus stands out. It features two native 10GbE (RJ45) ports, two 2.5GbE ports, and dual USB4/Thunderbolt 4 ports, dramatically expanding external storage, docking, and display capabilities. This, combined with onboard HDMI output and front-accessible USB 3.2 ports, makes it far more versatile for media creation, backup workflows, and even lightweight workstation use. However, the DXP8800 Plus does not come with a polished first-party NAS operating system—UGREEN’s UGOS Pro remains in early stages, and lacks many of the mature backup, surveillance, and cloud services found in DSM. As such, the DXP8800 Plus is ideal for tech-savvy users who value open architecture, higher hardware flexibility, and self-managed software ecosystems over out-of-the-box turnkey simplicity.

Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Design and Storage

The Synology DS1825+ maintains the familiar chassis style used in the Plus series, combining functionality with conservative aesthetics. It features a full-sized 8-bay front panel with lockable trays, designed for tool-less insertion of 3.5” SATA drives and optional 2.5” adapters. The main body is a mix of steel and plastic, with a focus on rigidity and reduced vibration. The system lacks any onboard display or LCD, offering only basic LED indicators for system status, drive activity, and alerts, which may frustrate users seeking at-a-glance diagnostics. Access to internal components like the DDR5 ECC RAM and dual M.2 NVMe slots requires removing the top cover and internal caddy brackets, which isn’t as straightforward as it could be—especially given that the NVMe slots are only usable for cache and require Synology-branded drives. Thermal management relies on dual 120mm rear-mounted fans, which operate quietly but are non-replaceable without voiding warranty due to the proprietary fan harness. Physically, the NAS is slightly larger than competing 8-bay units and lacks rubberized feet or vibration isolation, which may be relevant for users placing it on shared work surfaces or desks.

The UGREEN DXP8800 Plus delivers a contrasting design focused on space efficiency, cooling, and user-accessibility. The NAS is housed in a durable metal shell with perforated side panels and a high-density internal structure. Despite its smaller footprint, it manages to accommodate eight SATA bays, two 4X4 M.2 NVMe slots, two SODIMM slots, and active cooling—all while remaining user-serviceable with just a standard screwdriver. The hot-swap trays are spring-loaded and support tool-less 3.5” drives or 2.5” drives via included screws. Access to RAM and SSD slots is streamlined through a simple internal partition design that doesn’t require full disassembly, making upgrades significantly faster than on the DS1825+. The rear exhaust fan is larger than expected for a device this compact, and although thermals are generally within acceptable limits, our testing showed that M.2 SSDs running at PCIe Gen 3 speeds did reach over 65°C during sustained I/O, especially when mounted without aftermarket heatsinks. Unlike Synology, UGREEN includes front-mounted USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports (Type-A and Type-C), ideal for creators and users who frequently move large projects or footage onto the system using direct-attached storage.

When it comes to storage flexibility, the differences are stark. Synology’s DS1825+ enforces a strict hardware compatibility policy, where only Synology-certified HDDs (such as the HAT5300) and SSDs (SAT5200 or SNV3410/3510) are officially supported. Drives outside this list may trigger warnings, be ineligible for pools, or lose access to SMART health readings. NVMe drives cannot be used for storage volumes at all and are locked to caching roles only. These restrictions are enforced by DSM 7.2+ and persist even with the system fully updated.

By contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus places no such limits. Any SATA or NVMe drive can be used, and users can create pools across mixed-capacity and mixed-brand disks, including enterprise-grade drives. Storage volumes can be configured freely in supported OS environments, and the two M.2 slots can act as primary storage, tiered ZFS vdevs, or cache depending on the OS—TrueNAS SCALE, for instance, recognized all M.2 drives and allowed custom pool creation without issue. This makes UGREEN’s system more attractive to users with existing drives or specific ZFS/Btrfs layouts in mind.

Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Internal Hardware

he Synology DS1825+ is built around the AMD Ryzen V1500B processor, a 4-core, 8-thread embedded SoC designed specifically for NAS and server workloads. With a fixed base clock of 2.2GHz and no boost functionality, this Zen-based CPU focuses on stability, multi-threaded efficiency, and low power consumption, making it well-suited for consistent background operations like file serving, multi-client backups, and large-scale storage array management. The chip includes AES-NI support for hardware encryption acceleration and offers full compatibility with DSM’s virtualization stack, including Docker and Synology’s Virtual Machine Manager. However, the V1500B lacks an integrated GPU, and the DS1825+ does not support hardware transcoding, making it unsuitable for Plex or media applications that rely on real-time video encoding unless offloaded to cloud services like Synology C2. It’s a reliable and mature processor choice, albeit one that prioritizes stability over flexibility or raw speed.

The DS1825+ ships with 8GB of ECC DDR4 memory (1x SODIMM) installed, with support for up to 32GB across two slots, and ECC is supported on both official and some compatible third-party modules. The internal layout, however, is relatively restrictive. The memory and M.2 slots require tray removal and partial disassembly to access. Synology includes two M.2 NVMe slots that operate at PCIe Gen 3×4, but DSM only allows them to be used for read/write caching and only with Synology SNV3410 or SNV3510 SSDs. These slots are not available for storage pool creation or system boot, regardless of the SSD used. There is no PCIe slot or BIOS access, making this a closed system that enforces Synology’s validation model tightly. While this approach ensures stability, it limits performance tuning and locks users into higher-priced branded components.

The UGREEN DXP8800 Plus uses an Intel Core i5-1235U, a hybrid 10-core (2 performance, 8 efficiency), 12-thread mobile CPU built on the Alder Lake-U architecture. With a boost clock up to 4.4GHz and integrated Intel Xe graphics, it offers both multi-threaded efficiency and hardware video transcoding support via Quick Sync. This is ideal for users running Plex, Jellyfin, or AI-based video analysis locally. The system ships with 8GB of non-ECC DDR4 memory, expandable to 64GB, using standard SODIMM slots. UGREEN’s internal board features 2x M.2 NVMe slots operating at PCIe Gen 4×4 speeds, offering significantly more bandwidth than Synology’s Gen 3 slots. These SSDs can be used for boot, storage pools, or cache, and the system supports a wide range of third-party drives without warnings or restrictions. BIOS access is fully available, allowing installation of operating systems like TrueNAS, UnRAID, or Proxmox. UGREEN’s internal hardware favors openness and customizability, providing users with direct control over performance, expansion, and component choice—at the cost of requiring more technical expertise.

Feature Synology DS1825+ UGREEN DXP8800 Plus
CPU AMD Ryzen V1500B (4C/8T, 2.2GHz) Intel Core i5-1235U (10C/12T, 0.9–4.4GHz)
Architecture Zen (Embedded, 14nm) Alder Lake-U (Hybrid, Intel 7)
Integrated GPU None Intel Xe (Quick Sync support)
Memory 8GB ECC DDR4 (up to 32GB ECC) 8GB DDR4 non-ECC (up to 64GB)
M.2 NVMe Slots 2x PCIe Gen 3×4 (Synology SSDs, cache-only) 2x PCIe Gen 4×4 (Any SSD, storage/cache/boot)
Drive Bays 8x SATA (Synology-only drives recommended) 8x SATA (any brand/size supported)
Expansion Access No PCIe, no GPU, no BIOS access Full BIOS access, OS selectable
Thermal Design 2x 120mm fans, passive CPU cooling 1x rear fan, active CPU cooling
Transcoding Support None (no GPU) Yes (Intel Quick Sync supported)

Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Ports and Connections

The Synology DS1825+ delivers a modest and business-focused range of connectivity options, designed primarily for reliability and integration within an IT-managed environment. It includes 2x 2.5GbE RJ-45 LAN ports, offering basic link aggregation or dual-network failover functionality. While this offers faster-than-Gigabit throughput, the lack of 10GbE out of the box may be limiting for users working with large media files or virtualization workloads, particularly in comparison to other 2025 systems.

The system provides 3x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps) Type-A ports, all located on the rear, suitable for UPS integration, external storage, or compatible backup devices. In terms of expansion, Synology includes 2x USB Type-C ports, but these are reserved exclusively for connecting official DX525 expansion units. They do not support data transfer, peripherals, or USB-C accessories and serve only as proprietary expansion interfaces. No HDMI, DisplayPort, or audio outputs are included, and there is no SD card reader. This reinforces Synology’s design philosophy: operate headlessly, manage remotely, and keep the system within the bounds of their validated ecosystem.

In contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus positions itself as a fully-featured, hybrid-use NAS platform with wide-ranging I/O options for prosumers and professionals. It features 2x 10GbE RJ-45 LAN ports—a clear advantage over Synology’s 2.5GbE setup—offering significantly more bandwidth for media editing, VM hosts, or multi-user environments. On the front, UGREEN includes 2x Thunderbolt 4 (40Gbps) ports, which double as high-speed USB-C for peripherals, external drives, or even eGPU enclosures in supported OS setups. The rear provides 2x USB-A ports at 10Gbps, plus 2x USB 2.0 ports, allowing backward-compatible peripheral support. For display, the system includes 1x HDMI port with 8K output support, connected via Intel’s Xe iGPU, as well as a high-speed SD 4.0 card reader—a particularly valuable addition for content creators offloading camera media directly to the NAS. There is also a PCIe x4 slot for optional hardware expansion. This broad I/O layout enables the DXP8800 Plus to function as a headless NAS, a media server, or even a workstation replacement, depending on the OS you choose to run.

The gap in connectivity between these two NAS systems reflects their broader design philosophies. Synology has deliberately kept the DS1825+ minimal, standardized, and tightly integrated with its ecosystem, which enhances long-term support and serviceability but limits flexibility. UGREEN, on the other hand, offers extensive general-purpose ports that cater to a wider range of workflows—especially for users running Windows, Proxmox, TrueNAS, or virtualized environments. Whether it’s direct media ingestion via SD card, high-speed expansion through Thunderbolt, or dual 10GbE networking, the DXP8800 Plus outpaces the DS1825+ in almost every I/O category. However, this flexibility comes with the expectation that the user is comfortable with open-platform system management and a DIY-style deployment model.

Feature Synology DS1825+ UGREEN DXP8800 Plus
LAN Ports 2x 2.5GbE RJ-45 2x 10GbE RJ-45
USB Type-A Ports 3x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps, rear) 2x USB-A 10Gbps (rear) + 2x USB 2.0 (rear)
USB Type-C / TB4 Ports 2x USB Type-C (for DX525 expansion only) 2x Thunderbolt 4 (40Gbps, front)
Video Output None 1x HDMI (8K capable)
SD Card Reader None 1x SD 4.0
Audio Out None None
PCIe Expansion Slot 1x PCIe Gen3 x8 (x4 link) 1x PCIe x4
Front USB Access None Yes – 2x Thunderbolt 4 ports
Expansion Interface DX525 via USB-C (proprietary, not general use) Open – Thunderbolt/USB/PCIe/network based
BIOS/UEFI Access No Yes

Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Software and Services

The Synology DS1825+ runs on DSM 7.2, Synology’s mature and widely respected NAS operating system. DSM offers a broad ecosystem of native applications and services, including advanced storage management, multi-tiered backup solutions, virtual machine hosting, and comprehensive multimedia support. Key built-in tools such as Synology Drive, Hyper Backup, Active Backup for Business, Surveillance Station, and Synology Photos provide enterprise-grade data handling in a highly polished interface.

DSM also includes Snapshot Replication with Btrfs, granular folder/file-level restore, and Active Directory integration. Importantly, DSM supports features like Windows ACL permissions, Samba v4, WORM file locking, and two-factor authentication by default, with Synology’s C2 platform offering cloud sync, identity management, and secure backup options. However, DSM has increasingly tied deeper functionality (e.g., certain security tools and snapshots) to Synology-branded storage and expansion hardware, with third-party drive warnings now appearing by default.

UGREEN’s DXP8800 Plus runs UGOS Pro, a Linux-based operating system developed in-house. Now one year into active deployment, UGOS Pro has matured substantially with ongoing updates and wider feature support. The interface is clean and web-accessible, and recent updates have added core NAS functions previously missing. As of the latest firmware, Docker, virtual machine creation, and Jellyfin media server are all natively supported via one-click installs.

Importantly, iSCSI support was also added, addressing a key omission for enterprise or VMware users. 2-factor authentication (2FA) is now present, and security protocols include IP/MAC-level blocking, custom firewall rules, and access control policies. While UGREEN still lacks the depth of anti-ransomware protection found in DSM or QNAP’s QuFirewall, the fundamentals have improved dramatically. Local-only AI services for photo indexing and object recognition have also been refined, with user-selectable models running without internet access.

Where DSM excels in deep integration and business-class reliability, UGOS Pro stands out for its openness and responsiveness to user feedback. Users can enable SSH, customize OS-level settings, and even install TrueNAS, UnRAID, or Proxmox without voiding the warranty, as UGREEN has opted for an open-platform approach.

UGOS also supports Windows file services (SMB), NFS, and web-based file managers, though its permissions system and UI are still somewhat basic compared to DSM. Synology’s first-party software tends to offer higher polish, more documentation, and broader cross-platform support, particularly in cloud-integrated services, whereas UGOS is catching up in functional breadth but remains relatively limited in automation and long-term software ecosystem depth.

Both platforms include mobile apps and browser-based remote access, but Synology’s remote access via QuickConnect is significantly more user-friendly and secure out-of-the-box, while UGREEN’s remote services are best replaced or supplemented by Tailscale, Cloudflare Tunnel, or similar tools. Synology’s Surveillance Station also has years of development behind it with support for hundreds of IP cameras, whereas UGREEN does not yet include native surveillance software in UGOS Pro.

For users seeking a media-focused setup, UGOS offers a good local multimedia experience via Jellyfin, while DSM supports Plex and Video Station (with transcoding limitations depending on CPU). Ultimately, Synology’s DSM remains the more robust, enterprise-ready option, while UGOS Pro presents a highly promising and increasingly competitive open alternative that still favors self-managed users.

Feature Synology DS1825+ (DSM 7.2) UGREEN DXP8800 Plus (UGOS Pro)
OS Platform DSM 7.2 (Linux-based, proprietary) UGOS Pro (Linux-based, open platform)
Virtual Machines Supported (Virtual Machine Manager) Supported (UGREEN VM app)
Docker Support Yes Yes
iSCSI Targets & LUNs Yes Yes (recently added)
Snapshot Replication Yes (Btrfs only) No native snapshot replication tool
Drive Health Monitoring Yes (S.M.A.R.T, IronWolf Health, firmware updates) Basic S.M.A.R.T + early AI features
Cloud Sync Synology C2, Google Drive, Dropbox, OneDrive, S3 WebDAV, Dropbox, OneDrive (limited)
Security Features 2FA, Secure Sign-In, WORM, Snapshot Locking, C2 Backup 2FA, IP/MAC filtering, firewall rules, limited ransomware tools
AI Photo Indexing Yes (Synology Photos, object recognition) Yes (local-only model selection, disable per feature)
Plex Media Server Yes (no hardware transcoding) Not supported natively (use Docker)
Jellyfin Media Server Installable manually or via Docker One-click install supported
Remote Access QuickConnect (Synology ID) UGOS portal + optional third-party tools
App Ecosystem Mature, hundreds of first/third-party apps Growing; core NAS features now stable
Surveillance Surveillance Station (extensive camera support) None natively included

Synology DS1825+ vs UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS – Verdict and Conclusion

The Synology DS1825+ remains a compelling choice for users prioritizing reliability, software integration, and long-term support. With the proven DSM 7.2 platform, it offers enterprise-grade tools for file management, backup, virtual machines, and surveillance. Features like Snapshot Replication, C2 cloud integration, and Active Backup for Business provide peace of mind for professionals who want a turnkey experience with minimal maintenance. Although hardware specs such as the Ryzen V1500B CPU and dual 2.5GbE ports might seem modest compared to rivals, they are more than adequate for office environments, multi-user file sharing, and even light virtualization. That said, its increasing reliance on Synology-branded drives and accessories, as well as its lack of GPU support and M.2 NVMe flexibility, could be frustrating for DIY enthusiasts or media-focused users.

By contrast, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus is a hardware-forward NAS that emphasizes performance, bandwidth, and customization. With a 12-core Intel Core i5-1235U CPU, dual 10GbE, PCIe expandability, and full-speed Gen 4 NVMe slots, it is built for workloads that demand raw power—media servers, high-speed backups, AI indexing, and even containerized apps via Docker. UGOS Pro has matured considerably over the last year, with new features like iSCSI, 2FA, VM hosting, and Jellyfin support making it much more viable than at launch. Still, while UGREEN’s open architecture and wider SSD/drive compatibility are a strength, its software ecosystem isn’t yet as refined or battle-tested as Synology’s DSM, especially for more security-sensitive or compliance-bound environments. Surveillance features and enterprise-level monitoring tools are also still missing or immature in comparison.

In short, the Synology DS1825+ is best suited for SMBs, IT administrators, or content creators who want a dependable, low-maintenance NAS with rich native features and strong vendor support, especially where third-party remote access is limited or not desired. On the other hand, the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus is ideal for prosumers, media professionals, and tech-savvy users who want maximum hardware flexibility, faster internal/external transfer speeds, and the freedom to customize their NAS at the OS level, even if that means dealing with a slightly rougher software experience. If ease of use, documentation, and long-term stability are your priorities, the DS1825+ remains a safe bet. But if you’re looking for value in performance per dollar, more openness, and higher bandwidth potential, the DXP8800 Plus offers a lot for the price.

PROS CONS PROS CONS
  • ✅ DSM 7.2 OS offers mature, stable, and feature-rich ecosystem with professional backup, replication, and VM tools.

  • ✅ ECC DDR4 Memory (8GB expandable to 32GB) ensures greater data integrity and system stability.

  • ✅ Broad software support including Surveillance Station, Active Backup, C2 Hybrid Cloud, and Hyper Backup.

  • ✅ PCIe Gen3 slot allows for 10GbE or 25GbE network expansion or M.2 cache via supported adapters.

 

  • ✅ Low noise and power efficiency (~23.8 dB, ~60W during access), making it suitable for office environments.

  • ❌ Limited M.2 NVMe support (Gen3x4, only Synology-branded SSDs officially supported).

  • ❌ No built-in GPU or transcoding support, limiting suitability for Plex or media conversion workflows.

 

  • ❌ Locks users into Synology drives/accessories, reducing flexibility and increasing costs over time.

  • ✅ High-performance Intel Core i5-1235U CPU (12-core, 10-thread) enables heavy multitasking, VMs, and AI workloads.

  • ✅ Dual 10GbE LAN ports allow for ultra-fast network throughput and multi-client simultaneous access.

  • ✅ Two M.2 NVMe Gen4x4 slots support broad range of SSDs for caching or fast storage pools.

  • ✅ 64GB DDR5 upgrade support offers excellent memory headroom for Docker, virtualization, and AI indexing.

 

  • ✅ UGOS Pro now includes Jellyfin, Docker, VMs, iSCSI, and 2FA, closing many early software gaps.

  • ❌ UGOS Pro still lacks polished UI/UX compared to DSM; some features buried or poorly documented.

  • ❌ No official Plex support and limited surveillance tools, weakening multimedia and NVR potential.

 

  • ❌ Brand trust and software maturity still lag behind market leaders like Synology or QNAP.

Check Amazon for the Synology DS1825+

$1149.99

 

Check AliExpress for the Synology DS1825+

$1149

Check Amazon for the UGREEN DXP8800 Plus

$1349.99

 

Check AliExpress for the UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS 

$1149

 

 

 

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Xyber Hydra N150 NAS Review – Better than the GMKtec G9?

Par : Rob Andrews
15 août 2025 à 18:00

Xyber Hydra NAS Review

Note – there is going to be ALOT of comparisons with the GMKtec G9 Nucbox NAS in this review. This is because the Hydra is clearly either built in partnership with GMKtec, or at least using branded components from the same factory (see example below). Likewise given this system’s similarity to the G9 and attempts to improve upon the heat criticisms of that device, it is inevitable that comparisons need to be made. If you want to learn more on it, find out more HERE and HERE .

The Xyber Hydra N150 NAS is a compact, four-bay, flash-focused network storage appliance designed for home users, small-scale media servers, and lightweight virtualization or container workloads. It is powered by the Intel Twin Lake N150 processor, a quad-core, low-power x86 CPU with a 6W TDP, making it energy-efficient while still capable of handling NAS-centric tasks like 4K media playback and multi-client file sharing. The Hydra comes equipped with 16GB of fixed LPDDR5 memory, which is soldered directly to the mainboard, offering slightly more headroom than comparable systems like the GMKtec G9, which ships with 12GB. Out of the box, it includes a 64GB eMMC module with Ubuntu OS pre-installed and ready to boot, enabling first-time users to deploy it with minimal setup. At an introductory price of $218.99, it is one of the more affordable quad-core NAS units in its category, and it even arrives with a 512GB M.2 SSD pre-installed in one of its four PCIe Gen 3×2 slots, saving buyers the immediate cost of adding their own storage.

Although visually and structurally similar to the GMKtec G9, with identical port layouts, vent positions, and internal fans — even down to the GMK-branded fans noted during inspection — the Hydra differentiates itself with a more robust passive cooling solution, a thicker, heat-dissipating metal baseplate, and wireless connectivity that supports UnRAID out of the box. These small but meaningful changes target some of the criticisms of its predecessor while maintaining the same compact form factor and low power consumption, which are critical in a shared home or office environment.

Xyber Hydra NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The Xyber Hydra N150 NAS positions itself as a compact, affordable, and feature-complete flash-based NAS for home and small office users who prioritize a balance of cost, usability, and functionality. Compared to similarly specced models like the GMKtec G9, the Hydra delivers several notable improvements, including a thicker metal base plate that provides superior passive cooling for the M.2 SSDs and overall system stability under load. The inclusion of 16GB of fixed LPDDR5 memory — higher than many competitors in this category — combined with a preinstalled 64GB eMMC module running Ubuntu and an additional 512GB NVMe SSD in Bay 1 means the device is immediately operational out of the box, requiring no initial storage or OS setup for those who prefer simplicity. The four M.2 NVMe bays each operate at PCIe Gen3 x2, and the system’s dual 2.5GbE ports with link aggregation, HDMI outputs, and Wi-Fi 6 support add flexibility for wired and wireless deployments. During testing, the device handled sustained read and write loads respectably, although full bandwidth potential is naturally limited by the Intel N150 CPU and the available PCIe lanes, which is expected at this price point. The soldered memory and non-upgradable RAM limit future scalability, and the cooling fans require manual adjustment in the BIOS to achieve optimal thermal dissipation during intensive workloads, but neither of these compromises is unusual in this segment. Overall, at its introductory price of $218.99, the Xyber Hydra provides a solid combination of improved thermals, ready-to-use OS and storage, and efficient flash performance in a small, quiet, and energy-efficient chassis — making it a practical choice for users who want a capable NAS solution without the complexities and cost of larger, enterprise-class systems.

BUILD QUALITY - 7/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 9/10


8.0
PROS
👍🏻Improved thermal design with a thicker metal base plate for better heat dissipation compared to similar models.
👍🏻Includes 64GB eMMC storage preloaded with Ubuntu OS for out-of-the-box usability.
👍🏻Ships with a 512GB M.2 NVMe SSD in Bay 1, providing immediate usable storage.
👍🏻Fixed 16GB LPDDR5 memory — higher than comparable devices — supports more concurrent tasks.
👍🏻Wi-Fi 6 module with dual antennas, compatible with UnRAID, enabling flexible wireless deployment.
👍🏻Four M.2 NVMe bays, each supporting PCIe Gen3 x2, allowing up to 4 SSDs for flash storage arrays.
👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE ports with link aggregation support for improved network throughput.
👍🏻Compact, quiet, and energy-efficient form factor suitable for home and small office environments.
CONS
👎🏻Memory is soldered and non-upgradable, limiting future scalability.
👎🏻PCIe Gen3 x2 and CPU bandwidth constraints limit maximum aggregate performance under full load.
👎🏻Fans require BIOS adjustments for optimal thermal control during heavy sustained workloads.

Where to Buy? How Much?


Xyber Hydra NAS Review – Design and Storage

The Xyber Hydra N150 follows a minimalistic and highly compact design philosophy, measuring roughly 100mm square and slightly taller than most mini-PC NAS chassis to accommodate the four vertically-mounted M.2 SSD bays. It shares its external dimensions and general visual design with the GMKtec G9, including the placement of dual fans on the underside and venting around the periphery. However, unlike the G9, which uses a plastic bottom panel that does little to aid thermal dissipation, the Hydra replaces this with a solid, vented metal plate that doubles as a passive heat sink for the M.2 drives.

Internally, each M.2 bay is aligned with a pre-applied thermal pad that contacts directly with the thicker metal plate, promoting more even heat spread and helping to avoid the localized hot spots that were reported in earlier reviews of the G9.

The result is a chassis that retains the same small footprint and quiet operation while making better use of its passive cooling surfaces, critical in a flash-based NAS where SSD thermal throttling can become a bottleneck. The overall construction remains lightweight yet rigid, with the entire enclosure built around a metal alloy frame finished with a matte black exterior that resists fingerprints and blends well into modern home or office environments.

On the storage side, the Hydra offers four M.2 2280 NVMe slots, each rated for PCIe Gen 3×2 speeds — a slight but notable advantage over many competitors still using Gen 3×1 lanes per slot.

This configuration allows for theoretical single-drive bandwidths approaching 2GB/s, with practical performance in the range of 1.4–1.5GB/s reads and 1.1GB/s writes as observed in testing.

The system arrives preconfigured with a single 512GB NVMe SSD installed in Bay 1, providing an immediate usable pool of storage alongside the 64GB eMMC that hosts Ubuntu.

Importantly, the eMMC storage is mounted separately, leaving all four M.2 slots fully available for user expansion.

The choice of M.2 storage allows for dense, silent operation with lower power draw than traditional 3.5” or 2.5” drives, but it does limit hot-swapping and requires opening the chassis for upgrades or replacements — a trade-off typical of devices at this size and price point.

Additionally, the Hydra supports popular NAS operating systems beyond the preloaded Ubuntu, such as UnRAID and TrueNAS, which take full advantage of the NVMe-based array and facilitate different RAID configurations. One critical area of focus in the Hydra’s design is the improved thermal management compared to the G9. Temperature testing revealed clear improvements under both idle and sustained load conditions.

AS A REMINDER – THE TEMPS BELOW ARE FROM THE GMKTEC G9:

At idle, with the fans in automatic mode, the surrounding chassis temperature stabilized around 52–54°C, and the baseplate measured approximately 50–52°C after a 24-hour period of light access — respectable figures given the compact enclosure. Under heavier workloads, where all four SSDs were simultaneously subjected to repeated write tests, the baseplate peaked at 62°C with the CPU hitting full utilization. While this level of heat is not unusual for a fully-loaded NVMe NAS, the system took a long time — nearly five hours — to dissipate that heat and return to sub-50°C base temperatures when the fans remained in automatic mode. Switching to manual fan control in the BIOS and setting both fans to maximum brought the temperature down much more quickly, keeping the chassis in the mid-40°C range even under sustained load, albeit at the cost of increased noise and marginally higher power draw.

AND HERE ARE THE TEMPS OF THE XYBER HYDRA NAS FOR COMPARISON:

The improved thermal contact via the thicker metal plate and better thermal pads clearly mitigates some of the thermal throttling concerns seen in earlier systems with less effective heat spreaders.

AND HERE ARE THE TEMPS OF THE XYBER HYDRA NAS FOR COMPARISON:

Power consumption and noise measurements during testing demonstrated the efficiency of the Twin Lake platform. In an idle state with the system fully populated with four NVMe drives and minimal CPU activity (4–6% utilization), power draw stayed at a modest 15.6–15.7 watts. During full-load scenarios, including simultaneous writes to all four SSDs and 100% CPU utilization with fans at maximum, peak power consumption rose to around 26–27 watts.

These figures are reasonable for a small-form-factor NAS and illustrate the platform’s balance of performance and efficiency. Acoustic levels were similarly modest: at idle with fans on automatic, noise levels measured between 30–32 dBA, increasing to 37–38 dBA when the fans were manually set to maximum in the BIOS. This makes the system viable for use in environments where low noise is desirable, without sacrificing much in the way of cooling when needed.

Another noteworthy design element is the inclusion of a Wi-Fi 6 module with two antennas, offering wireless connectivity that is now supported by UnRAID. The wireless module sits beneath the eMMC module and is connected internally without consuming any of the four NVMe slots. This makes it possible to deploy the Hydra wirelessly, adding flexibility in environments where cabling is limited, though for maximum bandwidth the dual 2.5GbE ports remain preferable. The antennas are discreetly mounted to the rear of the chassis, maintaining the device’s clean lines and compact appearance.

The Hydra’s design prioritizes compactness, quiet operation, and efficient use of its internal volume. The choice of an all-NVMe storage configuration, preloaded OS on eMMC, and improved passive cooling all contribute to making it a more capable and thermally balanced alternative to similar NAS devices. The metal baseplate, though seemingly a small change, represents a meaningful improvement in reliability for users planning heavier sustained workloads on a budget-friendly flash NAS.

Below is a summary table of the Xyber Hydra’s tested performance metrics:

Test Scenario Result / Observation
Single SSD Read (Bay 1) 1.4–1.5 GB/s
Single SSD Write (Bay 1) ~1.1 GB/s
Dual SSD Transfer 720–730 MB/s
Quad SSD Sustained Write 900 MB/s–1 GB/s per drive (CPU-limited)
Idle Power Draw 15.6–15.7 W
Full Load Power Draw 26–27 W
Idle Noise 30–32 dBA
Full Fan Noise 37–38 dBA

Xyber Hydra NAS Review – Internal Hardware

At the heart of the Xyber Hydra N150 NAS is the Intel Twin Lake N150 processor, a 4-core, 4-thread CPU with a base TDP of 6W and burst frequency up to 3.6GHz. This is the same CPU found in the GMKtec G9, offering modest but sufficient processing power for lightweight NAS duties, such as file serving, 4K media playback, and hosting a handful of Docker containers or virtual machines. The Hydra’s choice to stick with the N150 over more power-hungry options like the N355 reflects a deliberate balance between thermals, noise, and power efficiency in such a confined chassis.

The CPU is passively cooled through the same baseplate and active fans that handle SSD thermals, and testing showed it remained below 60°C even during full-load stress tests when fans were set to automatic. When set to maximum in BIOS, the CPU temperature remained even lower, consistently in the mid-40°C range, indicating that the thermal headroom of this setup is acceptable for the N150’s intended use cases. While the CPU is not equipped with QuickSync hardware transcoding found in Intel’s higher-end processors, it did demonstrate capable software transcoding during single-stream 4K Plex playback without pushing the CPU beyond 80% utilization.

One area where the Hydra stands apart slightly from its competitors is its memory configuration. Instead of the 12GB soldered LPDDR5 memory seen in the G9, the Hydra comes pre-equipped with 16GB LPDDR5 memory, also soldered directly to the board and therefore not user-upgradable. This extra 4GB provides additional breathing room for multi-tasking, running memory-intensive services, or hosting larger numbers of containers without encountering swap usage under typical loads. The memory is clocked at 4800MHz and, as expected at this price point, is non-ECC. Given the system’s target market and workload scenarios, this is a reasonable trade-off — ECC memory would nearly double the cost of the system for relatively little gain in this context. The fixed nature of the memory remains a limitation for power users but ensures predictable thermal and power behavior that a socketed SO-DIMM might not allow in such a tightly-engineered package.

Component Specification
Processor (SoC) Intel Twin Lake N150, 4 cores / 4 threads, 3.6GHz burst, 6W TDP
Memory 16GB LPDDR5 (4800MHz, soldered, non-upgradable)
eMMC Storage 64GB onboard, preloaded with Ubuntu OS
NVMe Slots 4x M.2 2280 NVMe (PCIe 3.0 x2 per slot)
Cooling Passive aluminum baseplate with thermal pads + dual active fans
Thermals (CPU) ~45–60°C under load depending on fan settings
Hydra’s internal hardware is clearly aimed at delivering solid performance for home and small-office NAS duties while maintaining a low noise profile and power envelope. While it is not designed for demanding enterprise workloads or highly parallelized tasks, it offers a balanced set of capabilities appropriate to its price and physical footprint.

Xyber Hydra NAS Review – Ports and Connections

The Xyber Hydra N150 NAS offers a fairly comprehensive array of ports and connectivity options, matching its closest competitor, the GMKtec G9, almost identically. On the rear panel, the system is equipped with two Intel i226-V 2.5GbE RJ45 ports, which support link aggregation and failover. These provide a theoretical combined throughput of up to 550–580 MB/s when paired with appropriately configured switches.

While some users may be disappointed by the absence of 10GbE, this is an understandable compromise given the limitations of the N150 CPU’s PCIe lane budget and the heat constraints of such a compact design. As noted during testing, users can reclaim one of the M.2 slots to install a PCIe-to-10GbE adapter, though this does come at the cost of one storage bay.

Where to Buy?

The networking implementation also includes support for wake-on-LAN (WoL) and PXE boot functionality, adding flexibility for remote management and deployment scenarios. The system also integrates an M.2 Wi-Fi 6 module with dual antenna outputs. This enables wireless network support, now even compatible with UnRAID as of recent updates, and can serve as either a primary or fallback network connection in environments where cabling is not practical.

In terms of USB connectivity, the Hydra provides a total of four ports: three USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports located on the rear panel, and one USB-C port that is also used for power delivery. The three USB-A ports deliver up to 10Gbps each, which is sufficient for attaching external backup drives, additional storage enclosures, or other peripherals such as a UPS monitoring interface. The USB-C power connector is fed by an external wall-mounted 48W integrated external power brick, which means users cannot simply swap in any generic USB-C charger — it is a dedicated high-wattage supply.

This design choice ensures sufficient and stable power delivery to all internal components even under peak load, but it does limit flexibility somewhat compared to true USB-PD-compatible implementations. Users looking to attach keyboards, mice, or other USB peripherals directly to the system will find that the port count is adequate, though not expansive.

For video output, the Hydra offers two HDMI 2.0 ports, supporting up to 4K resolution at 60Hz. These are useful for initial OS installation or configuration, as well as for users who intend to repurpose the NAS as a hybrid media player or thin client. During testing, the HDMI output worked without issue on both the preinstalled Ubuntu OS and when booting into alternative operating systems. While video output is rarely essential for a headless NAS, its inclusion enhances usability, especially for less experienced users or those deploying the system in multi-role environments. Combined with the USB ports and network interfaces, the Hydra provides a balanced set of I/O suitable for its intended use cases, with enough bandwidth to fully utilize its internal storage under typical workloads.

Below is a summary table of the ports and connections on the Xyber Hydra:

Port / Interface Specification
Ethernet 2x 2.5GbE RJ45 (Intel i226-V, link aggregation)
Wi-Fi Wi-Fi 6 (via M.2 module, dual antennas included)
USB-A Ports 3x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps)
USB-C Power Input 1x USB-C (requires bundled 65W power adapter)
HDMI Outputs 2x HDMI 2.0 (4K @ 60Hz)
Wake-on-LAN Supported
PXE Boot Supported
These connectivity options place the Hydra firmly within the expectations of modern small form-factor NAS systems, providing a well-rounded mix of wired, wireless, and peripheral interfaces without overcommitting resources or space.

Xyber Hydra NAS Review – Conclusion and Verdict

The Xyber Hydra N150 NAS represents a deliberate and measured evolution of the budget-friendly compact NAS formula, clearly designed to resolve key weaknesses of similar products like the GMKTec G9 without altering the fundamental architecture. Its use of a thicker, thermally conductive metal base plate provides demonstrable improvement in heat dissipation compared to the plastic underside of the G9, a difference borne out in extended load testing where temperatures stabilized more quickly and stayed lower when fan profiles were adjusted. The pre-installed 64GB eMMC module running Ubuntu out of the box eliminates the initial configuration barrier often faced by novice users, while still allowing more experienced users to easily replace it with their OS of choice, such as ZimaOS or TrueNAS. The inclusion of a 512GB NVMe SSD in the primary M.2 bay adds immediate storage capacity without requiring an upfront investment in additional drives, an uncommon but practical feature at this price point.

Internally, the decision to provide 16GB of fixed LPDDR5 memory — 4GB more than its nearest comparable competitor — gives the Hydra slightly more headroom for memory-intensive tasks, such as running lightweight container workloads or maintaining a larger metadata cache for media streaming applications. While the memory remains non-upgradable, the choice of capacity is a reasonable compromise given the constraints of the Intel N150 platform and the system’s focus on cost efficiency. The integrated Wi-Fi 6 module, with dual antennas and full UnRAID compatibility, is another meaningful addition, enabling wireless deployments where cabling is impractical and expanding the deployment scenarios for home and small office users. These subtle but important upgrades make the Hydra feel more complete out of the box, catering to a broader range of use cases with fewer compromises.

That said, the Hydra still shares many of the inherent trade-offs of its class. The N150 processor is adequate for modest workloads, but becomes saturated under sustained high parallel usage, especially when all four M.2 slots are simultaneously active and the CPU nears 100% utilization. The PCIe lane limitations of the platform, with each M.2 slot limited to Gen3 x2 speeds, restrict the aggregate performance potential of RAID arrays or concurrent high-bandwidth operations. Similarly, the continued reliance on dual 2.5GbE ports limits maximum external throughput despite the internal SSD bandwidth being capable of more, and although M.2-to-10GbE adapters remain an option, they come at the cost of sacrificing one storage slot. BIOS-level adjustments are also required to extract the best thermal and fan performance under heavy use, something that more advanced users will appreciate but could frustrate beginners.

Overall, at its introductory price of $218.99, the Xyber Hydra N150 achieves a strong balance of value, practicality, and refinement in the entry-level NAS segment. The thoughtful inclusion of extras — the 64GB bootable eMMC, 512GB SSD, improved cooling, and additional memory — make it feel more turnkey than competing models, while still leaving room for advanced customization. It’s a sensible option for users seeking a compact and efficient NAS for personal cloud storage, light virtualization, or as a dedicated media server, provided expectations around CPU and networking throughput are kept realistic. For its target audience, the Hydra is a compelling and notably improved choice that addresses many of the criticisms of earlier designs without abandoning the affordability that defines this class of devices.

Where to Buy? How Much?
PROs of the Xyber Hydra NAS CONs of the Xyber Hydra NAS
  • Improved thermal design with a thicker metal base plate for better heat dissipation compared to similar models.

  • Includes 64GB eMMC storage preloaded with Ubuntu OS for out-of-the-box usability.

  • Ships with a 512GB M.2 NVMe SSD in Bay 1, providing immediate usable storage.

  • Fixed 16GB LPDDR5 memory — higher than comparable devices — supports more concurrent tasks.

  • Wi-Fi 6 module with dual antennas, compatible with UnRAID, enabling flexible wireless deployment.

  • Four M.2 NVMe bays, each supporting PCIe Gen3 x2, allowing up to 4 SSDs for flash storage arrays.

  • Dual 2.5GbE ports with link aggregation support for improved network throughput.

  • Compact, quiet, and energy-efficient form factor suitable for home and small office environments.

  • Memory is soldered and non-upgradable, limiting future scalability.

  • PCIe Gen3 x2 and CPU bandwidth constraints limit maximum aggregate performance under full load.

  • Fans require BIOS adjustments for optimal thermal control during heavy sustained workloads.

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
11 août 2025 à 18:00

Should You Buy the Terramaster F4 SSD NAS?

The TerraMaster F4 SSD is a 4-bay all-flash NAS aimed at home and prosumer users who want compact, quiet, and high-speed network storage based on SSD technology. Priced at $399, it represents the third entry in TerraMaster’s SSD-focused lineup, positioned below the larger 8-bay F8 SSD and the i5-powered F8 SSD Plus. This model is designed to deliver a balance between affordability and performance, featuring the Intel N95 quad-core processor, 8GB of DDR5 memory (upgradeable to 32GB), and four M.2 NVMe SSD slots across mixed-speed PCIe lanes. While its architecture targets lower power consumption and silent operation (rated at 19 dB in standby), it also integrates a 5GbE network port, USB 3.2 connectivity, and a toolless design to ease deployment. Designed for both turnkey usage with TerraMaster’s TOS 6 OS or as a flexible bare-metal option for TrueNAS or UnRAID, the F4 SSD sits at a crossroads between convenience and configurability—providing users with both preconfigured software and open-ended potential for third-party operating systems.

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The TerraMaster F4 SSD delivers a compelling package for users seeking an affordable, compact, and all-flash NAS solution with a strong blend of performance and usability. Its toolless, space-saving design makes installation easy, while the inclusion of four M.2 NVMe slots—two at PCIe 3.0 x2 and two at x1—offers fast storage potential, albeit with some asymmetry that could affect RAID performance in certain configurations. Powered by the efficient Intel N95 CPU and 8GB of DDR5 memory, the system supports multimedia streaming, Docker containers, virtual machines, and AI-powered photo indexing, all handled by the continually improving TOS 6 operating system. Key strengths include the 5GbE networking for faster data access, support for mixed-capacity SSDs via TRAID, and very low noise and power consumption, making it ideal for home environments. However, limitations such as the single network port with no redundancy, lack of ECC memory support, and the presence of mixed-speed NVMe slots may be off-putting to power users or small businesses seeking higher resilience and uniform throughput. Still, at $399, the F4 SSD offers a well-rounded balance of speed, features, and ease of use for home users, prosumers, and content creators who want SSD-level performance without the complexity or cost of higher-end systems.

SOFTWARE - 7/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 9/10


8.0
PROS
👍🏻Compact, toolless chassis with easy-access thumb screw and SSD installation
👍🏻All-flash NVMe architecture with support for four M.2 2280 SSDs
👍🏻5GbE network port enables high-speed local and remote transfers
👍🏻TRAID and TRAID+ allow mixed-capacity SSDs and seamless storage expansion
👍🏻TOS 6 OS includes Plex, Jellyfin, Docker, VM support, and AI photo indexing
👍🏻Quiet operation (19 dB) and low power usage (32W under load)
👍🏻Priced competitively at $399 for a turnkey SSD NAS
CONS
👎🏻Single 5GbE port with no failover or link aggregation
👎🏻Two of the four SSD slots are limited to PCIe Gen3 x1, creating potential RAID bottlenecks
👎🏻Non-ECC DDR5 memory may not meet strict data integrity requirements


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Terramaster F4 SSD NAS @ $399

B&H for the Terramaster F4 SSD NAS @ $399.99

 

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Design and Storage

The TerraMaster F4 SSD adopts a compact, minimalist design that is clearly optimized for silent, flash-only operation. Measuring just 138mm x 60mm x 140mm and weighing 0.6 kg, it is one of the smallest 4-bay NAS chassis on the market, aided by its exclusive use of M.2 NVMe SSDs instead of traditional 3.5-inch hard drives. This all-flash design allows the chassis to maintain a reduced footprint while still offering significant internal capacity—up to 32TB using four 8TB drives. The unit features a clean, industrial aesthetic with smooth surfaces and subtle branding, aligning with TerraMaster’s recent design choices in their SSD NAS series. Importantly, the internal layout supports top-to-bottom convection airflow, with side ventilation and smart fan controls designed to balance cooling and acoustics.

Installation is clearly a design priority here. The F4 SSD uses a toolless construction held together by a single thumbscrew, allowing the user to remove the outer casing in seconds. Internally, SSDs are inserted via a pull-out drawer mechanism with dedicated mounting trays, and there’s ample clearance around each M.2 slot for installing large passive heatsinks.

Notably, the SSD slots are laid out in such a way that their orientation lines up directly with the two 50mm rear fans. These fans are positioned to channel airflow across both the SSDs and the large passive heatsink mounted over the Intel N95 CPU, ensuring that even under sustained workloads the thermals remain controlled without relying on noisy active cooling systems.

The internal storage configuration is somewhat mixed in terms of interface speed. Of the four M.2 slots, two operate over PCIe 3.0 x2 lanes, and two are limited to PCIe 3.0 x1. This introduces a disparity in potential transfer speeds—approximately 1.6GB/s per drive for the faster pair, and around 700-900MB/s for the slower ones.

While this approach is a practical trade-off due to CPU lane limitations, it may pose bottlenecks in RAID scenarios where all four drives are used in a single pool. However, for users willing to configure their SSDs into two independent volumes, or who rely on TerraMaster’s TRAID system with mixed-capacity drives, the system can still make efficient use of available bandwidth.

The F4 SSD supports a range of RAID configurations including TRAID, TRAID+, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, and 10, as well as JBOD and single-drive modes. TRAID, TerraMaster’s hybrid RAID system, is especially notable here as it supports storage expansion using drives of different sizes—an advantage for users who plan to incrementally upgrade their SSDs over time. This flexibility is rare in entry-level NAS units, and helps avoid the traditional pitfalls of having to replace all drives at once in standard RAID arrays. The software layer automatically calculates parity and adjusts volume size without requiring complete data migration or reconfiguration.

From a practical perspective, the move to SSD-only architecture enables faster access times, reduced power usage, and significantly lower noise. TerraMaster reports a typical power draw of just 32W under full load with four SSDs, around 11-13W with all 4 SSD in a ‘read state’ with the CPU at sub 5%, and only 8W in complete hibernation. The fan noise sits below 19dB during idle operation, placing it among the quietest NAS units available. For environments such as living rooms or bedrooms where noise sensitivity is key, this silent thermal design makes the F4 SSD particularly well-suited for home multimedia centers and always-on photo backup servers.

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Internal Hardware

At the heart of the TerraMaster F4 SSD is the Intel N95 processor, a quad-core, four-thread CPU based on the Alder Lake-N architecture. Clocked at a base frequency of 1.7GHz with a boost up to 3.4GHz, it offers efficient processing power with a low 15W TDP, which contributes to the unit’s low thermal output and power consumption. While not designed for heavy computational workloads, the N95 supports Intel Quick Sync for hardware-accelerated video transcoding and includes integrated UHD graphics capable of handling 4K@60Hz decoding.

This makes the F4 SSD suitable for multimedia servers like Plex or Jellyfin, which are supported out of the box by TerraMaster’s TOS operating system. The CPU also provides nine PCIe Gen3 lanes for connecting NVMe drives, network interfaces, and USB ports—something that TerraMaster appears to have carefully balanced across components.

The system is equipped with 8GB of DDR5 memory pre-installed in a single SODIMM slot, with support for up to 32GB. The memory is non-ECC, which is expected for this price bracket and CPU class, though some users may view this as a drawback in data-critical environments. DDR5 support is a notable inclusion, offering higher bandwidth and lower power consumption than DDR4.

Because there is only a single memory slot, upgrades require replacing the pre-installed module entirely, but access is straightforward thanks to the removable chassis design. Combined with the N95 CPU and SSD storage, the memory allows for lightweight virtualization, Docker container deployment, and simultaneous access by multiple users—within the limitations of the CPU’s architecture.

Internally, the F4 SSD supports four M.2 2280 NVMe drives: two connected via PCIe 3.0 x2, and two via PCIe 3.0 x1. This setup is a direct consequence of the limited PCIe lane count on the N95 CPU, and reflects a compromise between cost and performance. While this layout means that users may encounter performance bottlenecks if building a single RAID array across all four slots, TerraMaster’s OS allows for flexible configuration, including the creation of separate volumes. The system also includes a substantial heatsink on the CPU and aligns airflow directly over both the CPU and storage bays. Together, these components form a power-efficient, quiet, and competent NAS platform optimized for SSD workloads.

Component Specification
CPU Model Intel N95 (4C/4T, up to 3.4 GHz, 15W TDP)
CPU Architecture Intel Alder Lake-N, x86 64-bit
Integrated Graphics Intel UHD, 1.2 GHz, 4K@60Hz support
Memory Type DDR5 SODIMM (Non-ECC)
Pre-installed Memory 8GB DDR5 (1x8GB)
Maximum Memory Supported 32GB DDR5
Memory Slots 1 x DDR5 SODIMM
Internal Storage Slots 4 x M.2 2280 NVMe SSD (2 x PCIe 3.0 x2, 2 x x1)
RAID Support TRAID, TRAID+, RAID 0/1/5/6/10, JBOD, Single
Cooling 2 x 50mm fans + large passive CPU heatsink
Power Consumption 32W (read/write), 8W (hibernation with SSDs)
Noise Level 19 dB(A) in standby

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Ports and Connections

The TerraMaster F4 SSD is equipped with a practical selection of ports that reflect its mid-tier positioning. The standout feature is a single RJ-45 5GbE Ethernet port, offering five times the bandwidth of standard Gigabit connections and double that of 2.5GbE. This enables significantly faster file transfers when paired with compatible switches or direct-to-PC connections, making it a viable solution for photo and video editing over the network. However, the inclusion of only one network port—without redundancy or support for link aggregation—limits failover options and prevents more advanced networking setups, a drawback that may be felt in business or multi-user deployments. Users seeking dual LAN ports for redundancy or trunking will need to resort to USB-to-Ethernet adapters, which are supported via the system’s high-speed USB 3.2 ports.

In addition to its network interface, the F4 SSD features three USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports rated at 10Gbps each—two Type-A and one Type-C. These ports support a variety of functions, including attaching external storage for backups, connecting USB-based 2.5GbE/5GbE adapters, or even interfacing with uninterruptible power supplies (UPS). This level of connectivity is somewhat uncommon in compact SSD NAS systems and adds useful flexibility, particularly for users operating the unit as a personal cloud or remote access point. Notably absent, however, are legacy USB 2.0 ports or additional network expansion slots (such as PCIe or SFP+), which would have extended the F4 SSD’s upgradeability for more advanced users.

On the display side, the NAS includes a single HDMI 2.0b port, allowing for direct output of its graphical interface or multimedia playback, though this feature is seldom used in headless NAS operation. Still, its presence supports limited desktop use cases or direct-attached displays for VM consoles and Docker GUIs. Internally, the Intel N95 CPU provides up to three display outputs, but only one is exposed in this system. The absence of a VGA port, PCIe expansion slots, or front-facing ports keeps the design clean but does reduce options for advanced customization. Ultimately, the F4 SSD provides just enough I/O for mainstream home or small office use, while intentionally leaving out more enterprise-grade connectivity.

Port Type Quantity / Specification
RJ-45 Network Port 1 x 5GbE (5 Gigabit Ethernet)
USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) 3 total: 2 x Type-A, 1 x Type-C
HDMI Output 1 x HDMI 2.0b
PCIe Slots None
SFP+ 10GbE Port None
VGA Port None
Audio Jack / COM Ports None
USB 2.0 Ports None
Networking Features TNAS.online, DDNS, VPN Server/Client, Link Aggregation (limited)

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – TOS Software and Services

The TerraMaster F4 SSD ships with TOS 6, the company’s latest revision of its NAS operating system. TOS 6 has matured significantly compared to earlier versions, now offering a more stable and responsive interface with support for modern NAS functionality. The OS features a multi-window desktop-like environment accessible via browser, along with mobile and desktop clients for streamlined access.

The interface, though less polished than Synology’s DSM, has seen improvements in usability, with clearer organization of applications, settings, and user tools. Key system features include centralized backup, file indexing, user/group controls, and integrated snapshot functionality for shared folders and iSCSI volumes. For home users and prosumers, these updates represent a notable step forward, especially when paired with the low latency benefits of SSD storage.

Among TOS 6’s more prominent features is TRAID (TerraMaster RAID), a hybrid RAID system designed to offer flexible storage expansion and mixed-capacity drive support. Similar in principle to Synology’s SHR, TRAID allows users to start with a small number of SSDs and expand later with larger ones without reconfiguring the entire array.

This flexibility is especially useful in all-flash systems where high-capacity SSDs can be cost-prohibitive to install all at once. In addition to TRAID and TRAID+, the system also supports traditional RAID levels (0, 1, 5, 6, 10), JBOD, and single-drive configurations. Volume expansion, RAID migration, SSD TRIM, and S.M.A.R.T. monitoring are supported natively, along with scheduled snapshots and USB-based backups.

TOS 6 includes a growing suite of first- and third-party applications that address multimedia, surveillance, and cloud connectivity. The F4 SSD supports Plex Media Server, Jellyfin, Emby, and TerraMaster’s own Multimedia Server for DLNA/UPnP streaming. Users can also deploy Docker containers, virtual machines, and network services such as iSCSI, FTP, WebDAV, and VPN servers.

Multimedia support is further bolstered by hardware-accelerated 4K video decoding via the Intel UHD iGPU, making the NAS suitable as a home media hub. AI photo indexing is also integrated into Terra Photos, allowing automated categorization of people, pets, and scenes. For mobile users, the TNAS app offers automatic photo/video uploads and remote file access, enhancing backup automation and content management.

Enterprise and security features are present but modest. TOS 6 includes AES-encrypted folders, SSL certificate import, two-factor authentication, and alerting via email or desktop notifications. Integration with AD domains and LDAP clients is supported, but ECC memory is not, reflecting the system’s home and small-office focus. Additional cloud integration is provided via CloudSync, which supports Google Drive, OneDrive, Amazon S3, Dropbox, Baidu, and Alibaba Cloud.

For users requiring simple hybrid-cloud backups or syncing across multiple platforms, this unified interface is functional and sufficient. While TOS lacks the enterprise depth of some competing NAS platforms, its overall range of applications and services is now competitive for most home or light professional needs.

Category Feature Support
Operating System TOS 6 (Web-based + Mobile + PC Clients)
RAID Support TRAID, TRAID+, RAID 0/1/5/6/10, JBOD, Single
Snapshots Shared folder and iSCSI LUN snapshots
Multimedia Support Plex, Jellyfin, Emby, DLNA, Terra Multimedia Server
AI Features AI Photo Indexing, Face/Object Recognition
Backup Tools Duple Backup, Centralized Backup, USB Backup
Virtualization Docker, Virtual Machine Manager
Security AES folder encryption, SSL, 2FA, firewall, alerts
User Management 128 users, ACL, quotas, domain & LDAP integration
Cloud Integration Google Drive, OneDrive, Dropbox, Amazon S3, etc.
Networking Services VPN, DDNS, TNAS.online, NFS, SMB, FTP, WebDAV
Access Tools TNAS Mobile, TNAS PC, Remote Browser Access

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The TerraMaster F4 SSD presents itself as a well-considered entry into the compact, all-flash NAS segment, balancing low noise, energy efficiency, and competitive performance at a sub-$400 price point. With its fanless NVMe-based design, Intel N95 quad-core processor, and DDR5 memory, it meets the essential needs of home and small office users looking for a reliable and responsive storage solution. The inclusion of TerraMaster’s increasingly capable TOS 6 operating system, featuring AI-driven photo management, centralized backup, and Docker/VM support, makes it more than just a network storage device—it becomes a lightweight but versatile data center for the home. Its TRAID support allows for mixed SSD deployments with easy expansion, which is particularly attractive to users upgrading gradually or working within budget constraints. The thoughtful internal layout and cooling also ensure performance remains consistent even under sustained load, without sacrificing the near-silent operation.

However, the F4 SSD is not without caveats. The use of a single 5GbE port, without redundancy or aggregation, may deter users requiring network failover or higher throughput for simultaneous operations. Additionally, although the PCIe lane allocation strategy maximizes the N95’s limited bandwidth, the asymmetry between Gen3 x2 and x1 slots could bottleneck RAID performance depending on how volumes are configured. When compared to the larger F8 SSD or DIY options with dual 10GbE or ECC support, the F4 SSD may feel limiting to power users or business environments with stricter reliability requirements. That said, for the vast majority of home users, content creators, and prosumers looking for an all-in-one, high-speed NAS that blends well into living spaces, the F4 SSD delivers a solid and accessible solution. Its price-to-performance ratio, combined with the simplicity of deployment and maturing software ecosystem, makes it a compelling option in the growing market of SSD NAS devices.

Terramaster F4 SSD NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Terramaster F4 SSD NAS @ $399

B&H for the Terramaster F4 SSD NAS @ $399.99

 

PROs of the Terramaster F4 SSD CONs of the Terramaster F4 SSD
  • Compact, toolless chassis with easy-access thumb screw and SSD installation

  • All-flash NVMe architecture with support for four M.2 2280 SSDs

  • 5GbE network port enables high-speed local and remote transfers

  • TRAID and TRAID+ allow mixed-capacity SSDs and seamless storage expansion

  • TOS 6 OS includes Plex, Jellyfin, Docker, VM support, and AI photo indexing

  • Quiet operation (19 dB) and low power usage (32W under load)

  • Priced competitively at $399 for a turnkey SSD NAS

  • Single 5GbE port with no failover or link aggregation

  • Two of the four SSD slots are limited to PCIe Gen3 x1, creating potential RAID bottlenecks

  • Non-ECC DDR5 memory may not meet strict data integrity requirements

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Synology DS225+ NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
4 août 2025 à 18:00

Synology DS225+ NAS Review – Should You Buy?

The Synology DS225+ is a 2-bay desktop NAS released in 2025 as a refresh to the DS224+, aimed at home users, remote workers, and small teams needing centralized storage, backup, and multimedia functionality. It retains the Intel Celeron J4125 processor, a quad-core chip with integrated graphics, and includes 2GB of DDR4 non-ECC memory soldered to the board, with an available slot to expand the total to 6GB. Connectivity consists of both a standard 1GbE port and a 2.5GbE port, along with dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports for external drives or UPS devices. The chassis is compact and passively efficient, consuming less than 17 watts under load and producing under 20 dB(A) of idle noise—well-suited for environments where silence and energy efficiency matter.

The DS225+ runs DSM 7.2, Synology’s proprietary NAS operating system, and supports the full catalog of Synology applications for backup, file sharing, collaboration, and even light virtualization. Users can take advantage of tools like Active Backup, Hyper Backup, Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, and Virtual Machine Manager, with support for Btrfs and SHR offering additional flexibility. While the DS225+ delivers a solid turnkey experience for typical NAS users, its dated CPU, limited upgrade path, and increasingly restrictive drive compatibility policy raise questions about long-term value and competitiveness in the current NAS landscape. This review will examine five key advantages that justify its place in the market—and five potential drawbacks that could sway buyers toward alternatives or delay a purchase.

SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 5/10
PERFORMANCE - 6/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 6/10


6.8
PROS
👍🏻DSM 7.2 Software Suite: Includes license-free tools like Active Backup, Snapshot Replication, Synology Drive, Photos, and Surveillance Station.
👍🏻Low Power Consumption: Consumes just ~17W under load and ~6W in hibernation, making it highly efficient for 24/7 use.
👍🏻Quiet Operation: Runs at just 19.6 dB(A) in idle, with a single 92mm fan and well-controlled thermals, ideal for home or office environments.
👍🏻Integrated Graphics Support: The Intel J4125 includes UHD 600 graphics for light Plex or Jellyfin transcoding and improved multimedia indexing.
👍🏻2.5GbE + 1GbE Ports: Offers faster-than-Gigabit networking without requiring premium models or PCIe upgrades.
👍🏻Flexible RAID and File System Support: Supports Btrfs, SHR, RAID 0/1, and volume expansion with larger drives via DSM.
👍🏻Compact and Lightweight Design: Small footprint (165 × 108 × 232 mm, 1.3 kg) fits neatly into tight or silent workspaces.
CONS
👎🏻Strict Drive Compatibility: Officially supports only Synology-branded HDDs and SSDs, with DSM limiting or blocking unsupported drives.
👎🏻Outdated CPU: Still uses a 2019-era Intel Celeron J4125, which lacks the performance headroom of newer N-series or AMD chips.
👎🏻Memory Constraints: Comes with 2GB soldered RAM and supports only up to 6GB with Synology-validated modules.
👎🏻No I/O Expandability: Lacks PCIe, SD card, or USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports; USB limited to 5Gbps with no front-mounted convenience port.


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤


Synology DS225+ NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS225+ NAS @ $339

B&H for the Synology DS225+ NAS @ $339.99

Feature-Rich DSM Software and Integrated Services

One of the strongest arguments in favor of the DS225+ is its inclusion of Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM), widely recognized as one of the most polished NAS operating systems on the market. DSM 7.2 runs natively on the DS225+ and includes a comprehensive suite of first-party tools designed for file management, backup, synchronization, collaboration, and multimedia.

Applications such as Active Backup for Business enable full system imaging and granular backups for Windows and Linux clients, while Hyper Backup supports encrypted, versioned backups to remote Synology NAS, USB drives, or public cloud platforms. These tools are license-free and integrate tightly with DSM’s centralized control panel and task scheduler, making them practical for individuals and small teams alike.

The DS225+ also supports Snapshot Replication, allowing users to create fast, low-overhead restore points across shared folders or entire volumes. This is especially useful for protecting data against accidental deletion or ransomware threats. Multimedia services such as Synology Photos and Video Station are included, with support for AI-driven features like facial and object recognition—provided the RAM is upgraded to at least 4GB.

Additionally, users can deploy lightweight productivity services such as Synology Drive, Chat, and Office, all of which are accessible via browser or mobile apps. While the DS225+ is limited to 2 bays, it still benefits from full access to Synology’s software stack, giving users enterprise-grade functionality in a compact and relatively affordable unit.

Locked Drive Compatibility Limits Flexibility and Upgrade Options

A major drawback of the DS225+ is Synology’s increasingly rigid stance on drive compatibility, particularly with its 2025 product generation. At launch, the DS225+ only officially supports Synology-branded HDDs and SSDs, including the HAT5300 and SAT5200 series. While these drives offer solid performance and enterprise-grade validation, they are often more expensive than third-party alternatives and far less widely available in retail markets.

More critically, DSM may block or degrade functionality if users install unsupported drives—such as WD Red, Seagate IronWolf, or Toshiba N300—even if those drives meet technical requirements. This includes disabling RAID creation, expansion, and in some cases even volume initialization.

For users hoping to reuse drives from older systems or build cost-effective arrays with commodity drives, this presents a serious limitation. The policy effectively turns the DS225+ into a semi-proprietary system where basic RAID features and DSM warnings depend on purchasing Synology-approved hardware.

While it’s possible the compatibility list may expand in the future, as of July 2025, this restriction creates significant friction for DIY users or small offices managing mixed storage fleets. It also undermines the flexibility that has traditionally been one of Synology’s key advantages over more locked-down storage ecosystems. Users seeking the freedom to choose drives based on price, warranty, or local availability will find the DS225+ ecosystem increasingly restrictive.

Exceptionally Low Power Consumption and Quiet Operation

The DS225+ is particularly well-suited for 24/7 deployment in environments where power efficiency and noise are concerns, such as home offices, media rooms, or shared living spaces. In real-world usage, the system consumes just 16.98 watts during access and drops as low as 6.08 watts in HDD hibernation, making it one of the most energy-efficient 2-bay NAS systems in its class.

This low draw is aided by the efficient Intel J4125 processor and a single 92mm system fan that manages thermals without overcompensating. During testing, the DS225+ maintained component temperatures of 32°C–37°C even under sustained moderate CPU and disk activity, confirming that the chassis design and airflow are well-optimized for the thermal envelope.

In terms of acoustics, the DS225+ is also ideal for quiet setups. It produces just 19.6 dB(A) of noise at idle—barely above ambient background levels—and remains quiet even under drive access or medium fan profiles. This makes it an appealing choice for use in proximity to desks, entertainment setups, or even bedrooms, without becoming a source of distraction. The adjustable fan modes (Full-Speed, Cool, and Quiet) can be fine-tuned in DSM, allowing users to prioritize either silence or cooling based on workload and ambient conditions. For users who want a reliable NAS that can operate continuously without noticeable noise or energy penalties, the DS225+ delivers an efficient and unobtrusive experience.

Aging Intel Celeron J4125 CPU Limits Future-Proofing

The DS225+ continues to use the Intel Celeron J4125, a 4-core, 4-thread processor first launched in late 2019. While it still performs adequately for DSM tasks, light media streaming, and small office workloads, it is now well behind newer processor architectures in terms of efficiency, instruction set support, and overall responsiveness.

Competing NAS units released in 2024 and 2025 have moved on to Intel N-series, Jasper Lake, or even embedded AMD processors, many of which offer better performance-per-watt, additional cores, and support for modern instruction sets such as AVX2 and higher memory bandwidth. In contrast, the J4125’s dated 14nm Gemini Lake Refresh architecture lacks modern features and could begin to show its age sooner, especially under multitasking or when running additional DSM packages concurrently.

Although the DS225+ is not intended for heavy virtualized workloads or media encoding, the use of such an older CPU architecture restricts its growth potential. During testing, even modest activity such as Surveillance Station recording or Synology Drive sync tasks caused the CPU to reach 60–70% utilization, leaving little room for additional services. Docker and Virtual Machine Manager are supported, but their use is constrained by both CPU headroom and the device’s limited memory ceiling. For users expecting to scale their usage over the next 3–5 years, the DS225+ may struggle to keep pace as DSM continues to evolve and introduce more background services, analytics, and real-time processing demands.

Integrated Graphics for Light Transcoding and Multimedia Tasks

A notable advantage of the DS225+ is its use of the Intel Celeron J4125, a quad-core x86 processor that includes integrated Intel UHD 600 graphics. While this is not a new CPU, the presence of onboard graphics enables hardware-accelerated video decoding and transcoding, a feature that’s become less common in newer NAS systems using ARM-based or non-iGPU x86 processors. For users planning to run Plex or Jellyfin, this hardware acceleration allows the DS225+ to handle light 1080p transcoding tasks—useful when streaming to devices with limited codec support or over constrained network connections.

This capability is especially important for homes or small offices that want centralized media storage without relying on local playback compatibility. During testing, the DS225+ performed adequately when transcoding one or two 1080p streams simultaneously, especially when the source files used H.264 or H.265 formats compatible with the GPU.

Synology’s native apps like Surveillance Station and Synology Photos also benefit from integrated graphics, improving responsiveness during thumbnail generation and background indexing of photos and videos. While not intended for intensive media workflows, the DS225+ offers enough GPU performance for common multimedia use cases, making it more versatile than similarly priced NAS units that lack any form of video acceleration.

Limited Memory and Restrictive Upgrade Policy

The DS225+ ships with just 2GB of DDR4 memory, which is soldered directly to the motherboard, limiting flexibility from the outset. While it does feature a single accessible SODIMM slot to expand the total memory to 6GB (2GB onboard + 4GB additional), Synology officially supports only their own branded 4GB memory module. Using non-Synology memory will either trigger DSM warnings or void technical support eligibility. This restrictive policy contrasts with other NAS vendors that support industry-standard memory upgrades more openly. In practical terms, the 6GB ceiling is already considered low for 2025, especially as DSM continues to expand its service ecosystem and memory-hungry packages like Photos, Drive, and Surveillance Station become more prevalent.

Real-world testing shows that even at idle with no user-installed applications, DSM often consumes 28–38% of available memory due to intelligent caching. Once additional services are installed—such as indexing, media streaming, or light virtual machines—the system can begin to feel constrained, leading to slower response times or increased reliance on swap memory. For example, enabling facial recognition in Synology Photos or running simultaneous Docker containers may quickly push the system beyond its comfortable operational range. This limitation makes the DS225+ poorly suited for users who want to experiment with virtualization, host large collaborative environments, or ensure headroom for future DSM features. Even for modest multi-user environments, the soldered memory and limited upgrade capacity represent a clear technical bottleneck.

Dual LAN Ports with 2.5GbE Support for Faster Transfers

The DS225+ is equipped with two Ethernet ports—one standard 1GbE and one 2.5GbE—giving users flexibility in how they connect and scale their network performance. This is a meaningful improvement over entry-level NAS models that only offer single Gigabit connectivity, especially as more consumer routers and switches begin to support multi-gigabit speeds. When paired with a compatible switch or direct 2.5GbE connection, the DS225+ can achieve transfer speeds up to 280–290MB/s under optimal conditions, significantly reducing the time needed for backups, media streaming, or large file transfers over LAN. For those sticking to 1GbE setups, the second port still provides redundancy or the option to separate network traffic between general access and administrative tasks.

Although the DS225+ does not support link aggregation or PCIe expansion, having dual LAN ports allows for some segmentation and future-proofing in small network environments. Users can reserve the faster 2.5GbE interface for high-priority devices such as a workstation or editing PC, while the 1GbE port can be used for background syncing, IP camera feeds, or system management. The inclusion of 2.5GbE is also relevant in home lab and prosumer scenarios, where higher-speed NAS-to-NAS replication or remote backup over multi-GbE connections is becoming more common. While the benefit is conditional on the rest of the network infrastructure supporting these speeds, it’s still an advantage that many previous 2-bay NAS models from this brand do not provide.

Limited I/O Expansion and Slower USB Connectivity

While the DS225+ includes the essentials for a basic NAS setup, its external connectivity is minimal, offering just two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, each limited to 5Gbps. This is notably behind the current standard of USB 3.2 Gen 2, which offers 10Gbps, and well below newer competitors that feature USB-C, eSATA, or PCIe slots for future expansion.

The lack of a front-mounted USB port or SD card reader also reduces convenience for users who regularly transfer media from cameras or external drives. In scenarios involving backup rotation, media ingestion, or hot-swapping data from multiple USB devices, users may find themselves manually unplugging and swapping cables due to the low number and placement of ports.

This limitation becomes more pronounced as the DS225+ cannot be expanded via PCIe, ruling out the addition of 10GbE networking, additional NVMe cache, or external SAS enclosures. Even Synology’s own expansion units are unsupported on this model, meaning what you see is essentially what you’re locked into for the lifespan of the system. While the DS225+ works well within its default role, users requiring scalable connectivity for workflows like multi-tiered backup, external archives, or direct media workstations will likely find it too constrained. The inability to expand I/O makes it harder to adapt the device as your setup grows or changes, placing it at a disadvantage in a market where even entry-level NAS units are becoming more modular.

Compact Design with Full DSM Access and RAID Flexibility

Despite its small physical footprint, the DS225+ delivers the full functionality of Synology’s DSM ecosystem, enabling users to configure advanced storage, backup, and collaboration features without needing a larger or more expensive unit. Measuring just 165 mm x 108 mm x 232.2 mm and weighing 1.3 kg, the DS225+ fits easily on a shelf, under a desk, or alongside other AV equipment. This makes it especially appealing to users with limited space or those looking to maintain a minimal setup. The 2-bay form factor supports 3.5″ SATA HDDs or 2.5″ SSDs, and users can configure their storage using Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, RAID 1, or Synology Hybrid RAID (SHR) depending on redundancy and capacity needs.

The benefit here is that while the DS225+ lacks the expansion features of higher-end NAS units, it doesn’t compromise on software or configurability. DSM allows for volume expansion with larger drives, RAID migration from Basic to RAID 1, and SSD TRIM support for improving SSD longevity. Users can also benefit from Btrfs snapshots and file versioning, even on this compact system.

This flexibility allows individuals to start with a single drive and expand or rebuild as storage needs increase. The ability to pair this with external drives via USB 3.2 for backups or offloading archived content extends its functionality further. For users who want the core NAS experience without the complexity or physical scale of larger models, the DS225+ is a strong, space-efficient option.

Unclear Upgrade Path Amid Synology’s Strategic Shift

The DS225+ sits within a transitional period for Synology, during which the company has increasingly signaled a shift toward pre-populated, locked-down platforms such as the BeeStation and BeeStation Plus series. These newer lines are aimed at users seeking simplicity and cloud-like convenience, but they also reflect Synology’s broader move toward closed ecosystems with tighter control over hardware and software integration. As these preconfigured models begin to replace traditional bare-metal Plus series NAS options in Synology’s lineup, it’s unclear how much longer models like the DS225+ will remain actively supported or prioritized in DSM development.

This creates uncertainty for prospective buyers who want a long-term investment. While Synology’s current support lifecycle is generally strong, the tighter coupling between software and specific hardware could eventually result in DSM updates being optimized for newer, more restrictive platforms. For example, users of the DS225+ may find that future DSM features—such as enhanced AI functions or hybrid cloud integrations—are limited or unsupported due to the older CPU or reduced memory ceiling.

Additionally, if the company continues to prioritize its locked-drive strategy and proprietary accessories, even firmware-level changes could make legacy systems like the DS225+ feel increasingly boxed in. This isn’t an immediate concern, but for users thinking 3–5 years ahead, the direction of Synology’s portfolio suggests the DS225+ may not age as gracefully as its predecessors once did.

Synology DS225+ NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The Synology DS225+ delivers a polished and well-integrated NAS experience that caters to home users and small teams looking for dependable data storage, backups, and light multimedia handling. Its compact form factor, efficient thermal and acoustic design, and access to the full DSM 7.2 ecosystem make it a compelling choice for those who prioritize low noise, low power use, and a robust software suite. The inclusion of 2.5GbE networking, integrated graphics for basic Plex or Jellyfin transcoding, and support for Btrfs, SHR, and snapshot replication ensure that it remains practical for a wide range of core NAS tasks. It’s a system that “just works,” and for many users, that is enough to justify its place on their shortlist.

However, the DS225+ is increasingly defined by its limitations as much as its strengths. The use of an aging processor, restricted memory expansion, limited I/O, and locked-down drive compatibility significantly reduce its appeal for users who expect flexibility, performance headroom, or long-term scalability. When positioned against similarly priced or even cheaper NAS solutions from competing brands—many of which offer newer CPUs, broader third-party drive support, and better external connectivity—the DS225+ risks feeling outdated straight out of the box. Synology’s evolving product strategy also casts doubt on the long-term direction for devices like this. For users who are already committed to the Synology ecosystem or need something simple and quiet for basic NAS duties, the DS225+ can still be a solid purchase. For those looking for open-ended expandability or stronger hardware per dollar, however, it’s worth comparing alternatives or waiting to see how Synology’s next generation unfolds.

Synology DS225+ NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS225+ NAS @ $339

B&H for the Synology DS225+ NAS @ $339.99

Synology DS225+ NAS Pros Synology DS225+ NAS Cons
  • DSM 7.2 Software Suite: Includes license-free tools like Active Backup, Snapshot Replication, Synology Drive, Photos, and Surveillance Station.

  • Low Power Consumption: Consumes just ~17W under load and ~6W in hibernation, making it highly efficient for 24/7 use.

  • Quiet Operation: Runs at just 19.6 dB(A) in idle, with a single 92mm fan and well-controlled thermals, ideal for home or office environments.

  • Integrated Graphics Support: The Intel J4125 includes UHD 600 graphics for light Plex or Jellyfin transcoding and improved multimedia indexing.

  • 2.5GbE + 1GbE Ports: Offers faster-than-Gigabit networking without requiring premium models or PCIe upgrades.

  • Flexible RAID and File System Support: Supports Btrfs, SHR, RAID 0/1, and volume expansion with larger drives via DSM.

  • Compact and Lightweight Design: Small footprint (165 × 108 × 232 mm, 1.3 kg) fits neatly into tight or silent workspaces.

  • Strict Drive Compatibility: Officially supports only Synology-branded HDDs and SSDs, with DSM limiting or blocking unsupported drives.

  • Outdated CPU: Still uses a 2019-era Intel Celeron J4125, which lacks the performance headroom of newer N-series or AMD chips.

  • Memory Constraints: Comes with 2GB soldered RAM and supports only up to 6GB with Synology-validated modules.

  • No I/O Expandability: Lacks PCIe, SD card, or USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports; USB limited to 5Gbps with no front-mounted convenience port.

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
28 juillet 2025 à 18:00

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – A Solid Release, with bizarre compatibility rules

The Synology DS1525+ is the latest entry in the company’s long-running 5-bay Plus series, designed to deliver a flexible and reliable storage solution for small businesses, creative professionals, and advanced home users who require more capacity and functionality than entry-level models but do not need a full enterprise rackmount system. Retaining the familiar compact desktop chassis of its predecessor, the DS1522+, the DS1525+ supports up to 15 drives with two DX525 expansion units and integrates two M.2 NVMe slots for SSD caching or storage pools, catering to workloads that demand higher IOPS and tiered performance. Notably, it moves away from the Ryzen R1600 CPU found in the DS1522+, opting instead for the quad-core AMD Ryzen V1500B, a server-oriented processor that prioritizes file processing and ECC memory support over integrated graphics and media transcoding. This change aligns the system with Synology’s broader SMB product strategy, which emphasizes data integrity and predictable performance under multi-user access rather than consumer-oriented multimedia features.

The DS1525+ also introduces dual 2.5GbE ports, replacing the DS1522+’s four 1GbE ports, and retains a PCIe Gen3 ×2 slot for optional 10GbE network upgrades. These hardware refinements are paired with Synology’s DSM software platform, which continues to offer one of the most comprehensive and secure NAS operating environments on the market. However, as highlighted in testing and the accompanying video review, these benefits are tempered by Synology’s increasingly restrictive hardware validation policies, which limit drive and SSD compatibility and impose artificial constraints on expandability. This review examines the DS1525+ from multiple angles, including design, internal hardware, connectivity, software functionality, and overall value, to help prospective buyers determine whether its trade-offs and strengths align with their needs.

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The Synology DS1525+ is a dependable and well-executed 5-bay NAS that strikes a careful balance between reliability, expandability, and ease of use, making it particularly suited for small businesses, creative professionals, and advanced home users looking for a scalable and predictable storage solution. It builds on Synology’s proven design, offering a compact and quiet chassis with hot-swappable drive bays, support for up to 15 drives with expansion units, and efficient cooling that maintains low noise levels even under sustained workloads. Powered by the quad-core AMD Ryzen V1500B processor and equipped with ECC memory—expandable to 32 GB—the DS1525+ handles multi-user file serving, virtualization workloads, and surveillance duties with stability and consistency. The dual rear 2.5GbE ports, with link aggregation and optional 10GbE via the PCIe slot, offer a meaningful upgrade path for network throughput, while the two M.2 NVMe slots allow for SSD caching or dedicated storage pools, further enhancing performance in I/O-heavy tasks. DSM remains one of the most comprehensive and user-friendly NAS operating systems on the market, providing seamless integration of backup, hybrid cloud, collaboration, virtualization, and security tools that save significant administrative time and deliver strong data protection. However, the system also reflects several compromises: the PCIe Gen3 ×2 mini slot limits the bandwidth and physical scope available to high-speed expansion cards, USB ports are restricted to basic storage and UPS use, and NVMe performance is constrained by Synology’s validated SSD options that prioritize endurance over maximum throughput. Furthermore, the transition from four 1GbE ports on the DS1522+ to two 2.5GbE ports on this model sacrifices some redundancy and may necessitate infrastructure upgrades to take full advantage. Despite these limitations, the DS1525+ remains a solid choice for users already invested in Synology’s ecosystem, or for those who value predictable hardware behavior, mature software integration, and quiet, efficient operation over unrestrained hardware flexibility. In environments where DSM’s feature-rich platform and long-term stability are more critical than maximum raw performance or third-party hardware freedom, the DS1525+ delivers a consistent and refined experience.

SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 6/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 6/10


7.2
PROS
👍🏻Compact and quiet 5-bay design with support for 15 drives total
👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE ports with aggregation and optional 10GbE upgrade
👍🏻ECC memory support with upgradable capacity up to 32 GB
👍🏻Hot-swappable drive bays and tool-free tray design
👍🏻Integrated M.2 NVMe slots for caching or storage pools are easy to access, tooless and uncomplicated to deploy
👍🏻Excellent DSM software suite with extensive features
👍🏻Stable performance under multi-user and virtualized workloads
👍🏻Efficient cooling with low noise levels in office environments
CONS
👎🏻Huge limitations on the choice of HDD and SSD Media you can use on this system
👎🏻USB ports limited to basic storage/UPS functionality
👎🏻M.2 NVMe performance has limited scope in current configuration and support


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – Design and Storage

The DS1525+ continues Synology’s established design language, using a compact desktop enclosure measuring 166 × 230 × 223 mm and weighing just under 2.7 kg. The chassis is predominantly plastic on the exterior, with a metal internal frame to support the drive bays and improve rigidity. Although it retains the same overall appearance as the DS1522+, the DS1525+ benefits from thoughtful airflow improvements that enhance thermal performance under sustained workloads. Ventilation is provided by dual 92 mm rear-mounted fans, complemented by side and base vents to maintain consistent internal temperatures even with all five bays populated and two NVMe SSDs installed. The toolless 3.5” drive trays allow quick installation of SATA HDDs without screws, while optional brackets support 2.5” SATA SSDs if required. As noted during testing, the physical build remains sturdy and understated, making it a good fit for office and studio environments where noise and visual distraction are concerns.

In terms of storage flexibility, the DS1525+ supports five native drive bays, each hot-swappable, and accepts a mix of 3.5” SATA HDDs and 2.5” SATA SSDs. The bays are managed by Synology’s DSM software and support all common RAID configurations, including SHR, RAID 5, 6, and 10, enabling users to optimize for capacity, redundancy, or performance depending on their workload. The system can also scale up to 15 drives using two DX525 expansion units, connected via dedicated USB Type-C expansion ports on the rear. Although the move from eSATA to USB-C modernizes the connection standard, it does not significantly increase bandwidth, as it remains limited to approximately 5 Gbps per link, which can become a bottleneck if the expansion units are fully populated with high-speed drives. Despite this, the expandability remains useful for businesses that anticipate growing data storage needs over time, allowing gradual investment rather than a large upfront commitment.

A key design inclusion is the two M.2 2280 NVMe slots located on the underside of the chassis. These slots can be configured as read/write cache for improved random I/O performance or, with Synology’s verified SSDs, as dedicated storage pools. In testing, the NVMe slots were confirmed to operate at PCIe Gen3 ×4 per slot, providing ample bandwidth for most NAS-grade SSDs. However, as pointed out in the video review, the available Synology NVMe SSDs are endurance-oriented and limited in write speed, which may undercut the full potential of these slots for high-throughput storage pools.

The slots also remain restricted by Synology’s SSD validation policy, which prevents the use of competing brands and forces users to choose from Synology’s own range of NVMe drives, which are often more expensive and limited in capacity. Nonetheless, the M.2 slots provide additional flexibility for workloads that benefit from caching or tiered storage setups, particularly in virtualized or database-heavy environments. Another important design consideration is the thermal and acoustic behavior of the DS1525+ when fully populated and under sustained load.

During extended testing with five 7,200 RPM Synology HAT5300 HDDs and two NVMe SSDs, surface temperatures remained within acceptable ranges, averaging 38–43°C around the chassis and 65–70°C on the NVMe drives. The rear fans were able to maintain stable temperatures across the system even with high drive activity, and they support multiple fan profiles (Quiet, Cool, Full-Speed) for users to balance noise and cooling performance. The plastic chassis construction helps keep overall noise levels lower than metal-bodied alternatives, with measured idle noise between 36–39 dBA and peak noise under heavy load reaching around 52–55 dBA when using high-RPM drives. While not silent, it is unlikely to be disruptive in most office or home environments, especially when placed out of direct proximity to users.

Lastly, the DS1525+’s storage features are tightly integrated with Synology’s DSM platform, which supports a maximum single volume size of up to 108 TB (or 200 TB with sufficient memory). RAID migrations, volume expansions, and global hot spares are supported across all common RAID types, making it easy to adjust storage configurations as needs change. For businesses, the ability to expand storage on demand, coupled with snapshot and replication tools in DSM, ensures data resiliency and flexible recovery options. However, the strict hardware validation policy remains a limitation; users migrating from older systems with non-Synology drives may encounter warnings, inability to expand arrays, or even outright initialization failures with unsupported drives. This policy makes it essential to plan storage purchases carefully and verify compatibility prior to deployment.

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – Internal Hardware

At the heart of the DS1525+ is the AMD Ryzen V1500B processor, a quad-core, eight-thread 64-bit CPU running at 2.2 GHz. This server-class embedded chip is designed primarily for file processing and multi-threaded workload stability, and its inclusion aligns with Synology’s focus on predictable performance and ECC memory support over multimedia capabilities. Unlike the Ryzen R1600 found in the earlier DS1522+, which offers higher clock speeds and integrated graphics, the V1500B omits hardware media encoding and transcoding support entirely, reflecting Synology’s deliberate pivot toward business-oriented file operations rather than consumer-grade media streaming.

The processor is soldered to the mainboard and not user-replaceable, but it provides sufficient compute power for services like Btrfs snapshots, high-volume SMB/NFS file serving, virtualization with up to eight recommended VM instances, and running multiple DSM applications simultaneously. Its support for ECC memory is particularly valuable in critical environments where data integrity is paramount, reducing the risk of corruption during power events or high load.

The system is equipped with 8 GB of DDR4 ECC SODIMM memory as standard, installed as a single 8 GB module. The motherboard provides two SODIMM slots, supporting up to 32 GB of total memory using 16 GB modules in a dual-channel configuration. This memory ceiling is adequate for typical SMB workloads, virtualization, and even moderate database applications, though users with heavier VM demands or larger hybrid cloud deployments may want to upgrade early. Synology strongly recommends using only validated Synology memory modules, as DSM will display warnings if unvalidated modules are detected, and technical support may be limited. During testing, the standard 8 GB configuration was sufficient for running DSM with multiple file shares, virtual machines, snapshot tasks, and background indexing processes without hitting memory bottlenecks. The memory can be easily accessed and upgraded by removing the side panel of the chassis, which is designed for straightforward maintenance.

Thermally, the DS1525+ maintains internal component stability even under full load. The processor is passively cooled, relying on the dual rear 92 mm fans for airflow across the entire system. Temperature readings during stress tests remained within specification, though the V1500B’s higher TDP compared to Intel Atom or Celeron CPUs results in slightly elevated baseline power consumption. The internal layout remains organized and clean, with the M.2 slots located on the underside of the chassis, separate from the mainboard and drive bays. This prevents localized hotspots and allows the fans to maintain airflow across all critical components, including memory and storage. Users should note that while the PCIe Gen3 interface supports expansion cards, the available slot is limited to ×2 link width, reflecting the moderate bandwidth needs of most NAS workloads but potentially constraining advanced 10GbE or multi-SSD configurations. The overall hardware architecture reflects a deliberate balance between cost efficiency, reliability, and the target workload profiles Synology intends for this model.

Component Specification
CPU AMD Ryzen V1500B, 4 cores, 8 threads, 2.2 GHz
Memory (standard) 8 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM (1 × 8 GB)
Memory (maximum) 32 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM (2 × 16 GB)
Memory slots 2 total (1 free)
M.2 NVMe slots 2 × M.2 2280, PCIe Gen3 ×4 each
PCIe slot 1 × PCIe Gen3 ×2 for optional NIC
Cooling 2 × 92 mm rear fans, CPU passive
ECC support Yes

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – Ports and Connections

The DS1525+ offers a streamlined set of connectivity options that aim to balance modern bandwidth requirements with compatibility and expandability. On the rear panel, the system features two RJ-45 2.5GbE network ports that replace the four 1GbE ports found on the DS1522+. These ports support link aggregation, failover, and SMB Multichannel for improved throughput and redundancy, but users will need a compatible 2.5GbE or multigigabit switch to fully realize their potential.

For users requiring more network bandwidth, Synology provides a PCIe Gen3 ×2 expansion slot that can accommodate an optional 10GbE NIC, allowing the system to scale up to much higher transfer rates when used in demanding environments such as large media libraries or high-concurrency file sharing. This combination of onboard 2.5GbE and optional 10GbE caters to a wide range of deployment scenarios, though the move from four ports to two may disappoint users who previously relied on the additional ports for VLAN separation or increased failover granularity.

In addition to networking, the DS1525+ includes two USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A ports, positioned on the rear, which support basic external storage and UPS connections. Unlike earlier models that offered limited support for USB accessories, the DS1525+’s USB implementation is largely relegated to these basic functions, and it does not support more advanced use cases like external GPUs or high-speed data ingest beyond the capabilities of USB 3.2 Gen 1. The USB ports are adequate for attaching backup drives or monitoring UPS status but are otherwise limited in functionality. Adjacent to the USB ports are two USB Type-C expansion ports that allow connection of up to two DX525 expansion units. While the move to Type-C modernizes the connector form factor, these expansion ports are still based on a SATA-equivalent bandwidth of roughly 6 Gbps per link, limiting their aggregate performance potential. Nonetheless, they enable storage scalability from five to 15 bays, maintaining a clear upgrade path without requiring a complete system replacement.

Physically, all ports are located on the rear panel, keeping the front of the chassis clean and accessible for drive access. The PCIe slot is located internally, and installing an expansion card requires removing the top panel. Users who need the optional 10GbE NIC should plan for this additional step during setup. Power input is handled through an internal 120W AC adapter, eliminating the need for an external brick and contributing to the system’s tidy cabling.

The system also supports Wake-on-LAN and power recovery, allowing administrators to automate power cycles and recover from outages remotely. The inclusion of two 2.5GbE ports reflects Synology’s incremental approach to adopting higher-speed Ethernet standards while maintaining affordability, but it also highlights the relatively modest ambitions of this generation when compared to competitive NAS units that have already adopted four-port 2.5GbE or standard 10GbE onboard configurations.

Port Type Quantity and Details
RJ-45 2.5GbE LAN 2 (supporting aggregation/failover)
PCIe Expansion Slot 1 × PCIe Gen3 ×2 (for optional NIC)
USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A 2 (rear)
USB Type-C Expansion 2 (for DX525 expansion units)
Wake-on-LAN / WAN Supported
Power Supply Internal 120W AC adapter

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – Speed, Noise and Power Consumption Tests

The DS1525+ demonstrates controlled acoustic performance that is in line with its intended use in office or home environments. The dual 92 mm rear fans operate in three selectable profiles — Quiet, Cool, and Full-Speed — allowing users to adjust the balance between noise and cooling efficiency. During testing with five Synology HAT5300 7,200 RPM drives and two NVMe SSDs installed, idle noise levels were measured at approximately 36–39 dBA in Quiet mode, which is noticeable but unlikely to disturb most users. Under moderate load in Cool mode, noise levels increased slightly to around 37–40 dBA, while Full-Speed mode produced more airflow and reached approximately 43–45 dBA with minimal vibration. Peak noise occurred when the drives were under heavy access and the fans at maximum speed, reaching 52–55 dBA. As noted in the video review, at that point the drive mechanics themselves were more audible than the fans, especially when using high-RPM or larger capacity HDDs. Overall, the system remains suitable for placement in proximity to users as long as larger enterprise-grade drives are avoided.

In terms of power consumption, the DS1525+ is modestly more efficient than earlier generations, though still higher than lower-power Celeron-based alternatives due to the Ryzen V1500B’s higher baseline TDP. In the lowest idle state with no drives installed, the system consumed approximately 16.7–16.8 watts, which can be further reduced through DSM’s scheduled hibernation features. With five 4TB 7,200 RPM drives installed and idle, power draw increased to around 41–42 watts. During active workloads with all drives accessed simultaneously and a 10GbE NIC installed, power consumption peaked at roughly 60–68 watts, which is reasonable given the system’s capacity and workload. When tested using only the SSD storage pool over 10GbE, power draw settled between 53–58 watts, reflecting the efficiency of the NVMe SSDs but also the fact that the Ryzen CPU remains engaged during high-throughput operations. These figures highlight that while the DS1525+ is not among the most power-frugal NAS options, it remains within acceptable limits for its class.

Performance testing covered several storage configurations and network scenarios to evaluate throughput and responsiveness. Using five Synology HAT5300 drives in SHR and a Synology E10G22-T1-Mini NIC installed for 10GbE connectivity, sequential read speeds reached 900–950 MB/s, with write speeds peaking around 800–850 MB/s. This demonstrates that the system can effectively saturate a 10GbE link under optimal conditions with HDD-based arrays. Using only the two onboard 2.5GbE ports with link aggregation, the system achieved approximately 550–580 MB/s combined, which is sufficient for many SMB workloads but falls short of single 10GbE capabilities. NVMe performance was limited by Synology’s validated SSDs, which prioritize endurance over speed, reaching maximum write speeds around 750 MB/s and read speeds closer to 1,000 MB/s in a RAID 0 pool. As noted in testing, higher-performing third-party SSDs are not supported due to validation restrictions, which prevents the system from fully exploiting the NVMe slots’ Gen3 ×4 bandwidth potential.

For real-world mixed workloads, the DS1525+ proved capable of handling simultaneous file sharing, virtual machine hosting, and snapshot operations without significant degradation. Virtualization workloads supported up to eight recommended VM instances, and Surveillance Station operated within specification at up to 40 1080p cameras, though sustained workloads at maximum capacity may benefit from additional memory. File transfers over SMB maintained consistent throughput even under multiple concurrent sessions, and Btrfs snapshot and replication tasks completed within expected timeframes for the test array. The system’s stability and predictability align well with business-focused deployment scenarios, provided users adhere to the validated hardware list and plan network infrastructure accordingly. The key limitations in performance stem not from the hardware itself but from the imposed compatibility restrictions, which may prevent users from selecting higher-performing drives or SSDs.

Metric Measured Value
Idle Noise (Quiet Mode) ~36–39 dBA
Load Noise (Full-Speed) ~52–55 dBA (with HDDs under heavy access)
Idle Power (no drives) ~16.7–16.8 watts
Idle Power (5 HDDs) ~41–42 watts
Load Power (HDD + 10GbE) ~60–68 watts
Sequential Read (10GbE) ~900–950 MB/s
Sequential Write (10GbE) ~800–850 MB/s
NVMe Pool Write (RAID 0) ~750 MB/s (Synology SSDs)
NVMe Pool Read (RAID 0) ~1,000 MB/s (Synology SSDs)

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – DSM Software

The DS1525+ runs Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM) operating system, which remains a cornerstone of its appeal. DSM combines an intuitive web-based interface with a rich suite of business, backup, collaboration, and security applications that are deeply integrated into the hardware. The operating system leverages the DS1525+’s hardware capabilities fully, supporting Btrfs as the default file system for internal volumes, providing snapshot-based recovery, advanced quota management, and replication options. In this model, DSM supports up to 32 internal volumes, 108 TB per volume (expandable to 200 TB with 32 GB of memory), and all common RAID configurations including SHR for flexible redundancy. File services are comprehensive, with SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, Rsync, and WebDAV all included, as well as support for Active Directory, LDAP, and Kerberos authentication. The user and group management features allow up to 1,024 user accounts and 256 groups, making it suitable for departmental and SMB environments.

DSM’s package ecosystem enables the DS1525+ to function as more than just a file server. The system supports core Synology applications such as Active Backup for Business, which allows centralized backup of PCs, servers, and cloud services, and Synology Drive, which offers private cloud-style file sharing with file versioning and team collaboration. Hyper Backup facilitates multi-version backups to local or remote destinations, while Surveillance Station turns the NAS into a capable NVR, supporting up to 40 cameras at 1080p. Virtualization workloads are handled through Virtual Machine Manager, which supports up to eight recommended VM instances and integrates with VMware, Windows Server, and Citrix environments. The DS1525+ also supports Snapshot Replication, Hybrid Share for hybrid cloud workflows, and Synology Office and Chat for internal collaboration. The ecosystem continues to prioritize stability, security, and ease of management, which explains its popularity even in the face of growing hardware restrictions.

That said, DSM’s strength also highlights the ongoing tension between software capability and Synology’s restrictive hardware validation policies. The DS1525+ enforces validated drive and SSD lists for full functionality of features like RAID recovery, hot spares, and SSD storage pools. While DSM continues to outperform many competitors in usability and features, these artificial restrictions reduce hardware choice and increase costs. Prospective users should review Synology’s compatibility list before deploying third-party drives, especially if migrating from older systems. For those willing to adhere to Synology’s ecosystem, DSM delivers a mature, reliable platform that simplifies even complex workflows, while maintaining strong security practices and a steady cadence of updates.

Application/Feature Supported Notes
Active Backup for Business Yes Centralized PC, server, SaaS backup
Synology Drive Yes Private cloud, file sync, sharing
Hyper Backup Yes Multi-destination, multi-version backup
Surveillance Station Yes Up to 40 cameras, 2 licenses included
Snapshot Replication Yes Up to 4,096 system snapshots
Hybrid Share Yes Hybrid cloud with C2 integration
Synology Office Yes Up to 80 collaborative users
Synology Chat Yes Up to 150 messaging users
Virtual Machine Manager Yes Up to 8 VM instances
MailPlus Server Yes Up to 100 mail users with licenses
SAN Manager (iSCSI) Yes 64 targets, 128 LUNs
Media Server (DLNA) Yes Stream to DLNA devices
VPN Server Yes Up to 8 concurrent connections

Synology DS1525+ NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The Synology DS1525+ is a capable and well-built NAS that continues the company’s focus on dependable performance, solid build quality, and integration with the robust DSM software ecosystem. Its compact 5-bay design, quiet operation, and scalable storage make it a suitable choice for small offices, creative studios, and prosumers who need reliable data management with room to grow. The inclusion of a server-grade Ryzen V1500B CPU and ECC memory support ensures predictable performance for file serving, virtualization, and surveillance workloads, while the dual M.2 slots and PCIe expansion keep it competitive in terms of flexibility. DSM remains a standout feature, providing an excellent range of tools for backup, collaboration, and hybrid cloud deployments that can save significant time and administrative effort in day-to-day use. From a hardware standpoint, it represents a moderate but clear improvement over the DS1522+ in terms of network bandwidth and workload readiness, even if some areas, like PCIe bandwidth and USB functionality, have seen little or no change.

However, the DS1525+ also reflects several limitations inherent in Synology’s current approach. The switch from four 1GbE ports to two 2.5GbE ports sacrifices some port redundancy and may require infrastructure upgrades to fully benefit. The reliance on validated Synology drives and SSDs, while arguably aimed at improving stability and support, adds cost and restricts flexibility, which can frustrate users migrating from existing hardware ecosystems. In performance terms, while the DS1525+ can saturate a 10GbE link under the right conditions, the full potential of its NVMe slots and PCIe expansion is hampered by both validation policies and hardware link width. Ultimately, this NAS is best suited for those already invested in Synology’s ecosystem or those who value software integration and ease of use over hardware openness. For buyers who prioritize predictability, software maturity, and a controlled experience, the DS1525+ delivers on its promises. For those who want maximum hardware freedom or higher outright performance for the price, competing options may be worth considering.

Synology DS1525+ NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS1525+ NAS @ $799

B&H for the Synology DS1525+ NAS @ $1149.99

Pros of the Synology DS1525+ NAS Cons of the Synology DS1525+ NAS
Compact and quiet 5-bay design with support for 15 drives total Huge limitations on the choice of HDD and SSD Media you can use on this system
Dual 2.5GbE ports with aggregation and optional 10GbE upgrade USB ports limited to basic storage/UPS functionality
ECC memory support with upgradable capacity up to 32 GB M.2 NVMe performance has limited scope in current configuration and support
Hot-swappable drive bays and tool-free tray design
Integrated M.2 NVMe slots for caching or storage pools
Excellent DSM software suite with extensive features
Stable performance under multi-user and virtualized workloads
Efficient cooling with low noise levels in office environments

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
25 juillet 2025 à 18:00

Review of the Synology DS1825+ NAS – Locked In?

The Synology DS1825+ is the latest 8-bay desktop NAS in the company’s established Plus series, positioned as the direct successor to the DS1821+ that launched in late 2020. After a considerable gap of nearly four years, expectations were high for significant improvements in hardware and features to match the evolving needs of small businesses, creative professionals, and advanced home users. Synology has chosen to retain the same AMD Ryzen V1500B processor, a quad-core 2.2 GHz CPU, while doubling the base memory to 8 GB ECC and upgrading the network interfaces to dual 2.5GbE. Notably, the DS1825+ also introduces tighter drive and SSD compatibility controls, supporting only Synology-validated HDDs and NVMe SSDs for storage pools. These decisions have sparked debate within the NAS community over whether the incremental updates and compatibility restrictions justify the increased price point. In this review, we examine how the DS1825+ performs in design, expandability, power efficiency, and software integration, and evaluate its suitability as a flexible yet reliable NAS solution in 2025.

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The Synology DS1825+ is a solid but measured update to the company’s long-running 8-bay Plus series, combining a proven and durable chassis design, dependable performance, and the full-featured DSM software ecosystem with only modest hardware enhancements over its predecessor. The system maintains the robust all-metal build quality, excellent serviceability, quiet dual-fan cooling, and eight hot-swappable drive bays, expandable to 18 total with DX525 units for future growth. Notable upgrades include doubling the default memory to 8 GB ECC, scalable up to 32 GB for virtualization and heavy workloads, and replacing the DS1821+’s four 1GbE ports with two faster 2.5GbE ports that support link aggregation, failover, and SMB multichannel to better utilize modern networks. Internally, the Ryzen V1500B processor continues to deliver stable and consistent performance across tasks like file serving, virtual machines, snapshots, and surveillance, but it clearly lags behind newer processors in efficiency, PCIe bandwidth, and GPU-accelerated media handling, limiting its appeal for use cases like Plex transcoding or advanced PCIe storage.

DSM remains the system’s strongest attribute, offering a comprehensive suite of business-grade features including Btrfs snapshots, hybrid cloud replication, Docker, SAN Manager, and support for up to eight virtual machines and dozens of IP cameras, all managed through a user-friendly interface. However, the increasingly strict hardware validation policy for HDDs and SSDs means DSM features such as RAID recovery, hot spares, and SSD storage pools require Synology-verified components, which can drive up costs and limit flexibility compared to earlier models. In our testing, the DS1825+ delivered reliable performance, predictable noise and power levels, and excellent expandability, but it trades openness and cutting-edge hardware for stability, integration, and controlled user experience. It is best suited for buyers already invested in the Synology ecosystem who prioritize seamless software, long-term support, and predictable operation over maximum hardware choice or price optimization. But like many Synology solutions released in 2025, this is a product marred by their increasingly aggressive media compatibility policy and, in months to come, if/when further alternative drives appear on the support lists – many of us will wonder what the point of it all was. This is a solid solution, that is tainted by a significant and artifical shortcoming created by the brand themselves. I still recommend it, but be aware of it’s qwerks.

SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 7/10


7.6
PROS
👍🏻Robust, all-metal chassis with excellent build quality and serviceability
👍🏻Eight hot-swappable drive bays, expandable to 18 with DX525 units
👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE ports with support for link aggregation and failover
👍🏻Default 8 GB ECC memory, scalable to 32 GB for advanced workloads
👍🏻Full DSM software feature set including virtualization and snapshots
👍🏻Quiet and efficient cooling with replaceable fans and selectable profiles
👍🏻Support for SSD caching and SSD storage pools with onboard NVMe slots
👍🏻PCIe expansion slot for 10GbE NICs or greater
CONS
👎🏻Limited drive and SSD compatibility, requiring Synology-validated models
👎🏻Retains older Ryzen V1500B CPU from predecessor launched 2021, lacking GPU
👎🏻Only two LAN ports versus four on the previous generation


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review – Design & Storage

The DS1825+ continues Synology’s long-standing chassis design used across its larger desktop NAS models, retaining the familiar all-black metal and plastic enclosure. Measuring 166 mm high, 343 mm wide, and 243 mm deep, and weighing around 6 kg, it maintains the compact footprint expected of an 8-bay system while offering good internal airflow and accessibility. The front panel houses eight tool-less drive trays, each supporting either 3.5” SATA HDDs or 2.5” SATA SSDs, with hot-swapping supported on the main bays. Unlike the predecessor, this model enforces strict validation of drives, allowing only Synology-branded HAT5300 series HDDs and SAT5200/5210 SSDs, a significant limitation compared to earlier generations which were more permissive toward third-party drives. The front panel also features brightness-adjustable LEDs, a power button, and USB 3.2 ports for quick external access.

Internally, the DS1825+ provides two M.2 2280 NVMe SSD slots, designed primarily for SSD caching, but also supporting storage pools when used exclusively with Synology’s own NVMe SSDs. These slots use PCIe Gen 3 x4 links, which is adequate for caching and light storage workloads, though significantly behind what Gen 4-capable SSDs could theoretically offer. Importantly, the M.2 slots do not support hot-swap, and installing SSDs requires removing the chassis cover. The use of these NVMe slots for primary storage pools remains an appealing option for virtualized workloads or high-IOPS applications, albeit limited by the drive selection policy and the modest PCIe 3.0 bandwidth.

For users requiring greater capacity, the DS1825+ can be expanded up to a total of 18 drive bays by attaching up to two Synology DX525 expansion units via rear-mounted USB-C ports. This expandability enables support for larger storage pools as business needs grow, but it is worth noting that the expansion connection bandwidth is limited to USB 3.2 Gen 1 levels, which is equivalent to 5 Gbps, potentially creating a bottleneck if fully populating both expansion units with high-capacity drives. The backward-compatible design allows users of older DX517 units to repurpose them, though at a reduced performance ceiling. Unlike rackmount models, the DS1825+ does not support redundant power supplies or expansion over faster SAS connections.

One of the standout aspects of the DS1825+ remains its toolless drive trays, which include plastic clips for 3.5” drives and mounting holes for 2.5” SSDs. This makes maintenance and upgrades straightforward, and the internal dual 120 mm fans can also be replaced easily if needed. The chassis provides three fan modes—full-speed, cool, and quiet—allowing users to balance between thermal performance and noise levels. Overall, the physical construction remains solid and serviceable, benefiting from the company’s years of refinement in NAS hardware design.

The DS1825+ maintains its reputation for efficient use of space while improving storage scalability options over its older siblings. However, its strict drive compatibility requirements limit flexibility for those who previously mixed and matched drives based on cost or availability – which is a little bit of a dampener when you think about how appealing SHR (Synology htbrid RAID) is with those that gradually upgrade storage over the years in a single RAID pool. While the ability to expand to 18 bays and to leverage SSD caching or pools is welcome, users must carefully plan their deployment around Synology’s approved hardware list to avoid operational warnings or outright incompatibility.

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review – Internal Hardware

At the heart of the DS1825+ is the AMD Ryzen V1500B processor, a quad-core, eight-thread 64-bit CPU running at 2.2 GHz. This is the same embedded server-grade chip used in its predecessor, the DS1821+, and is designed for consistent, reliable file processing and multi-tasking in a NAS environment. The V1500B supports ECC memory and offers a modest power envelope compared to consumer-grade CPUs while delivering sufficient performance for most small business tasks, including light virtualization, high-volume file sharing, and running multiple DSM services simultaneously. Notably, the processor lacks integrated graphics, which means it does not support hardware-accelerated video transcoding—a limitation noted during testing and worth considering for users planning to run Plex or similar media servers. Despite its age and modest clock speed by 2025 standards, the V1500B remains a capable chip in terms of PCIe lane allocation and IOPS throughput for NAS workloads, striking a balance between power efficiency and server-oriented stability.

Memory in the DS1825+ is configured as 8 GB of DDR4 ECC SODIMM out of the box, doubling the 4 GB baseline offered on the DS1821+. The system uses standard SO-DIMM slots and offers two memory slots in total, supporting up to 32 GB (2 × 16 GB) if both slots are populated. During testing, the system correctly reported and utilized Synology-branded ECC memory, which the company mandates for full warranty and support compliance. While technically compatible with some third-party modules, users choosing non-Synology memory risk reduced support and the possibility of system warnings in DSM. The inclusion of ECC memory is crucial for ensuring data integrity, especially in RAID arrays and virtual machine workloads, where single-bit memory errors could otherwise lead to data corruption. In practice, 8 GB is adequate for smaller file-serving and backup scenarios, but users planning to run multiple virtual machines, intensive database applications, or very large volumes beyond 108 TB should strongly consider upgrading to the maximum supported memory to maintain performance under heavier loads.

The DS1825+ includes a single PCIe Gen3 x8 slot, operating at x4 link width, which provides flexibility for network upgrades and additional functionality. This slot supports Synology’s own PCIe expansion cards, including 10GbE NICs and M.2 NVMe SSD adapters for additional caching options. However, as noted during testing, some older or third-party PCIe cards that function on other Synology systems were not recognized by the DS1825+, suggesting firmware-level restrictions similar to the strict drive compatibility policies. This limits user choice somewhat and reinforces Synology’s preference for a controlled hardware ecosystem. The PCIe slot itself is easily accessible after removing the cover and is positioned above the mainboard in line with the rear ventilation path, ensuring adequate cooling for add-in cards even during prolonged operation. While the PCIe slot is a welcome inclusion for future-proofing, its limitations in both bandwidth (Gen3 ×4) and card support should be carefully weighed by users planning advanced configurations.

Component Specification
CPU Model AMD Ryzen V1500B (Quad-Core, 8-Thread, 2.2 GHz)
CPU Architecture 64-bit, x86, embedded server-class
Hardware Encryption Engine Supported (AES-NI)
System Memory (Default) 8 GB DDR4 ECC SO-DIMM (1 × 8 GB)
Memory Slots 2 total (supports up to 32 GB: 2 × 16 GB)
PCIe Expansion 1 × Gen3 x8 physical slot (operates at ×4 link)
M.2 Slots 2 × 2280 NVMe PCIe Gen3 x4 (for cache or storage)
Memory Notes Synology-branded ECC memory recommended; non-Synology modules may generate warnings or void warranty

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review – Ports and Connections

On the back of the DS1825+, Synology has revised the network interface configuration to reflect more modern bandwidth expectations while keeping the overall I/O layout consistent with prior models. The system now features two 2.5GbE RJ-45 LAN ports, replacing the four 1GbE ports found on the DS1821+. This effectively doubles the available aggregate bandwidth compared to its predecessor when used with a compatible switch, while also supporting SMB Multichannel, link aggregation, failover, and load balancing through DSM’s network manager. During our testing, the 2.5GbE ports performed reliably and reached near-maximum throughput when paired with high-speed drives or SSD caching. However, the reduction from four ports to two has been met with mixed reactions, as it removes the option to segment traffic across more physical interfaces, which some users previously leveraged for separate VLANs or dedicated services.

Alongside its LAN ports, the DS1825+ includes three USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A ports, two located on the rear and one on the front panel. These ports support external hard drives, SSDs, UPS devices, and a limited number of compatible peripherals. For expansion, the system offers two USB Type-C ports on the rear for connecting DX525 expansion units, each adding five additional drive bays. While the shift to USB-C modernizes the physical connectors compared to the legacy eSATA ports used previously, it is important to note that the underlying bandwidth is still equivalent to USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5 Gbps). This limitation may impact performance if fully populating multiple expansion bays, particularly if configured with high-capacity 7,200 RPM HDDs or SSDs. During our testing, expansion connectivity was stable but not as fast as many users might assume given the Type-C connectors. No additional USB-C functionality for general peripherals is supported—these ports are strictly reserved for expansion chassis.

The system’s PCIe Gen3 x8 slot complements the onboard I/O, providing a pathway for additional high-speed interfaces. Synology’s supported PCIe cards include 10GbE network adapters and additional NVMe SSD adapters, which can unlock greater bandwidth potential or dedicated SSD storage for high-performance applications. However, as discussed in the hardware section, card compatibility is limited to Synology-validated options, and some third-party cards that work in earlier models may not function here. This means users planning to scale beyond the included 2.5GbE must factor in the added cost of Synology’s cards. Physically, the slot and I/O arrangement remain clean and accessible, with sufficient spacing to avoid airflow obstructions, and the internal fans provide adequate cooling even under sustained high-speed transfers.

Port Type Quantity and Details
LAN Ports 2 × 2.5GbE RJ-45 (supports link aggregation, failover)
USB Ports 3 × USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A (1 front, 2 rear)
Expansion Ports 2 × USB Type-C (for DX525 expansion only)
PCIe Expansion Slot 1 × PCIe Gen3 x8 (operates at x4)
Supported PCIe Cards Synology 10GbE NICs, NVMe SSD adapter cards
Hot-Swappable Drive Bays 8 × 3.5”/2.5” SATA (front), M.2 slots not hot-swappable

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review – Heat, Noise and Storage Performance Tests

The DS1825+ maintains the same overall acoustic profile as its predecessor, though some subtle differences emerge in testing due to changes in fan tuning and drive validation. Equipped with two 120 mm rear-mounted fans, the system allows users to select between Full-Speed, Cool, and Quiet modes through DSM. In our tests with eight Synology HAT5300 7,200 RPM drives, idle noise measured between 35–38 dBA in Quiet mode, rising to 39–41 dBA under moderate load in Cool mode. At maximum fan speed, noise levels reached 44–46 dBA, which is audible in office environments but not disruptive. During intensive drive access, with fans set to Auto, the system balanced cooling with acoustics, averaging 48–50 dBA. It’s worth noting that drive selection significantly affects perceived noise—higher capacity drives or older models with louder bearings can exceed these figures. The fans remain easy to replace and are effective at maintaining stable internal temperatures even during sustained RAID rebuilds or virtualization workloads, underscoring Synology’s mature thermal management design.

In terms of power consumption, the DS1825+ exhibits predictable behavior for a system of this size and hardware configuration. With no drives installed, idle power draw measured around 21–22 watts with one LAN port active. Fully populated with eight HAT5300 HDDs and left idle with fans on Auto, consumption increased to a baseline of 57–62 watts. This rises further during drive-intensive operations, with power usage determined primarily by the number and type of drives installed—HDDs can draw between 3–10 watts each depending on workload. The Ryzen V1500B is not an especially low-TDP processor, but its efficiency under file-serving workloads keeps total system power reasonable. DSM allows users to fine-tune power use further through features such as scheduled on/off, drive hibernation, and Wake-on-LAN, which proved reliable during testing. Compared to smaller NAS systems, the DS1825+ naturally consumes more power due to its larger drive count and internal fans, but remains efficient relative to comparable 8-bay business-class models.

Performance of the DS1825+ aligns closely with the DS1821+ it replaces, as the core CPU and architecture remain unchanged. In our testing with eight HAT5300 drives configured in RAID 6, sequential read speeds over the dual 2.5GbE ports easily saturated a single link, averaging 290–295 MB/s. When link aggregation was enabled, throughput peaked near 580 MB/s under optimal conditions, confirming the benefit of aggregated connections for large file transfers. When fitted with Synology NVMe SSDs in caching mode, random read and write latencies improved noticeably, particularly in multi-client scenarios or under virtualization workloads. Using NVMe SSDs as storage pools further improved responsiveness but was constrained by the PCIe Gen3 ×4 bandwidth ceiling and limited SSD model options.

For video editing or high-volume content serving, the DS1825+ still benefits from installing a 10GbE NIC, though buyers should factor in the added cost of both the card and compatible network equipment. CPU-intensive tasks like running multiple VMs or DSM apps simultaneously are handled adequately, though media transcoding remains unsupported due to the lack of an integrated GPU.

The system’s flexibility in RAID and storage configurations allows it to adapt to different usage patterns, but it’s clear from our tests that performance is gated more by Synology’s validation policies and hardware constraints than by raw capability. For example, attempts to use third-party SSDs for caching or pools resulted in warnings and reduced feature access, despite the hardware technically supporting them. Similarly, third-party 7,200 RPM NAS HDDs could not be initialized in DSM at all, forcing reliance on Synology’s own drives. This imposed restriction does not impact the system’s fundamental speed or reliability once properly configured but does affect cost and planning. Overall, the DS1825+ delivers solid, predictable performance for its class, but users expecting a generational leap over the DS1821+ may find the gains modest and mostly limited to network throughput and improved default memory.

Attribute Measured or Rated Value
Idle Noise (Quiet Mode) 35–38 dBA (8 × HAT5300 drives)
Load Noise (Auto, Full Load) 48–50 dBA
Idle Power (no drives) 21–22 watts
Idle Power (8 drives) 57–62 watts
Access Power ~60–65 watts (variable by workload/drives)
Operating Temperature Range 0–40°C (32–104°F)
Sequential Read (2.5GbE) ~295 MB/s single link, ~580 MB/s aggregated
Sequential Read (10GbE NIC) ~1,050–1,150 MB/s sustained (with RAID 6 and 7,200 RPM drives)

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review – DSM

The DS1825+ runs Synology’s latest DiskStation Manager (DSM) operating system, providing a consistent and mature software experience across the company’s product line. DSM continues to be one of the strongest reasons to choose Synology, offering a polished browser-based interface, extensive administrative controls, and a large ecosystem of first-party and third-party applications. The DS1825+ ships with the full DSM suite enabled, supporting features like Snapshot Replication, Hyper Backup, Synology Drive, and Virtual Machine Manager out of the box. During testing, DSM performed reliably, with the hardware fully supporting even advanced features like Btrfs file system snapshots, multi-version backups, and iSCSI SAN services. Resource usage remained modest even with several concurrent services running, thanks to the Ryzen CPU and ECC memory ensuring stability and data integrity.

One of DSM’s strengths is its virtualization and containerization support, which the DS1825+ leverages effectively. With its quad-core CPU and up to 32 GB of memory, the system can host several virtual DSM instances or lightweight Linux and Windows VMs via Virtual Machine Manager. Our tests demonstrated support for up to eight recommended VM instances and full compatibility with VMware, Hyper-V, Citrix, and OpenStack environments. The system also handles Docker containers well, although its lack of integrated graphics limits its appeal as a media transcoding server. Surveillance Station also remains fully functional here, with support for up to 40 IP cameras at 1080p H.264 and licensing for two included channels, expandable with additional licenses. This makes the DS1825+ a viable choice for businesses looking to consolidate surveillance storage and general file services on a single platform.

Application support on the DS1825+ aligns with Synology’s broader Plus-series feature set, and DSM’s package center provides easy access to install and manage additional services. The system supports the full suite of collaborative tools such as Synology Office, Chat, MailPlus, and Calendar, with tested limits of around 100 simultaneous users for office productivity and chat workloads. Hybrid Share and C2 cloud integration extend functionality into hybrid environments, allowing users to leverage Synology’s own cloud for offsite replication or shared folders. Synology Drive provides private cloud file synchronization for up to 100 users and over a million hosted files, making the system suitable for medium-sized teams. While the strict hardware validation policies discussed earlier extend to SSDs and HDDs, they do not affect DSM’s software features, which remain fully unlocked and accessible regardless of drive choice.

Application/Service Supported on DS1825+ Notes
Active Backup for Business Yes Supports PC, VM, server, and SaaS backups
Synology Drive Yes Up to 100 users, 1M+ hosted files
Hyper Backup Yes Full system, folder-level, and cloud backups
Surveillance Station Yes Up to 40 cameras (2 licenses included)
Snapshot Replication Yes Up to 4,096 system snapshots
Virtual Machine Manager Yes Up to 8 recommended VM instances
Synology Office Yes Up to 100 collaborative users
Synology Chat Yes Up to 150 users with messaging history
Hybrid Share & C2 Cloud Yes Hybrid cloud file storage and sync
MailPlus / MailPlus Server Yes Up to 120 users with purchased licenses
Calendar & Contacts Yes Team scheduling and shared contacts
Docker / Container Manager Yes Supports Linux-based containers
SAN Manager (iSCSI) Yes Up to 64 targets, 128 LUNs
Media Server (DLNA) Yes Streams to DLNA/UPnP devices
Log Center Yes Up to 1,000 syslog events per second

Synology DS1825+ NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The Synology DS1825+ is a competent evolution of the company’s long-running 8-bay Plus series, offering measured yet meaningful updates in key areas such as default memory, network bandwidth, and support for Synology’s mature DSM ecosystem. The system retains its robust all-metal chassis with a compact footprint, efficient dual-fan cooling, and easy-to-service drive trays and components. The addition of dual 2.5GbE networking, which supports link aggregation and SMB Multichannel, better aligns with current network environments, though it still requires compatible switches to fully realize its bandwidth potential. The upgrade to 8 GB ECC memory by default, scalable up to 32 GB, provides headroom for virtualization workloads and ensures data integrity during multi-threaded operations like iSCSI SANs and virtual machine hosting. In practice, the DS1825+ performed reliably across all tested DSM features, including Snapshot Replication, Hybrid Share, and Synology Drive, even under heavier RAID 6 configurations. Noise and power consumption stayed within the expected range for an 8-bay business-class NAS, and its expandability to 18 bays via DX525 units ensures the DS1825+ remains a viable option as storage needs grow over time. Taken together, it offers a dependable and familiar experience that continues to serve Synology’s target audience well.

However, the DS1825+ is equally defined by compromises that prospective buyers must consider carefully before purchase. Synology’s increasingly rigid compatibility policies for both HDDs and NVMe SSDs significantly reduce flexibility and raise costs, as users are now effectively required to source only Synology-validated drives to avoid warnings and to unlock certain DSM features like RAID recovery, hot spares, and SSD storage pools. The hardware platform itself, anchored by the now four-year-old Ryzen V1500B processor, has not evolved meaningfully, leaving it without GPU-based transcoding capabilities and limiting PCIe bandwidth to Gen3 ×4 for both add-in cards and NVMe slots. The replacement of the DS1821+’s four 1GbE ports with only two 2.5GbE ports arguably improves aggregate throughput but sacrifices the port density some environments depend on for VLANs or dedicated service segregation. As noted in our testing, PCIe card support also remains restricted to Synology’s own validated models, further constraining upgrade paths for networking or SSD configurations. For those deeply invested in Synology’s ecosystem and who value its software integration and long-term reliability over hardware flexibility, the DS1825+ remains a strong choice that delivers on stability and ease of use. For users prioritizing maximum hardware control, wider component compatibility, or newer processing capabilities, competing platforms with more open policies may better suit their needs. Ultimately, the DS1825+ continues Synology’s tradition of reliable and controlled NAS solutions, but with a narrower appeal than in previous generations.

Synology DS1825+ NAS

Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS1825+ NAS @ $1149

B&H for the Synology DS1825+ NAS @ $1149.99

Pros of the Synology DS1825+ Cons of the Synology DS1825+
Robust, all-metal chassis with excellent build quality and serviceability Limited drive and SSD compatibility, requiring Synology-validated models
Eight hot-swappable drive bays, expandable to 18 with DX525 units Retains older Ryzen V1500B CPU, lacking GPU
Dual 2.5GbE ports with support for link aggregation and failover Only two LAN ports versus four on the previous generation
Default 8 GB ECC memory, scalable to 32 GB for advanced workloads
Full DSM software feature set including virtualization and snapshots
Quiet and efficient cooling with replaceable fans and selectable profiles
Support for SSD caching and SSD storage pools with onboard NVMe slots
PCIe expansion slot for 10GbE NICs or SSD adapters

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 NAS

Par : Rob Andrews
14 juillet 2025 à 18:00

The Synology DS925+ versus QNAP TS-464 – Buy NEW or Buy QNAP?

Every so often in the NAS market, a new model arrives that challenges not just its predecessors but also its closest competitors. With the 2025 release of the Synology DS925+, buyers now face an interesting dilemma: go with Synology’s latest compact powerhouse, or choose QNAP’s TS-464—a device that has already proven itself since its release in 2022/2023 and offers a wide array of features at a competitive price. The DS925+ brings notable upgrades to CPU architecture, system memory scalability, and integration within Synology’s tightly controlled ecosystem. Meanwhile, the TS-464 has spent years benefiting from firmware maturity, PCIe expandability, and a more open hardware approach that appeals to power users and tinkerers alike. But which device is ultimately the better buy in 2025? Should you embrace Synology’s ecosystem with its newer, high-performance release, or does QNAP’s more versatile and budget-friendly offering still hold strong in the face of newer competition? Let’s dive into the details to help you decide which NAS deserves your next investment.

Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 – Hardware Specifications

When placing the 2025 Synology DS925+ alongside the 2022/2023 QNAP TS-464, one might expect the newer model to clearly dominate in every area. But hardware comparisons in the NAS market are rarely so simple. While both units are aimed at tech-savvy home users and small businesses looking for reliable, always-on storage solutions, their approaches to hardware—and the user needs they prioritize—are noticeably different. The DS925+ emphasizes streamlined performance, reduced noise, and integration within Synology’s tightly managed ecosystem. The QNAP TS-464, meanwhile, leans into raw hardware flexibility, DIY expandability, and a more open feature set for power users. Below is a detailed hardware breakdown of both NAS devices, showing where each shines and where compromises were made.

Category Synology DS925+

QNAP TS-464

Advantage / Notes
CPU Model AMD Ryzen V1500B Intel Celeron N5105 Different architectures; depends on workload
CPU Cores / Threads 4 Cores / 8 Threads 4 Cores / 4 Threads DS925+ has more threads
CPU Frequency 2.2 GHz 2.0 GHz (base) / 2.9 GHz (turbo) TS-464 has higher clock speeds
Architecture 64-bit 64-bit
Hardware Encryption Engine Yes Yes
Memory (Pre-installed) 4 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM 4 GB DDR4 non-ECC SODIMM DS925+ uses ECC memory
Total Memory Slots 2 2
Max Memory Capacity 32 GB (2x 16 GB ECC) 16 GB officially, 32 GB unofficially DS925+ officially supports more RAM
Drive Bays 4 4
Max Drive Bays (with Expansion) 9 (DX525) Up to 8/12/16 (TL-D800S or TL-D1600S) TS-464 supports more total drives
M.2 Drive Slots 2 x NVMe (cache only, unless you use Synology SSDs) 2 x NVMe (cache or storage) TS-464 offers more flexibility
Supported Drive Types Synology-only verified HDD/SSD Full third-party drive compatibility TS-464 supports Seagate, WD, Toshiba, Kingston, Samsung, etc.
Hot Swappable Drives Yes (SATA only) Yes (SATA only)
LAN Ports 2 x 2.5GbE 2 x 2.5GbE
USB Ports 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 1 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A TS-464 has faster and more versatile ports
Expansion Port Type USB Type-C (for DX525 only) USB Type-C / USB-A (for TL & TR series) TS-464 supports more expansion chassis
PCIe Slot None 1 x PCIe Gen3 x2 TS-464 allows 10GbE or AI/GPU card upgrades
Dimensions (HxWxD) 166 x 199 x 223 mm 168 x 170 x 226 mm Virtually the same size
Weight 2.26 kg 2.18 kg TS-464 is slightly lighter
System Fans 2 x 92mm 1 x 120mm DS925+ may offer better airflow; TS-464 is quieter
Fan Modes Full-Speed, Cool, Quiet Smart Fan Control Comparable flexibility
LED Brightness Control Yes Yes
Power Recovery Yes Yes
Noise Level (Idle) 20.5 dB(A) 18.6 dB(A) TS-464 is quieter
Power Supply 100W External Adapter 90W External Adapter TS-464 is more power efficient
Power Consumption (Access / Hibernate) 37.91W / 12.33W 26.08W / 9.48W TS-464 uses less power
BTU (Access / Hibernate) 129.27 / 42.05 89.03 / 32.38 TS-464 generates less heat
Operating Temp 0°C to 40°C 0°C to 40°C
Storage Temp -20°C to 60°C -20°C to 70°C TS-464 is rated for slightly higher extremes
Humidity 5% to 95% RH 5% to 95% RH
Warranty 3 years (extendable to 5) 3 years (extendable with license or bundle)

The DS925+ delivers a refined hardware experience out of the box, with its newer AMD Embedded Ryzen V1500B 4 Core/ 8 thread processor, dual 2.5GbE ports for faster LAN connectivity, and modern I/O including USB-C. It features two M.2 NVMe slots (for cache only, unless you use the Synology SNV3400 drives from Synology), dual memory slots supporting up to 32GB of ECC DDR4 RAM, and a compact metal chassis designed for quiet, efficient operation. It also runs cooler and quieter than many of its rivals, making it an ideal fit for environments where noise levels matter—such as living rooms, home studios, or small offices. This makes the DS925+ a “plug-and-play” NAS with premium internal components and minimal need for user intervention.

By contrast, the QNAP TS-464 takes a more modular, expandable approach. Powered by the Intel Celeron N5105/N5095 CPU (a quad-core processor with integrated graphics, but only 4 threads), it offers HDMI 2.0 output, two M.2 PCIe Gen3 x1 slots (which can be used for either caching or storage pools), and a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot for optional 10GbE or more M.2s, USB expansion, or even GPU cards. QNAP also includes dual 2.5GbE ports, putting it on par with the DS925+ in terms of network speed, but it edges ahead in overall hardware adaptability. Want multimedia output via HDMI? QNAP has it. Want to add NVMe storage pools or real-time transcoding? QNAP supports that too. That said, the TS-464 is based on a slightly older CPU architecture, lacks ECC memory support, and typically generates more fan noise under load. Additionally, its OS and ecosystem are broader in scope but often require more manual setup. Ultimately, the DS925+ is purpose-built for those who prioritize a quiet, polished, and simplified experience with modern performance. The TS-464, on the other hand, remains an excellent choice for users who prefer control, multimedia support, and greater hardware flexibility. Choosing between them largely depends on whether you value Synology’s stability and turnkey design, or QNAP’s freedom and potential.

AMD V1500B vs Intel N5105 – CPU Specifications (Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464)

In any NAS system, the processor plays a pivotal role in determining the scope of functionality—whether it’s managing multiple concurrent users, running virtual machines, powering AI-driven applications, or simply handling encrypted transfers and background tasks efficiently. The Synology DS925+ and the QNAP TS-464 take noticeably different approaches in this regard. The DS925+ features the AMD Ryzen Embedded V1500B, a server-grade SoC designed for sustained multi-threaded workloads. The TS-464, on the other hand, runs on the Intel Celeron N5105, a more consumer-oriented chip that prioritizes integrated multimedia support and power efficiency. While both CPUs are quad-core, their architecture, instruction set, and target use cases diverge sharply—affecting not only raw processing, but also the capabilities unlocked within DSM and QTS/QuTS, respectively.

Category AMD Ryzen V1500B

Intel Celeron N5105

Advantage / Notes
Architecture Zen (1st Gen) Tremont (10nm) N5105 uses newer fabrication process
Core / Thread Count 4 Cores / 8 Threads 4 Cores / 4 Threads V1500B has SMT (hyperthreading) support
Base Clock Speed 2.2 GHz 2.0 GHz V1500B slightly faster base
Boost Clock Speed N/A (fixed clock) Up to 2.9 GHz N5105 has dynamic boost for single-thread performance
TDP (Thermal Design Power) 16W 10W N5105 is more power efficient
L2 Cache 2 MB 1.5 MB V1500B has more L2 cache
L3 Cache 4 MB 4 MB Same
Integrated Graphics None Intel UHD Graphics (24 EUs @ 800 MHz) N5105 supports HDMI, video decoding, and light GPU tasks
PCIe Version PCIe 3.0 PCIe 3.0
Max Memory Supported 32 GB ECC DDR4 16 GB officially (32 GB unofficially) V1500B supports higher, ECC-capable memory
Memory Type DDR4 ECC DDR4 / LPDDR4x (non-ECC) V1500B supports ECC, better for critical NAS use
Virtualization Support Yes (AMD-V) Yes (VT-x, VT-d) Both CPUs support virtualization features
AES-NI (Encryption) Yes Yes Both support hardware encryption
Target Use Case Embedded systems / Business NAS Low-power desktops / SMB NAS / IoT V1500B is more server/NAS-specific
Release Year 2020 2021 N5105 is newer

In terms of raw specs, the V1500B offers 4 cores and 8 threads with a base clock of 2.2GHz and support for ECC memory—a key advantage for mission-critical environments. This CPU is built for multitasking and thrives in scenarios involving virtual machines, container services, and intensive file indexing or backup operations. As a result, the DS925+ supports up to 8 concurrent virtual machines, 8 virtual DSM instances, and higher thresholds for connected users across Synology apps. It is better suited to offices or power users who rely on services like Synology Office, Drive, or Surveillance Station running in tandem. The system handles up to 150 Synology Chat users, 80 Office users, and 80 Drive users, offering excellent multitasking performance with low overhead.

The QNAP TS-464’s Intel N5105 is a 10nm Jasper Lake processor, also quad-core but without hyper-threading and with a slightly lower base clock (2.0GHz). However, it includes integrated Intel UHD Graphics, giving it one key advantage the DS925+ lacks: hardware-accelerated video transcoding via QNAP’s own QuMagie, Video Station, and especially Plex Media Server with support for on-the-fly 1080p and 4K decoding when paired with proper client-side licensing. This makes the TS-464 ideal for multimedia-heavy environments. Beyond media, the N5105 powers QTS and QuTS hero with access to QNAP’s broader and often more modular ecosystem. This includes Hybrid Backup Sync (HBS 3) for unified backup and disaster recovery, QuDedup for deduplicated snapshot replication, QVR Elite and QVR Pro for professional-grade surveillance (supporting multiple IP camera licenses natively), and AI Core features like face recognition and event detection when paired with the QuMagie or QVR Human apps. The TS-464 also supports Virtualization Station, enabling users to run lightweight Linux or Windows VMs with direct passthrough access to USB or PCIe devices, and Container Station, which offers both Docker and LXC container compatibility with GPU passthrough for NPU-based AI inference workloads. Thanks to the included PCIe Gen 3 x2 slot, the system supports optional upgrades like 10GbE NICs, QM2 expansion cards (for M.2 SSD or additional 2.5GbE/10GbE ports), or even Wi-Fi 6 cards, something entirely absent in the DS925+. Additionally, QNAP allows direct output to an external display via HDMI 2.0, enabling standalone use of HD Station apps like Chrome, LibreOffice, Kodi, and even Linux desktop environments — a feature highly prized in HTPC and security NVR deployments. Users can leverage Linux Station to run full Ubuntu VMs locally, or install Ubuntu Core through the App Center for custom development or edge AI inference scenarios.

Taken together, the TS-464 may not support the same high virtual machine/user count as the DS925+, but it compensates with a broader set of integrated appliances catering to power users, home labs, edge AI, and media-heavy deployments. It’s a more “tinker-friendly” platform, favoring flexibility and breadth over centralized system control and vertical integration. If you need an appliance that works across entertainment, security, and hybrid cloud workflows, with room for add-on functionality via hardware or apps, the TS-464 is hard to beat for the price. That said, the Synology DS925+ ultimately offers greater headroom for enterprise workflows, heavier VM usage, and large-scale hybrid deployments. It sacrifices media transcoding and graphical acceleration, but gains a server-class CPU that ensures consistent performance under heavier load conditions. Meanwhile, the TS-464 excels in edge-case versatility, offering more multimedia flexibility and richer expansion potential via PCIe. If your priorities lie in business-class performance, ECC memory support, and robust multi-user capacity, the DS925+ is the clear winner. But for media streaming, home lab tinkering, and a wider hardware feature set, the TS-464 remains a very compelling alternative.

Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 – Software Specifications

When it comes to NAS platforms, hardware is only half the story—what truly determines a system’s long-term value is the strength, maturity, and flexibility of its software. Synology’s DSM (DiskStation Manager) and QNAP’s QTS/QuTS Hero are two of the most advanced NAS operating systems available today, offering extensive suites of services for backup, virtualization, hybrid cloud, media streaming, and AI-assisted surveillance. But while both OS platforms cover similar ground, their design philosophies, application depth, and supported workloads differ substantially. The Synology DS925+ and QNAP TS-464, though comparable in price and both aimed at prosumers and SMBs, unlock very different software experiences depending on the deployment goals—be it centralized IT infrastructure, media-rich home labs, or container-based edge computing.

With the DS925+, Synology leans into its strength in unified management and vertical integration. DSM 7.2 is optimized for reliability, simplicity, and scalability within Synology’s ecosystem. The DS925+ supports up to 8 virtual machines and 8 Virtual DSM instances through Virtual Machine Manager, offers extensive group and user quotas, and enables full integration with Synology’s cloud services (such as Synology C2 Backup, C2 Identity, and Hybrid Share). Its higher hardware ceiling allows for more active users: 150 on Synology Chat, 80 on Synology Drive and Office, and up to 8 simultaneous VPN connections. Backup capabilities are similarly robust, with a higher threshold of shared folder sync tasks and superior support for incremental snapshot replication. Surveillance Station on the DS925+ supports up to 40 IP cameras and benefits from reduced CPU overhead during continuous recording, even while handling concurrent backup or media indexing operations. DSM’s elegant UI, consistent updates, and tightly integrated packages make it ideal for organizations that value centralized IT administration and long-term platform stability.

On the other hand, the QNAP TS-464 running QTS 5 or QuTS Hero offers a more open and modular software ecosystem. While the Intel N5105 CPU imposes lower multitasking ceilings than the V1500B, QNAP compensates with a broader set of feature-specific applications and customization paths. The TS-464 supports virtualization through Virtualization Station (for VMs) and Container Station (for Docker + LXC), and unlike the DS925+, can output video directly via HDMI 2.0—allowing the NAS to act as a standalone Linux desktop, NVR, or HTPC via HybridDesk Station. QNAP also differentiates itself with Hybrid Backup Sync (HBS3), which enables multi-destination sync, deduplicated backup via QuDedup, and real-time disaster recovery tools not found in DSM. QVR Pro and QVR Elite offer an expansive surveillance suite with optional AI-powered analytics (e.g., face recognition, people counting) when paired with compatible QNAP AI apps. The inclusion of ZFS with QuTS Hero (an optional OS for the TS-464) enables inline compression, self-healing file systems, and block-level snapshots, which can be critical for data integrity in business scenarios.

QNAP also encourages expansion through its App Center, which includes over 150+ native and third-party apps, from Node.js and GitLab to Home Assistant, Ubuntu Station, and even Mattermost for self-hosted chat. While the system supports fewer concurrent users and VMs than the DS925+, its strength lies in feature breadth and system-level flexibility. Add-ons like 10GbE NICs, QM2 SSD accelerators, or Wi-Fi 6 cards via PCIe further extend its versatility, especially for hybrid edge workloads or multi-role deployments that evolve over time. In short, the Synology DS925+ is designed for administrative simplicity and long-term scaling, excelling in consistent performance across multi-user deployments with deep DSM integration. The QNAP TS-464, meanwhile, is a powerful sandbox for customization, offering greater freedom, multimedia functionality, and third-party integration—at the cost of some operational polish and software limits. Choosing between them depends on whether your priorities lie in predictable enterprise-grade execution or a more adaptable, feature-dense platform.

Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 – Hard Drive and SSD Compatibility

In 2025, Synology has taken its most aggressive step yet toward locking down hardware compatibility, and nowhere is this more evident than in the DS925+. Following years of gradual restrictions—starting with warnings for unverified drives and progressing to default white-listing only Synology-branded media—the DS925+ now represents a firm line in the sand. At the time of writing, this system will not allow DSM initialization if it detects hard drives or SSDs that are not officially listed on Synology’s compatibility list. This list includes exclusively Synology HAT5300/HAT3310 HDDs and SAT5200 SSDs, with no third-party Seagate, WD, Toshiba, Samsung, or Kingston media currently supported. Regardless of drive quality or performance, unsupported models will be outright blocked during system setup. While Synology claims this guarantees optimal reliability and performance within DSM 7.2, the move drastically reduces flexibility for users and integrators alike.

In stark contrast, the QNAP TS-464 embraces an open compatibility philosophy. It supports virtually all major consumer and enterprise drives—from Seagate IronWolf and Exos, to WD Red, Red Plus, and Ultrastar, as well as Toshiba N300/X300 and Samsung/Kingston SSDs—up to 24TB per drive (or higher as of late 2025). QNAP also maintains a regularly updated compatibility list, but crucially, this list is advisory rather than mandatory. Users can install any 3.5″ or 2.5″ SATA HDD/SSD, and as long as it meets the physical and electrical standards, the TS-464 will initialize without issue. This means integrators, home users, or small businesses can reuse existing drives or select from the most cost-effective options in their region—something that’s increasingly difficult to do on newer Synology units. Moreover, QNAP allows mixing and matching of drive brands and capacities within the same storage pool (especially under QuTS hero’s ZFS environment), giving users granular control over redundancy, performance tuning, and cache layering with non-proprietary M.2 NVMe SSDs. This openness also applies to QNAP expansion units, many of which continue to work even with completely mixed-brand storage configurations—something Synology’s newer expansion policies have started to restrict.

For users in regions where Synology-branded media is expensive, hard to find, or simply not justified for non-critical applications, this policy shift on the DS925+ can be a deal-breaker. It positions the system closer to an appliance model, where Synology controls not only the hardware and software, but the storage medium itself. While that vertical integration may improve long-term reliability for some enterprise users, it’s difficult to reconcile with the broader DIY NAS community that values choice and modularity. Ultimately, this creates a philosophical divide: QNAP remains open, modular, and adaptable, trusting users to make informed decisions about their storage media. Synology, in contrast, is consolidating control, with the DS925+ exemplifying a move toward a closed ecosystem—potentially alienating users who previously praised DSM for its balance of simplicity and flexibility. Prospective buyers need to weigh not just performance and features, but how tightly they want to be tied to a single vendor’s hardware roadmap.

Synology DS925+ vs QNAP TS-464 NAS – Which Should You Buy?

The Synology DS925+ is a 2025 refresh designed with clear intent: push performance, tighten control, and streamline the out-of-box experience. In contrast, the QNAP TS-464—released in late 2022—is a Swiss Army knife of NAS flexibility, packed with customization options, open compatibility, and enough horsepower to meet the needs of both power users and small business deployments. Choosing between them ultimately comes down to what kind of NAS experience you’re after: a controlled, polished, and tightly integrated environment, or an open, adaptable, and hardware-friendly platform. On raw performance, the DS925+ has the edge. Its quad-core, 8-thread AMD V1500B CPU delivers higher throughput for multitasking, virtual machines, and heavier concurrent services, and DSM’s user/service thresholds are notably higher as a result. Add in dual 2.5GbE ports by default, and it’s clearly a step ahead of the DS923+ predecessor 1GbE-only base configuration, and you are looking at a healthy upgrade in several ways in this refresh. However, QNAP claws back ground with its PCIe Gen3 x2 slot, allowing 10GbE upgrades, Wi-Fi cards, and even GPU acceleration in select use cases—something Synology removed entirely from the DS925+. In QNAP’s favor is also its support for real-time hardware transcoding, HDMI 2.0 video output, and direct-attached monitor access—making it a better fit for media-centric environments where local playback, Plex, or Kodi usage matters.

Synology DS925+ NAS

QNAP TS-464 NAS

Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS

Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS

Check Amazon in Your Region for the QNAP TS-464 NAS

Check B&H for the QNAP TS-464 NAS

But perhaps the most significant dividing line is drive compatibility. The DS925+ will only initialize DSM with Synology-validated drives—locking out nearly all third-party HDDs and SSDs unless explicitly approved. This hardline stance means limited flexibility for users wanting to build using existing drives or regional market alternatives. Meanwhile, the TS-464 supports virtually all consumer and enterprise drives, from Seagate to Toshiba to Kingston, giving users total control over their storage budget and deployment roadmap. This open-ecosystem approach extends to M.2 NVMe usage too, where QNAP allows storage pool creation, caching, and tiering with off-the-shelf modules, while Synology restricts pool creation to only their branded NVMes. If you’re an IT administrator, content creator, or SMB looking for a polished, performance-forward NAS and you’re fully on board with Synology’s ecosystem—including its branded drives—then the DS925+ offers a streamlined, high-ceiling experience with excellent multitasking potential and cleaner UI/UX polish under DSM 7.2. But if you’re someone who values flexibility, upgrade paths, media support, or simply wants to control your storage choices without vendor lock-in, the QNAP TS-464 is an incredibly compelling alternative—offering strong performance for its price, an open architecture, and a deeper toolbox under QTS/QuTS Hero.

NAS Solutions

NAS Solutions

+ Better Software (In almost every respect!)

+ Much Better Global Support Presence

+ More business desirable

+ Larger Range of solutions

– Compatibility restrictions on HDD and Upgrades More and more

– Underwhelming hardware (comparatively)

+ Better Hardware for Price

+ Wider Variety of Solutions and Hardware Profiles

+ Supports ZFS and/or EXT4 (with ZFS platform now available on latest Intel Celeron Systems)

+ Wide accessory range and compatibility

– Software can often feel inconsistent

– Hit by Security Issues if the past

Check Amazon By Clicking Below:

Check Amazon By Clicking Below:

The Synology DS925+ is the better plug-and-play NAS for prosumers and SMBs who want a high-performance, low-maintenance experience—provided they’re comfortable buying into Synology’s tightly controlled ecosystem of software and storage hardware. On the other hand, the QNAP TS-464 remains the better choice for users who value flexibility, hardware freedom, and scalability—especially if media features, drive compatibility, or future upgrades are part of the plan. Ultimately, the DS925+ is the sharper tool, but the TS-464 is the more versatile one.

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Aoostar WTR Max NAS vs Minisforum N5 Pro NAS Comparison

Par : Rob Andrews
11 juillet 2025 à 16:00

Aoostar WTR Max NAS vs Minisforum N5 Pro NAS Comparison

The demand for high-performance, multi-functional NAS systems has never been higher, as users increasingly expect far more than basic file storage from their hardware. Today’s workloads often include virtualization, AI-assisted operations, multi-tiered storage strategies, and high-speed, low-latency networking—demands that blur the line between a traditional NAS and a fully-fledged home server. In response to these needs, two closely matched contenders have emerged in the prosumer and power-user space: the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, which consists of both the more affordable standard N5 and the higher-spec N5 Pro. These devices, released in mid-2025, share some common DNA—both are bare-metal NAS platforms that let you install your own operating system and tailor your setup to your specific use case—but they diverge significantly in how they balance compute power, storage density, connectivity options, noise and power efficiency, and overall value.

Check Amazon for the WTR Pro MAX

Check AliExpress for the WTR Pro MAX

Check Amazon for the Minisforum N5

Check AliExpress for the Minisforum N5

In this article we provide a detailed, category-by-category comparison of these systems based on hands-on testing and real-world workloads. Key factors like physical design, internal architecture, storage configuration, CPU and memory performance, external connectivity, and power and noise profiles are all assessed in depth. We also consider important use case distinctions, such as suitability for 24/7 enterprise-grade uptime, AI model hosting, or quiet home use. Whether you’re looking to build a dense storage appliance, a virtualized host for multiple VMs, a locally deployed AI engine, or simply a robust and scalable home NAS, this analysis aims to clarify which of these two (or three, when factoring in the standard N5) offers the best fit. As the boundaries between NAS and full server hardware continue to blur, understanding these subtle trade-offs will help you make a more informed investment for your own specific workload and budget.

Written Review of the Minisforum N5 Pro NAS – HERE

YouTube Review of the Minisforum N5 Pro NAS – HERE

Written Review of the Aoostar WTR Max NAS – HERE

YouTube Review of the Aoostar WTR Max NAS – HERE

Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Price and Value

When examining the price points of the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, it becomes clear that each brand has intentionally targeted slightly different segments of the advanced NAS and home-server market. The Aoostar WTR Max launches at $699 in a barebone configuration, which includes the chassis, preinstalled AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS CPU, external PSU, dual 10GbE SFP+ networking, and a front LCD panel. Like its competitor, it does not include RAM or additional storage at this price.

By comparison, the Minisforum N5 standard model enters at a lower price point of $583 in a similarly barebone configuration—also lacking RAM and user storage—but it does not include ECC memory support or a PRO-class CPU, which are key differences. The premium-tier Minisforum N5 Pro sits at a much higher entry price of $1,039, still barebone but featuring a far more capable Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU and ECC support. Users who prefer to have memory preinstalled can opt for a top-tier N5 Pro bundle, which includes 96GB ECC RAM and raises the total cost to $1,583.

Aspect Aoostar WTR Max Minisforum N5 (Standard) Minisforum N5 Pro Best & Why/Note
Base Price (barebone) $699 $583 $1039 Aoostar WTR Max — cheapest base option
Optional ECC RAM ✓ (supports ECC) N5 Pro — ECC support only on Pro and Aoostar

Relative to its competitors, the Aoostar WTR Max occupies a deliberate middle ground—costing more than the standard N5 but significantly less than the N5 Pro. This makes it a particularly appealing option for users who want enterprise-relevant features like ECC memory support and a balanced CPU without committing to the premium pricing of the Pro. The standard N5 clearly appeals to budget-conscious buyers who are willing to forgo ECC support and settle for a mid-tier CPU to save over $100 compared to the Aoostar.

Conversely, the N5 Pro is positioned for buyers who prioritize maximum multi-core performance, AI acceleration, and ECC memory—even if that means paying nearly 50% more than the Aoostar. For users who value the best balance of price and advanced functionality—including high storage density, good networking capabilities, and ECC support—the Aoostar WTR Max arguably delivers the most well-rounded value proposition among the three systems, particularly for general-purpose NAS or mixed-use home lab scenarios.

Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Design

Both the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series feature compact, all-metal chassis designs that prioritize serviceability, efficient internal space utilization, and professional-grade durability. The Aoostar WTR Max adopts a slightly larger rectangular footprint, accommodating six SATA bays, a dedicated seventh tray slot for up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs, and an integrated LCD display on the front panel for customizable real-time monitoring of system metrics such as temperature and network activity.

Ventilation on the Aoostar is extensive, with intake vents at the bottom, perforated panels on both sides, and dual rear-mounted exhaust fans drawing heat from the drive bays and CPU area. A vapor chamber heat spreader and a dedicated bottom-mounted cooling fan help distribute and evacuate thermal load evenly across internal components. The Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro, meanwhile, share a more compact and minimalist chassis with a slightly smaller footprint and a slide-out drive cage mechanism, making internal access and servicing more straightforward. Both Minisforum models include five SATA bays, a versatile three-slot M.2/U.2 arrangement, and a clean brushed-metal exterior that avoids visual distractions by omitting a front-facing display.

Aspect Aoostar WTR Max Minisforum N5 (Standard) Minisforum N5 Pro Best & Why/Note
Chassis Material Full Metal Full Metal Full Metal Tie — similar high-quality builds
LCD Display Aoostar WTR Max — includes customizable LCD
Slide-Out Drive Cage N5/N5 Pro — easier drive servicing
Compact Size (approx.) Compact (~same footprint) Compact (~same footprint) Compact (~same footprint) Tie — equally compact and serviceable

Where the Aoostar WTR Max shines is in raw storage density and front-panel functionality, with one additional SATA bay over the Minisforum design, plus its customizable LCD display for at-a-glance system information. Its more aggressive ventilation strategy—with side vents and larger intake paths—also suggests it can move slightly more air through densely packed storage configurations. However, the Minisforum chassis demonstrates superior internal organization, with its slide-out cage allowing faster upgrades and maintenance, and better separation of airflow channels for drives and CPU cooling.

The lack of an LCD display on the Minisforum may disappoint users who like direct front-panel readouts, but it contributes to a more understated aesthetic. In practice, the Aoostar’s design will appeal most to those who value maximum storage flexibility, high-density airflow, and immediate status feedback, while the Minisforum will suit users who prioritize tool-less servicing, quieter operation at idle, and a more refined, professional look. This category ultimately comes down to user priorities, but if judged solely on usability and build refinement, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro take a modest edge over the Aoostar WTR Max.

Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Storage

Storage capabilities represent one of the most significant differences between the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, reflecting divergent priorities in how each system balances density and simplicity. The Aoostar WTR Max delivers a standout total of eleven drive slots, composed of six 3.5”/2.5” SATA bays, a dedicated seventh tray supporting up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs. This architecture provides users with the ability to create sophisticated storage topologies, combining high-capacity mechanical drives for bulk cold storage and multiple high-speed NVMe SSDs for tiered caching, scratch disks, or performance-optimized pools.

The additional M.2 tray, which is unique to the Aoostar design, simplifies the installation of multiple NVMe drives without occupying space within the motherboard area, while still offering full Gen 4 speeds on select slots. In contrast, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro are more restrained, offering five SATA bays and three NVMe/U.2 slots, which can be configured either as three M.2 drives or as one M.2 with two U.2 drives using the supplied adapter card. The Minisforum setup also includes a dedicated M.2 slot for its 64GB OS SSD, but sadly, this slot consumes one of the three available NVMe positions. Both Minisforum models support hot-swapping on the SATA bays and flexible RAID modes, but the higher bay count and more independent storage interfaces of the Aoostar clearly cater to users with larger or more diverse storage needs.

Feature Aoostar WTR Max Minisforum N5 / N5 Pro Notes / Best
SATA Bays 6 × 3.5″/2.5″ (SATA 3.0, up to 22TB each) 5 × 3.5″/2.5″ (SATA 3.0, up to 22TB each) Aoostar wins on total count
SATA Hot-swap No Yes Minisforum wins
NVMe/U.2 Slots Total 4 × M.2 in tray + 1 × OS M.2 slot 3 × NVMe/U.2 + 1 × OS M.2 slot Aoostar wins on total NVMe count
NVMe Slot PCIe Lanes / Speed 2 × Gen4 x2, 2 × Gen4 x1 1 × Gen4 x2, 2 × Gen4 x1 Aoostar provides more total bandwidth
OS Drive Impact Separate dedicated M.2 slot for OS SSD OS SSD occupies 1 NVMe slot Aoostar wins here
NVMe Hot-swap No No Neither supports hot-swap NVMe
Optional U.2 Support Not natively supported Via included adapter (2 × U.2 + 1 × M.2) Minisforum offers flexibility
Reported Internal SSD Speeds Gen4 x1 slots: ~1.6 GB/s read/write; Gen4 x2 slots: ~2.9–3.1 GB/s read/write Gen4 x1 slots: ~1.7 GB/s read/write; Gen4 x2 slot: ~3.3 GB/s read, ~3.1 GB/s write Comparable, slight edge Minisforum
Total Drive Capacity 6 SATA + 4 NVMe + OS SSD = 11 drives 5 SATA + 3 NVMe/U.2 + OS SSD = 8 drives Aoostar wins on total drive count

Storage capabilities represent one of the most significant differences between the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series, reflecting divergent priorities in how each system balances density and simplicity. The Aoostar WTR Max delivers a standout total of eleven drive slots, composed of six 3.5”/2.5” SATA bays, a dedicated seventh tray supporting up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs. This architecture provides users with the ability to create sophisticated storage topologies, combining high-capacity mechanical drives for bulk cold storage and multiple high-speed NVMe SSDs for tiered caching, scratch disks, or performance-optimized pools.

The additional M.2 tray, which is unique to the Aoostar design, simplifies the installation of multiple NVMe drives without occupying space within the motherboard area, while still offering full Gen 4 speeds on select slots. In contrast, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro are more restrained, offering five SATA bays and three NVMe/U.2 slots, which can be configured either as three M.2 drives or as one M.2 with two U.2 drives using the supplied adapter card. The Minisforum setup also includes a dedicated M.2 slot for its 64GB OS SSD, this slot consumes one of the three available NVMe positions. Both Minisforum models support hot-swapping on the SATA bays and flexible RAID modes, but the higher bay count and more independent storage interfaces of the Aoostar clearly cater to users with larger or more diverse storage needs.

Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Ports and Connectivity

Both the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series deliver a wide array of external ports and connectivity options, though their designs reflect different priorities and deployment philosophies. The Aoostar WTR Max is clearly oriented toward high-density, network-heavy environments, offering two 10GbE SFP+ fiber ports alongside two additional 2.5GbE RJ45 copper ports. This configuration enables up to four simultaneous physical network connections, making it well-suited to scenarios that demand redundant paths, segmented VLANs, or hybrid fiber-copper topologies.

In addition, the Aoostar includes a front-mounted USB-C port, an SD card slot for quick local transfers, a rear USB4 port, an HDMI output for direct monitoring or console access, and an OCuLink port for external PCIe-based expansions. The SD card slot is an unusual but useful addition for media workflows, though the absence of any PCIe slot in the WTR Max’s internal layout limits upgrade options to what can be connected externally through OCuLink or USB4.

Connection Type Aoostar WTR Max Minisforum N5 (Standard) Minisforum N5 Pro Best & Why/Note
10GbE RJ45 N5/N5 Pro — standard copper 10GbE
10GbE SFP+ ✓×2 Aoostar WTR Max — SFP+ for fiber
5GbE RJ45 N5/N5 Pro — additional RJ45 flexibility
2.5GbE RJ45 ✓×2 Aoostar WTR Max — more mid-tier ports
USB4 ✓×2 ✓×2 N5/N5 Pro — more USB4 ports
HDMI Tie — all include HDMI 2.1
PCIe Gen4 Slot N5/N5 Pro — PCIe x16 expansion
OCuLink Tie — all include OCuLink

The Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro, by contrast, prioritize versatility and broader compatibility with typical IT infrastructure. Both models feature a 10GbE RJ45 copper port and a secondary 5GbE RJ45 port, allowing direct connection to high-speed copper backbones or standard multi-Gig switches without requiring transceivers. They also include two USB4 ports (one front, one rear), an HDMI 2.1 output, an OCuLink port for external PCIe-based devices, and crucially, a PCIe Gen4 x16 (x4 electrical) slot.

This PCIe slot unlocks possibilities for internal upgrades such as GPUs, additional NICs, AI accelerator cards, or other PCIe devices—a flexibility that the Aoostar lacks. This makes the Minisforum a more future-proof choice in environments where needs may change or grow, and where access to off-the-shelf PCIe hardware is desirable. Together with its more copper-friendly network ports and two USB4 connections, the Minisforum family aligns well with home labs, creative workstations, and hybrid environments that benefit from adaptable, modular expansion options.

On balance, the Minisforum N5 series edges ahead in overall versatility and general-purpose applicability. While the Aoostar WTR Max offers a greater total number of network interfaces and superior fiber capabilities out of the box, those features come with trade-offs, including reliance on SFP+ transceivers, higher fiber infrastructure costs, and reduced flexibility for other kinds of expansion. For users specifically targeting a fiber-based or multi-path network deployment, the Aoostar remains highly appealing. However, for broader scenarios that favor compatibility with standard copper networks, more USB4 bandwidth, and internal PCIe upgrade capabilities, the Minisforum N5 and N5 Pro offer a more balanced and adaptable external connectivity package – but just less ACTUAL external bandwidth for networking!

Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – CPU and Memory

The Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series diverge substantially in processing power and memory capabilities, with the N5 Pro clearly at the high-performance end of the spectrum. The Aoostar WTR Max is equipped with an AMD Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS, an 8-core, 16-thread processor based on AMD’s efficient Zen 4 architecture, and supports up to 128 GB of DDR5 memory with ECC. This makes the WTR Max a strong contender for users who need solid multi-threaded throughput, data integrity via ECC, and headroom for running many virtual machines or containerized workloads.

It is especially attractive in enterprise-like environments where reliability and memory capacity are priorities. The Minisforum N5 standard, by contrast, uses the older Ryzen 7 255, also with 8 cores and 16 threads, but based on the earlier Zen 3+ architecture, with a cap of 96 GB DDR5 and no ECC support. It remains competent for general NAS duties, file serving, light VM usage, and moderate multimedia tasks. Stepping up to the N5 Pro, however, brings a dramatic increase in compute and AI capabilities: its Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370 processor offers 12 cores, 24 threads, ECC support, and a built-in neural processing unit (NPU) delivering up to 50 TOPS for AI inferencing, while maintaining the same 96 GB DDR5 limit. This makes the N5 Pro ideal for highly concurrent workloads, virtualized environments, AI model hosting, and scenarios where raw CPU power and error resilience are critical.

(The CPU in the Minisforum N5 Pro is also featured on the X1 Pro from Minsforum, so below you can see the GFX benchmarks of this processor vs the same CPU + an MGA1 External Oculink eGPU)

Feature Ryzen 7 255 Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370
Architecture Zen 3+ Zen 4 Zen 5 / Zen 5c hybrid
Cores / Threads 8C / 16T 8C / 16T 12C / 24T
Base / Boost Clock 3.3 GHz / 4.9 GHz 3.8 GHz / 5.1 GHz 2.0 GHz / 5.1 GHz
L3 Cache 16 MB 16 MB 24 MB
GPU Radeon 780M (12 CUs) Radeon 780M (12 CUs) Radeon 890M (16 CUs)
GPU Clock ~2.5 GHz Up to 2.7 GHz Up to 2.9 GHz
NPU UPTO 16 TOPS upto 16 TOPS Up to 50 TOPS
TDP Range ~45 W ~45 W 28–54 W
PCIe Lanes 20 PCIe Gen 4 20 PCIe Gen 4 16 PCIe Gen 4
Memory Support DDR5 (non‑ECC) DDR5‑5600 ECC DDR5‑5600 ECC

Looking deeper at the individual CPUs, their architectures reflect different generational and market goals. The Ryzen 7 255 in the Minisforum N5 is a Zen 3+ part built on a 6 nm process, with a base clock of 3.3 GHz and turbo up to 4.9 GHz. It provides 16 MB of L3 cache and includes integrated Radeon 780M graphics with 12 RDNA 3 compute units. At ~45 W TDP, it is a capable midrange processor for general NAS use but lacks advanced enterprise features like ECC and AI. The Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS in the WTR Max upgrades to Zen 4 at 4 nm, bumps the base clock to 3.8 GHz while maintaining the same 5.1 GHz boost, and delivers better power efficiency.

It retains the Radeon 780M GPU but with improved clocks and adds ECC memory support plus 20 PCIe Gen 4 lanes for broader connectivity options. At the top sits the Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370 in the N5 Pro, which leverages AMD’s Zen 5/5c hybrid architecture. Despite a lower base clock of 2.0 GHz (favoring efficiency) with the same 5.1 GHz turbo, it increases core count to 12 and thread count to 24, doubles L3 cache to 24 MB, and upgrades the GPU to Radeon 890M with 16 RDNA 3 compute units clocked up to 2.9 GHz. The Pro has a higher rated integrated NPU, capable of 50 TOPS, positioning it as an ideal candidate for on-premises AI inferencing and acceleration workloads, several times higher than the potential 16 TOPS rating on the CPUs of the N5 Standard and WTR ,Max. Its TDP range of 28–54 W also reflects its hybrid design’s balance of power and efficiency, although it offers slightly fewer PCIe lanes (16) than the WTR Max’s 20.

Aspect Aoostar WTR Max Minisforum N5 (Standard) Minisforum N5 Pro Best & Why/Note
CPU Model Ryzen 7 Pro 8845HS Ryzen 7 255 Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370 N5 Pro — more cores, AI acceleration
Cores/Threads 8C/16T 8C/16T 12C/24T N5 Pro — highest core count
ECC Memory Support Tie between Aoostar & N5 Pro
Max RAM 128GB DDR5 96GB DDR5 96GB DDR5 Aoostar WTR Max — higher maximum RAM ceiling
AI NPU ✓ (16 TOPS) ✓ (16 TOPS) ✓ (50 TOPS) N5 Pro — higher TOPS rating

In terms of choosing the best fit, the Minisforum N5 Pro stands out as the premium solution, delivering unmatched compute performance, higher concurrency, and dedicated AI hardware. Users deploying AI workloads, large-scale VM clusters, or needing the absolute highest processing headroom will find its premium justified. The Aoostar WTR Max, while trailing the N5 Pro in cores, threads, and AI acceleration, offers a more balanced middle-ground option: solid Zen 4 performance, ECC support, and greater maximum memory (128 GB) make it ideal for reliability-conscious users and memory-hungry environments at a lower cost than the N5 Pro. The standard N5 occupies the entry-level tier, with sufficient power for typical NAS and light VM duties but no ECC and limited future-proofing compared to its peers. In short, the N5 Pro dominates this category for high-end, AI-driven use cases, the Aoostar WTR Max excels for dependable performance and larger memory footprints at midrange pricing, and the standard N5 remains the best value for modest, general-purpose NAS applications.

Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Power Consumption and Noise

Both the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series aim to strike a balance between capable performance, manageable power consumption, and acceptable noise levels, though they adopt distinct philosophies around power delivery and cooling. Both the Minisforum N5 and the Aoostar WTR Max feature external power supply unit (PSUs), of a pretty hefty 280W – these will almost certainly not be for everyone, but do allow for both systems to maintain a decent small-scale (however, be aware that they DO get warm)!

In terms of measured power consumption, the WTR Max idles at approximately 32–34 W even when fully populated with drives, and it ramps up to around 73–89 W under heavy load, such as during multi-VM and high-throughput testing.

The chassis design favors airflow with strategically placed ventilation on the sides, rear, and bottom, a pair of large rear exhaust fans, and a dedicated internal fan that focuses specifically on the hard drive bays. This combination keeps temperatures steady under pressure, and even during sustained activity, noise output remains modest — around 35 dBA at idle and typically peaking near 44 dBA when heavily loaded, which is relatively quiet given its drive density and active cooling.

Aspect Aoostar WTR Max Minisforum N5 (Standard) Minisforum N5 Pro Best & Why/Note
PSU Type External External External No Difference
Peak Power Consumption ~73–89W ~80W ~80W Tie — both in similar range
Idle Power Consumption ~32–34W ~32–34W ~32–34W Tie — similar efficiency
Noise at Idle ~35 dBA ~32–34 dBA ~32–34 dBA N5/N5 Pro — slightly quieter at idle
Noise at Load ~44 dBA ~48–51 dBA ~48–51 dBA Aoostar WTR Max — quieter at load

The Minisforum N5 series has similar Power usage at idle to the Aoostar, sitting at 32–34 W with a standard configuration, and peak draw during demanding scenarios — such as AI inference on the N5 Pro or intensive virtualized workloads — topped out around 80 W. The N5 chassis relies on a refined internal cooling setup, with a base-mounted intake fan and two rear exhaust fans, arranged to direct airflow efficiently from front to back through the components. While thermally effective, this setup tends to produce slightly higher maximum noise than the WTR Max, registering 48–51 dBA during sustained full-load operation. At idle, the Minisforum systems are competitive, staying quiet at roughly 32–34 dBA, but the difference becomes more noticeable when fully stressed over longer periods.

Minisforum N5 Pro vs Aoostar WTR Max NAS – Verdict and Conclusion

In reviewing the Aoostar WTR Max and the Minisforum N5 series—including both the standard and Pro models—it becomes clear that each system was designed with a distinct user profile and set of priorities in mind, making direct comparisons nuanced rather than absolute. The Aoostar WTR Max distinguishes itself with a compelling balance of high storage density, strong CPU performance featuring ECC memory support, excellent chassis ventilation and a competitive mid-range price point.

Its combination of six SATA bays, five M.2 slots, quiet operation under sustained loads, and a tidy all-in-one form factor appeals to users who value storage flexibility, operational efficiency, and simplicity in deployment. The Minisforum N5 standard model carves out its niche as an affordable entry point for those with lighter needs—delivering solid, modern NAS performance in a compact chassis at the lowest price of the three. At the other end of the spectrum, the Minisforum N5 Pro targets advanced power users, offering the AI‑accelerated Ryzen AI 9 HX Pro 370 processor, ECC memory capability, and unmatched multi-threaded and inference performance, all of which position it squarely in the high-end category for workloads like intensive virtualization, heavy concurrent tasks, and AI-assisted applications. For those specific use cases, the N5 Pro’s premium price is justified by its unmatched compute capabilities and feature set.

Ultimately, choosing between these systems requires a careful assessment of workload demands, expansion expectations, and budget constraints. The Aoostar WTR Max delivers a well-rounded combination of storage capacity, compute power, noise and thermal efficiency, and ease of deployment at a price that is reasonable for most advanced home and small business NAS environments. Its blend of practical features and robust hardware makes it especially attractive for users who prioritize storage-heavy applications and quieter, more efficient operation. The Minisforum N5 standard model is best suited for users with modest requirements and tight budgets, offering a clean, capable NAS platform for general use without the advanced features or costs associated with its Pro sibling. The N5 Pro, however, remains the clear choice for users who need the highest possible performance, AI‑specific capabilities, and maximum concurrency—provided they are willing to pay a premium for these cutting-edge benefits. In short, while all three systems deliver strong value in their respective niches, the Aoostar WTR Max arguably offers the most versatile and cost-effective package for typical NAS workloads, striking a smart balance between affordability, capacity, and performance.

Category Best Choice Reasoning
Price (Value for Money) Minisforum N5 (Standard) Lowest price while delivering competent NAS performance
Overall Storage Capacity Aoostar WTR Max More bays and better storage flexibility (11 drives total)
Ease of Maintenance & Design Minisforum N5 / N5 Pro Slide-out cage, cleaner internal layout, easier servicing
Connectivity Versatility Minisforum N5 / N5 Pro PCIe slot, USB4, OCuLink, balanced copper networking
SFP+ Fiber Networking Aoostar WTR Max Only system offering dual 10GbE SFP+ ports
Compute Power & AI Minisforum N5 Pro 12 cores, 24 threads, 50 TOPS NPU, ECC support
Noise Under Heavy Load Aoostar WTR Max Better ventilation, lower load noise levels
Best All-Rounder Aoostar WTR Max Balanced price, storage, performance, and cooling
Power User / VM & AI Workloads Minisforum N5 Pro High concurrency, AI acceleration, virtualization
Check Amazon for the WTR Pro MAX

Check AliExpress for the WTR Pro MAX

Check Amazon for the Minisforum N5

Check AliExpress for the Minisforum N5

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Minisforum N5 Pro NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
3 juillet 2025 à 11:38

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Reinventing NAS?

The Minisforum N5 Pro marks the company’s first deliberate step into the network-attached storage (NAS) segment, building upon its established experience in producing compact desktops, mini-PCs, and workstation-class hardware. First hinted at during industry discussions at IFA 2024 and formally revealed during CES 2025 in Nevada, the N5 Pro was later showcased in its near-final form at Computex 2025 in Taipei before entering production. Positioned as a high-performance NAS platform for advanced users, homelab enthusiasts, and small business operators, the N5 Pro aims to deliver server-class processing and expandability within a familiar, small-footprint chassis design. Alongside the N5 Pro, Minisforum released a standard N5 model at a lower price point, utilizing an 8-core processor without ECC memory support but retaining the same overall feature set and drive layout. Both systems ship with Minisforum’s proprietary MinisCloud OS pre-installed on a 64GB NVMe SSD, while remaining fully compatible with third-party NAS operating systems such as TrueNAS, Unraid, or Linux distributions. This review examines the N5 Pro model in detail, including its industrial design, internal hardware configuration, connectivity options, bundled software, real-world performance testing, and overall value proposition within the evolving NAS market.

The is now available to buy:

  • Minisforum N5 Pro (Check Amazon) – HERE
  • Minisforum N5 Pro (Check AliExpress) – HERE
  • Shop for NAS Hard Drives on Amazon – HERE
  • Shop for SSDs for your N5 Pro on Amazon – HERE

IMPORTANT – Below are the links to the OFFICIAL Minisforum site to buy the N5 and N5 Pro. However, using these links does not support us (i.e we do not get an affiliate fee). We want you to buy this device from whichever retailer best suits your needs, but we hope you are able to support the work we do (such as this review and our YouTube channel) but using the links above for your storage media, or any other data storage/network solution purchase.

  • Minisforum N5 on Official Site- HERE
  • Minisforum N5 Pro on Official Site – HERE

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Quick Conclusion

The Minisforum N5 Pro is an impressive and highly versatile NAS platform that successfully combines the core strengths of a storage appliance with the capabilities of a compact, workstation-class server, making it suitable for demanding and varied use cases. Its defining features include a 12-core Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU with 24 threads and onboard AI acceleration up to 50 TOPS, support for up to 96GB of ECC-capable DDR5 memory for data integrity, and a hybrid storage architecture offering up to 144TB total capacity through a mix of five SATA bays and three NVMe/U.2 slots. Additional highlights such as ZFS file system support with snapshots, inline compression, and self-healing, along with high-speed networking via dual 10GbE and 5GbE ports, and expansion through PCIe Gen 4 ×16 and OCuLink interfaces, position it well beyond the capabilities of typical consumer NAS systems. The compact, fully metal chassis is easy to service and efficiently cooled, enabling continuous operation even under sustained virtual machine, AI, or media workloads. At the same time, the bundled MinisCloud OS, while feature-rich with AI photo indexing, Docker support, and mobile integration, remains a work in progress, lacking some enterprise-grade polish, robust localization, and more advanced tools expected in mature NAS ecosystems. Minor drawbacks such as the external PSU, the thermally challenged pre-installed OS SSD, and the higher cost of the Pro variant relative to the standard N5 are important to weigh, particularly for users who may not fully utilize the Pro’s ECC and AI-specific advantages. For advanced users, homelab builders, and technical teams who require high compute density, flexible storage, and full control over their software stack, the N5 Pro delivers workstation-level performance and configurability in NAS form—offering one of the most forward-thinking and adaptable solutions available today in this segment.

BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 9/10
PERFORMANCE - 9/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 8/10


8.6
PROS
👍🏻High-performance AMD Ryzen™ AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU with 12 cores, 24 threads, and AI acceleration (50 TOPS NPU) is INCREDIBLE for a compact desktop purchase
👍🏻Support for up to 96GB DDR5 memory with ECC, ensuring data integrity and stability in critical environments
👍🏻ZFS-ready storage with numerous ZFS and TRADITIONAL RAID configurations, snapshots, and inline compression
👍🏻Hybrid storage support: five 3.5\\\"/2.5\\\" SATA bays plus three NVMe/U.2 SSD slots, with up to 144TB total capacity
👍🏻Versatile expansion options including PCIe Gen 4 ×16 slot (×4 electrical) and OCuLink port for GPUs or NVMe cages
👍🏻Dual high-speed networking: 10GbE and 5GbE RJ45 ports with link aggregation support + (using the inclusive MinisCloud OS) the use of the USB4 ports for direct PC/Mac connection!
👍🏻Fully metal, compact, and serviceable chassis with thoughtful cooling and accessible internal layout - makes maintenance, upgrades and troubleshooting a complete breeze!
👍🏻Compatibility with third-party OSes (TrueNAS, Unraid, Linux) without voiding warranty, offering flexibility for advanced users
CONS
👎🏻MinisCloud OS is functional but immature, with unfinished localisation and limited advanced enterprise features - lacks MFA, iSCSI, Security Scanner and More. Nails several key fundamentals, but still feels unfinished at this time.
👎🏻Despite External PSU design (will already annoy some users), it generates a lot of additional heat and may not appeal to all users overall
👎🏻Preinstalled 64GB OS SSD runs hot under sustained use and lacks dedicated cooling. Plus, losing one of the 3 m.2 slots to it will not please everyone (most brands manage to find a way to apply an eMMC into the board more directly, or use a USB bootloader option as a gateway for their OS
👎🏻Premium $1000+ pricing may be hard to justify for users who don’t need ECC memory or AI capabilities compared to the standard N5 at $500+


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Design and Storage

The Minisforum N5 Pro continues the company’s emphasis on compact yet industrial-grade hardware, retaining a desktop-friendly footprint of 199 x 202 x 252 mm and weighing just under 5 kg. Its exterior is constructed from anodized aluminum alloy, which not only enhances durability but also serves as part of the system’s passive thermal management by dispersing residual heat through the shell.

The front panel is understated, housing clearly labeled LEDs for system status, network activity indicators for both network interfaces, and separate activity lights for each of the five SATA bays.

A recessed power button with integrated LED, reset hole, and anti-theft lock slot round out the front-facing controls. The system’s modular internal structure divides the upper and lower sections cleanly, with the drive cage occupying the top tier and the motherboard and expansion slots housed below.

The slide-out tray design for the storage cage facilitates fast maintenance and upgrades, and access to all internal components requires minimal disassembly, aided by two easily removable rear screws and a fully detachable back panel. This thoughtful layout supports not only ease of serviceability but also helps maintain clean cable management for improved airflow.

The N5 Pro’s storage architecture is designed for maximum flexibility and density within its size constraints. The primary storage array comprises five individual 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch SATA 3.0 bays arranged in a stacked configuration at the front of the chassis. Each bay supports drives of up to 22TB, allowing a maximum mechanical storage capacity of 110TB, which positions the N5 Pro among the most storage-dense NAS devices in its class.

Unlike some competing NAS designs that rely on port multiplexing, each SATA port on the N5 Pro is directly connected to the mainboard without oversubscription, ensuring consistent throughput per drive. Beyond the five SATA bays, the system includes three additional high-speed NVMe slots.

Two of these support either M.2 or U.2 SSDs up to 15TB each, while the remaining slot supports an M.2 SSD up to 4TB.

Minisforum includes an adapter to convert the two U.2-compatible slots to standard M.2 form factor if desired, which accommodates more commonly available SSDs without sacrificing future enterprise U.2 upgrade options.

In its default shipping configuration, the N5 Pro arrives with a 64GB M.2 2230 SSD preinstalled, preloaded with MinisCloud OS. This small OS drive occupies one M.2 slot and can be replaced with a larger, higher-performance SSD if needed.

The device supports a full suite of RAID levels, both through hardware and software configuration, thanks to its ZFS-based storage stack within MinisCloud OS. Users can configure the five SATA bays in RAID 0 for maximum throughput, RAID 1 or RAID 10 for redundancy, or RAIDZ1/RAID5 and RAIDZ2/RAID6 for more advanced parity protection.

The combination of ZFS and hardware flexibility allows mixed configurations, where NVMe SSDs can be dedicated to cache or high-performance “hot” data pools while SATA disks serve as mass storage. This arrangement supports scenarios like virtual machine hosting alongside archival media storage in a single chassis. Notably, ZFS features such as inline LZ4 compression and snapshot-based recovery are natively supported in MinisCloud OS, enabling efficient storage utilization and simplified recovery workflows.

During extended operation with fully populated SATA bays and NVMe slots, the drives maintained expected IOPS and sustained throughput without any noticeable drop in performance, a reflection of the system’s balanced backplane and effective drive isolation.

The 5 SATA Bay cage is connected to then main board with a 2GB/20Gb/s connection and is managed by the SATA sata JMicron Technology Corp. JMB58x

The physical implementation of drive installation is straightforward, with each SATA tray supporting toolless insertion and clearly numbered for easy identification. The trays are designed to accommodate both 3.5-inch and 2.5-inch drives securely, while the NVMe and U.2 slots are easily accessible on the motherboard side of the chassis. Importantly, the U.2 support provides access to enterprise-class SSDs, which offer higher durability, better thermal tolerance, and larger capacities compared to consumer NVMe drives.

This feature caters to professional environments where storage write endurance is critical. The SATA backplane is integrated into the drive cage and connects cleanly to the motherboard with no loose cabling, simplifying airflow management and minimizing potential points of failure. Throughout the chassis, Minisforum has kept the cable routing tidy, with wiring harnesses anchored to prevent obstruction of airflow paths or contact with hot surfaces.

Cooling for the storage components is managed through a well-considered combination of passive and active elements. Front-side intake vents direct cool air across the SATA drives, while two dedicated rear-mounted exhaust fans draw heat away from the drive array and motherboard area.

The vented base panel assists with maintaining negative pressure and facilitating lateral airflow, preventing localized hot spots.

The NVMe and U.2 SSDs benefit from placement near the rear and bottom fans, maintaining acceptable temperatures under sustained workloads.

Interestingly, you can see the similarities in the design of the brand’s current smaller workstation systems, with their 2 fan (top and bottom) placement – they have just built on top of this by introducing the storage and it’s own dedicated cooling.

The 64GB OS SSD, however, does not feature a dedicated heatsink and was observed to operate at relatively high temperatures during stress testing—likely due to its compact 2230 form factor. Users opting to keep MinisCloud OS on this drive may consider upgrading to a larger, better-cooled SSD for improved thermal performance.

Despite its compact footprint, the system’s thermal behavior remained predictable during long periods of mixed I/O, demonstrating that Minisforum’s chassis and airflow design are effective at keeping the storage subsystem within operational limits.

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Internal Hardware

Internally, the Minisforum N5 Pro differentiates itself from its standard N5 counterpart primarily through its more powerful processor, memory capabilities, and additional AI acceleration hardware. At the heart of the system is the AMD Ryzen™ AI 9 HX PRO 370, a Zen 5-based CPU offering 12 cores and 24 threads, with a base clock as low as 2.0 GHz for low-power states and a maximum boost clock of up to 5.1 GHz under peak loads.

The inclusion of ECC support in the Pro variant enables the use of error-correcting DDR5 memory modules—essential in mission-critical environments where data integrity is a priority. The non-Pro model, by contrast, is equipped with an AMD Ryzen™ 7 255, offering 8 cores and 16 threads, a slightly higher base clock at 3.3 GHz, but no support for ECC memory.

This choice in processors reflects different target audiences: the Pro version is designed for advanced workloads, AI model inference, and demanding multi-threaded tasks, whereas the standard N5 targets more conventional NAS and multimedia use cases. Both CPUs have a very similar integrated GPU architecture (only around 0.1Ghz of difference and similar engine design), however the non-PRO CPU R7 255 CPU actually has 20 PCIe Lanes, compared with the 16 Lanes of the HX370. Despite this, both the Pro and Non Pro have the exact same Ports, connections and lane speeds for the SSD bays and PCIe upgrade slot! So, unsure if these additional lanes are picking up slack somewhere I cannot see, or are insured (likely the former).

The Pro variant also integrates AMD’s Radeon™ 890M integrated graphics with 12 compute units based on the RDNA 3 architecture, supporting burst frequencies up to 2.9 GHz, which is advantageous for tasks requiring GPU-accelerated transcoding or light graphical workloads. This is a small step up from the Radeon™ 780M present in the standard N5, which tops out at 2.7 GHz and features fewer compute units. Notably, the N5 Pro includes a dedicated AI Neural Processing Unit (NPU) rated up to 50 TOPS (trillions of operations per second), which is absent in the standard N5. This NPU is leveraged by MinisCloud OS for AI-based features such as photo recognition and intelligent indexing, and may also benefit advanced users deploying AI workloads in containerized environments or VMs – but REALISTICALLY the main draw for this CPU and in AI deployment would be true edge-AI and LOCALLY deploying an LLM/AI on the system effectively (ChatGPT, Deepseek, etc).  Together, these enhancements give the Pro configuration a performance and feature set closer to workstation-class hardware while maintaining NAS functionality.

Memory capacity and bandwidth are also noteworthy. Both variants of the N5 support up to 96GB of DDR5 memory across two SO-DIMM slots, operating at up to 5600 MT/s. In the Pro, ECC modules can be installed for error correction, while the standard model is limited to non-ECC DDR5. ECC memory is an important differentiator in enterprise and data-centric scenarios, preventing silent data corruption and improving long-term system stability.

The unit tested for this review was populated with 96GB of ECC DDR5, which performed consistently and without detectable error events during extended uptime tests. The system’s DDR5 architecture provides approximately 75% more bandwidth than equivalent DDR4 configurations, which is beneficial for high-concurrency operations, ZFS scrubbing, and virtual machine memory allocation. In effect, this memory flexibility makes the N5 Pro adaptable for both small office file sharing and more advanced computational tasks such as AI training or multi-VM deployments.

Minisforum’s choice to pair these components with a full range of storage and expansion interfaces ensures that none of the hardware is bottlenecked under realistic workloads. The PCIe Gen 4×16 slot and OCuLink port are physically accessible from within the chassis and are routed directly to CPU lanes, ensuring optimal throughput for expansion cards or external GPU enclosures.  Thermal management of the internal hardware is also carefully designed: copper heatpipes, a dedicated CPU fan on the base, rear exhaust fans, and airflow channels work in tandem to keep CPU, GPU, and memory temperatures in line, even under sustained heavy usage. In testing, the CPU maintained stable boost clocks without throttling, and the DIMM temperatures remained within specification. This level of hardware specification in a NAS-class device positions the N5 Pro well beyond the scope of typical consumer NAS appliances, edging into workstation territory while retaining the flexibility and storage capabilities of a dedicated file server.

Component N5 Pro N5 Standard
Processor AMD Ryzen™ AI 9 HX PRO 370 (12C/24T, 2.0–5.1 GHz, Zen 5) AMD Ryzen™ 7 255 (8C/16T, 3.3–4.9 GHz, Zen 5)
Integrated GPU Radeon™ 890M (12CU, RDNA 3, up to 2.9 GHz) Radeon™ 780M (RDNA 3, up to 2.7 GHz)
Neural Processing Unit Up to 50 TOPS Not available
Memory Support DDR5 ECC or Non-ECC, up to 96GB, 5600 MT/s DDR5 Non-ECC only, up to 96GB, 5600 MT/s
PCIe Slot PCIe 4.0 ×16 (wired as ×4) PCIe 4.0 ×16 (wired as ×4)
OCuLink Port PCIe 4.0 ×4 PCIe 4.0 ×4
Cooling Features Base CPU fan, copper pipes, rear dual fans Base CPU fan, copper pipes, rear dual fans

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Ports and Connections

The Minisforum N5 Pro offers a broad set of connectivity options designed to cater to a variety of deployment scenarios, from conventional NAS file sharing to more specialized compute and expansion use cases. On the rear panel, the system includes two dedicated Ethernet ports: one 10GbE RJ45 port based on the AQC113 controller, and a secondary 5GbE RJ45 port driven by a Realtek RTL8126.

Both ports support auto-negotiation and full-duplex operation, with the 10GbE interface capable of saturating high-speed networks for demanding workloads like multi-user file access, virtual machine networking, or high-resolution media streaming. Testing confirmed the ports could operate independently or together under link aggregation protocols provided by the installed OS. NIC activity LEDs are also front-mounted, providing clear visual feedback on link state and throughput. This dual-port setup makes it feasible to separate public and private subnets or configure failover for improved reliability in critical environments.

Beyond networking, the N5 Pro provides extensive high-speed peripheral and display interfaces. Two USB4 ports (with Alternate Mode DisplayPort 2.0 support) are located on the rear panel, each capable of delivering up to 20 Gbps and supporting external storage enclosures or even GPU enclosures over Thunderbolt/USB4. A single HDMI 2.1 FRL output is present, supporting up to 8K@60Hz or 4K@144Hz resolution for administrators who wish to attach a local display directly to the NAS for maintenance, media playback, or monitoring.

Additional USB ports include two USB 3.2 Gen2 ports and a legacy USB 2.0 port for basic peripherals. The USB4 interfaces can also facilitate high-speed direct transfers to and from supported devices, though these capabilities are more fully realized under MinisCloud OS than third-party platforms. This is a big deal and allows for 2 more DIRECT 20Gb/s clients to connect to the system via the 2x USB4 ports, as well as the 5GbE and 10GbE connection!

Additionally, the USB4 Port, thanks to earlier testing of this setup on the Minisforum X1 AI Pro, allow for a USB4 SSD drive to comfortably deliver 3000/1500MB/s for backups as needed.

Together, these ports make the N5 Pro unusually versatile compared to typical NAS devices that tend to offer only basic USB and HDMI output.

For users who require expansion beyond the system’s standard storage and networking options, the inclusion of a full-length PCIe Gen 4 ×16 slot (electrically wired as ×4) and an OCuLink PCIe Gen 4 ×4 port provides meaningful flexibility. The PCIe slot is accessible from within the chassis and supports a variety of cards, including additional NICs, AI accelerators, or storage controllers, while the OCuLink port offers external PCIe expansion for GPU enclosures or dedicated NVMe drive cages. I was able to install a 2x 10GbE NIC card into the PCIe slot AND still use the Oculink port for the Minisforum MGA1 eGPU! Software and SDriver support will be important, but nonetheless, this is some fantastic expandability and flexibility!

During testing, the OCuLink interface successfully interfaced with an external GPU, and appeared in the OS for passthrough to VMs, confirming its utility in advanced configurations. Minisforum’s choice to include both conventional PCIe and OCuLink enables users to adapt the system to evolving needs, whether for rendering tasks, AI workloads, or extending storage beyond the internal bays. This combination of high-speed networking, display output, and expansion interfaces demonstrates the system’s hybrid role as both a NAS and a general-purpose compute platform.

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Software and Services

The Minisforum N5 Pro ships with a pre-installed operating system called MinisCloud OS, which runs from the included 64GB M.2 2230 SSD. Based on the FNOS platform, MinisCloud OS is a ZFS-enabled NAS operating system with a graphical web interface, mobile app support, and built-in services for media, backup, and collaboration. Users can choose to use MinisCloud OS out of the box or replace it entirely with third-party solutions such as TrueNAS, Unraid, or other Linux-based NAS distributions without voiding warranty coverage.

MinisCloud OS includes a desktop-accessible GUI, with menus covering storage management, RAID/ZFS pool creation, user and group permissions, Docker container deployment, and real-time monitoring. For users who prefer a turnkey NAS experience with minimal setup, MinisCloud OS provides a convenient starting point. However, it is worth noting that the OS is still maturing; some parts of the interface, particularly language localization and advanced feature polish, are clearly in active development.

At the core of MinisCloud OS is its ZFS-based storage engine, which enables advanced features such as snapshots, inline LZ4 compression, self-healing integrity checks, and instant rollback of data pools. The snapshot interface is intuitive and responsive, allowing users to schedule, lock, and restore snapshots at a per-pool level with minimal steps. Compression is enabled by default, improving storage efficiency, particularly for highly repetitive or archival datasets.

While ZFS support is a welcome inclusion, the implementation of some monitoring features—such as SSD temperature and SMART data for NVMe drives—remains inconsistent, as noted during testing. Despite these limitations, MinisCloud OS is capable of handling mixed drive types in flexible RAID configurations (RAID 0/1/5/6/10/RAIDZ), combining high-speed NVMe SSDs with large-capacity SATA drives for tiered storage strategies. The OS also supports secure access controls, allowing administrators to segment personal, shared, and public storage spaces.

Beyond storage, MinisCloud OS offers a suite of applications targeting home and small office users. Media services include a basic DLNA server, AI-driven photo library with face and object recognition, and a music streaming module. While the AI photo library benefits from the NPU in the N5 Pro, testing showed mixed accuracy in object recognition and indexing. Backup services include one-click PC/Mac backups, scheduled sync jobs, and encrypted sharing via link-based access.

Docker support is also integrated, enabling users to deploy isolated containers for third-party apps and services. While these features align the OS with other consumer NAS ecosystems, they do feel less polished than more mature platforms from competitors, and gaps such as lack of native iSCSI target creation or advanced security scanning were noticeable. MinisCloud OS seems best suited as a lightweight, user-friendly option for those who do not wish to invest time configuring a third-party OS but may not satisfy advanced enterprise users.

The inclusion of fully offline account creation and per-user container isolation demonstrates Minisforum’s efforts to balance privacy and flexibility. No cloud account is required to use the OS, and user isolation ensures that data in Docker containers remains segregated across different accounts. Public network traversal and encrypted external sharing are supported through the web portal, making it possible to access data from outside the local network securely.

Mobile apps for Android and iOS mirror the desktop web interface and allow remote access and basic administrative tasks. Nevertheless, limitations in feature depth and the still-developing language localization suggest that while MinisCloud OS is functional and a helpful starting point, serious users will want to transition to platforms like TrueNAS or Unraid to unlock the full potential of the hardware.

Feature Details
Pre-installed OS MinisCloud OS (based on FNOS, ZFS-based, Linux-compatible)
File System ZFS with snapshots, inline LZ4 compression, self-healing checks
RAID Modes Supported RAID 0/1/5/6/10/RAIDZ1/RAIDZ2, mixed tiered strategies
Account Management Fully offline, per-user isolation, QR code setup
Backup & Sync One-click PC/Mac backup, cloud sync, encrypted link sharing
Applications AI photo library, DLNA media server, Docker container deployment
Mobile Apps iOS and Android remote access clients
Expansion Ready Compatible with TrueNAS, Unraid, Linux distros, no warranty void

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Testing, Noise and Heat

In testing, the Minisforum N5 Pro demonstrated performance levels consistent with its workstation-class specifications, particularly in multi-threaded CPU tasks and mixed storage operations. Using TrueNAS and Unraid as alternative OS options during benchmarks, the system was able to sustain heavy virtual machine (VM) workloads without instability. The Ryzen™ AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU maintained its advertised boost clocks of up to 5.1 GHz during short burst operations, while sustaining a lower but stable frequency under extended full-load scenarios. The 12 cores and 24 threads allowed deployment of up to 12 Windows VMs and multiple Linux containers concurrently, each with dedicated vCPUs and memory. Even with the CPU loaded at approximately 50%, overall system responsiveness remained acceptable, thanks in part to the large 96GB DDR5 memory pool available in the tested configuration. ECC support ensured no uncorrected memory errors were recorded throughout a 7-day continuous stress test, affirming the platform’s suitability for 24/7 environments.

Storage performance also met expectations, though it varied depending on drive type and configuration. The five SATA bays, populated with Seagate IronWolf HDDs and SATA SSDs, delivered consistent throughput in RAID 5 and RAID 6 pools, with sequential read speeds averaging 900–1000 MB/s and writes around 800 MB/s under ZFS.

NVMe performance was significantly higher: the two Gen 4 ×1 M.2 slots achieved sustained reads of approximately 1.7 GB/s and writes of 1.6 GB/s, while the single Gen 4 ×2 M.2 slot reached peak reads of 3.3 GB/s and writes of 3.1 GB/s, approaching the theoretical limits of the interface.

Transfer speeds between SSDs in mixed-slot configurations were observed at 1.2–1.3 GB/s, indicating some internal contention or chipset limitation at the aggregate level.

The U.2 adapter included with the unit allowed testing of enterprise-class SSDs, which performed within expected parameters, though thermals for these drives require attention in prolonged heavy write scenarios.

Network performance aligned with the hardware’s 10GbE and 5GbE capabilities. The AQC113-based 10GbE NIC saturated its link easily during single and multi-stream transfers, maintaining over 900 MB/s sustained throughput in SMB and iSCSI workloads. The secondary 5GbE port also performed well, delivering consistent ~480 MB/s transfers in environments where full 10GbE infrastructure was unavailable. Link aggregation configurations were tested using LACP, though practical benefits were limited due to single-client testing constraints. USB4 and OCuLink connections were tested using external NVMe enclosures and a GPU eGPU box, both of which enumerated properly in the OS and achieved PCIe-level throughput. These features open possibilities for specialized use cases, such as GPU passthrough to VMs or offloading compute-intensive tasks to external accelerators.

Thermal and acoustic performance were also evaluated under a variety of workloads. At idle, the N5 Pro maintained a noise floor of approximately 32–34 dBA with fans set to automatic, rising to 48–51 dBA when forced to maximum. This places it within an acceptable range for small office or homelab deployments. CPU temperatures stayed within safe operating limits, averaging 40–42°C at idle and peaking at 78–80°C under full load during VM and Plex transcoding stress tests.

Drive temperatures were generally stable, although the pre-installed 64GB OS SSD exhibited higher than ideal temperatures, reaching 60°C under prolonged access. Power draw varied significantly with workload: idle power consumption was around 32–34W, increasing to roughly 80W under combined heavy CPU, storage, and 10GbE load. These results confirm that the system is both efficient at idle and capable of scaling up when fully utilized.

Test Area Results (N5 Pro, tested)
CPU Performance Sustained 12 VMs + containers, ~50% CPU utilization at load
Media Performance Played/supported 10 4K streams / 4 8K Streams / 8 200Mbps 4K
SATA Throughput RAID 5: ~900–1000 MB/s read, ~800 MB/s write (5x SATA SSD)
NVMe Throughput Gen4×1: ~1.7 GB/s read, ~1.6 GB/s write; Gen4×2: ~3.3/3.1 GB/s
10GbE Network Saturated link at ~900 MB/s sustained SMB/iSCSI
Acoustics 32–34 dBA idle; 48–51 dBA max fan
Thermals CPU idle: ~40–42°C; peak: ~78–80°C
Power Draw Idle: ~32–34W; peak: ~80W (I imagine this will comfortably/easily crack 100W with all threads assigned, but was unable to test this effectively in time for this review. I will add further to this later when it is tested and update/reflect it accordingly.)

Minisforum N5 Pro Review – Conclusion & Verdict

The Minisforum N5 Pro firmly establishes itself as a hybrid solution that blurs the lines between a high-performance NAS appliance and a compact workstation-class server. It combines server-grade processing, memory integrity features, and robust storage options in a footprint comparable to many consumer NAS systems. Equipped with the 12-core Ryzen AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU, ECC-capable DDR5 memory support, an intelligent ZFS-ready storage architecture, and an unusually broad range of expansion options—including PCIe Gen 4 and OCuLink—the N5 Pro is clearly targeted at advanced users and small professional teams with more demanding and diversified workloads than those served by entry-level NAS units. In practical testing, the system proved capable of maintaining high multi-threaded performance during intensive virtualized environments, delivering consistent high-throughput over 10GbE networking, and retaining stable thermals even under extended peak activity. The compact, fully metal chassis design provides excellent serviceability and sufficient cooling despite the dense hardware configuration, while the support for both U.2 and M.2 enterprise-class SSDs further broadens its application to mixed storage, caching, and high-availability scenarios. However, while the bundled MinisCloud OS offers a wide feature set—including snapshots, AI-driven indexing, and containerization—it remains a relatively immature platform compared to industry standards like TrueNAS and Unraid. Users looking for long-term OS maturity and advanced ecosystem integration will likely opt to replace it with one of these more established alternatives, which is fully supported without affecting warranty coverage.

Potential buyers should consider carefully whether the specific advantages of the N5 Pro—namely, its additional CPU cores, ECC memory support, and AI-specific compute capabilities—justify its higher price over the standard N5 model, which offers identical storage and connectivity at a lower cost by using a more modest processor and omitting ECC. For workloads that include high-density virtualization, multi-user environments where data integrity is paramount, or AI-enhanced workflows such as photo indexing or local inference tasks, the Pro variant’s premium hardware is likely to pay dividends. On the other hand, for simpler NAS duties such as centralized backups, media streaming, and file sharing, the standard N5 offers nearly all of the same physical functionality for significantly less. It is also worth noting the few limitations that arose during testing: the external PSU design may not appeal to all users; the thermal behavior of the bundled 64GB OS SSD suggests it should be upgraded for sustained use; and the unfinished aspects of MinisCloud OS—particularly its localization, advanced monitoring, and some missing enterprise-grade protocols—leave room for refinement. None of these are deal-breaking, but they highlight that this system is best suited for technically confident users who plan to fully exploit its hardware capabilities. Taken together, the N5 Pro stands out as a capable and flexible NAS platform, offering a level of performance and configurability rarely seen at this scale. For those willing to invest the time to install and tune their preferred OS and storage strategy, it represents one of the more forward-thinking and technically ambitious NAS options currently available. For users seeking a fully polished, plug-and-play appliance experience, however, more mature offerings from Synology, QNAP, or Asustor may still be the better fit for their needs.

PROS of the Minisforum N5 Pro CONS of the Minisforum N5 Pro
  • High-performance AMD Ryzen™ AI 9 HX PRO 370 CPU with 12 cores, 24 threads, and AI acceleration (50 TOPS NPU) is INCREDIBLE for a compact desktop purchase

  • Support for up to 96GB DDR5 memory with ECC, ensuring data integrity and stability in critical environments

  • ZFS-ready storage with numerous ZFS and TRADITIONAL RAID configurations, snapshots, and inline compression

  • Hybrid storage support: five 3.5″/2.5″ SATA bays plus three NVMe/U.2 SSD slots, with up to 144TB total capacity

  • Versatile expansion options including PCIe Gen 4 ×16 slot (×4 electrical) and OCuLink port for GPUs or NVMe cages

  • Dual high-speed networking: 10GbE and 5GbE RJ45 ports with link aggregation support + (using the inclusive MinisCloud OS) the use of the USB4 ports for direct PC/Mac connection!

  • Fully metal, compact, and serviceable chassis with thoughtful cooling and accessible internal layout – makes maintenance, upgrades and troubleshooting a complete breeze!

  • Compatibility with third-party OSes (TrueNAS, Unraid, Linux) without voiding warranty, offering flexibility for advanced users

  • MinisCloud OS is functional but immature, with unfinished localisation and limited advanced enterprise features – lacks MFA, iSCSI, Security Scanner and More. Nails several key fundamentals, but still feels unfinished at this time.

  • Despite External PSU design (will already annoy some users), it generates a lot of additional heat and may not appeal to all users overall

  • Preinstalled 64GB OS SSD runs hot under sustained use and lacks dedicated cooling. Plus, losing one of the 3 m.2 slots to it will not please everyone (most brands manage to find a way to apply an eMMC into the board more directly, or use a USB bootloader option as a gateway for their OS

  • Premium $1000+ pricing may be hard to justify for users who don’t need ECC memory or AI capabilities compared to the standard N5 at $500+

The is now available to buy:

  • Minisforum N5 Pro (Check Amazon) – HERE
  • Minisforum N5 Pro (Check AliExpress) – HERE
  • Shop for NAS Hard Drives on Amazon – HERE
  • Shop for SSDs for your N5 Pro on Amazon – HERE

IMPORTANT – Below are the links to the OFFICIAL Minisforum site to buy the N5 and N5 Pro. However, using these links does not support us (i.e we do not get an affiliate fee). We want you to buy this device from whichever retailer best suits your needs, but we hope you are able to support the work we do (such as this review and our YouTube channel) but using the links above for your storage media, or any other data storage/network solution purchase.

  • Minisforum N5 on Official Site- HERE
  • Minisforum N5 Pro on Official Site – HERE

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
27 juin 2025 à 16:00

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review

The Aoostar WTR Max is a compact, AMD-powered NAS platform aimed at advanced users seeking a balance between high-density storage and compute capabilities. Designed as a substantial upgrade over the earlier WTR Pro model, it offers support for up to eleven total drives, including six SATA bays and five M.2 NVMe slots, all within a small desktop-style chassis. At its core is the AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor, featuring eight cores and sixteen threads, a 5.1 GHz boost clock, and integrated Radeon 780M graphics. The system also supports ECC memory configurations and is cooled by a multi-zone, vapor-chamber-based solution designed to accommodate extended uptime. Unlike many branded NAS systems, the WTR Max does not ship with a proprietary OS, instead encouraging users to install Linux-based distributions such as TrueNAS SCALE or Proxmox. With features like dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, an OCuLink expansion port, and USB4, the unit is aimed at homelab operators, multimedia professionals, and technically proficient users looking for a customizable and high-performance alternative to locked-down NAS appliances.

The Aoostar WTR MAX Nas is available from the following places:
  • Aoostar WTR Max NAS on (Check Amazon) – HERE
  • Aoostar R1 N150 2-Bay NAS $179 – HERE
  • Aoostar R7 4-Bay NAS $419 – HERE
  • Aoostar R7 2-Bay 5825U NAS $399 – HERE
  • Aoostar Oculink 800W ePCIe Docking Station $169 – HERE
  • Aoostar GEN12 Gen4 PC $374 on AliExpress – HERE

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The Aoostar WTR Max stands out as a rare blend of high storage density, advanced connectivity, and raw compute performance in a compact NAS form factor, making it well-suited for experienced users seeking a versatile, self-managed platform. With support for up to 11 drives—six SATA and five NVMe Gen 4—paired with an enterprise-grade Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS CPU and ECC memory compatibility, the system offers workstation-class capabilities for storage-heavy workflows, including virtualization, multimedia processing, and hybrid file serving. Dual 10GbE SFP+ and dual 2.5GbE ports provide ample bandwidth for multi-user access or isolated subnet roles, while the OCuLink interface enables high-speed external expansion, compensating for the absence of a traditional PCIe slot. Additional benefits like a fully customizable LCD status display, low fan noise, and consistently low thermals under load reinforce the system’s value in 24/7 deployments.

However, the WTR Max does present some caveats—namely, internal NVMe cross-performance appears constrained by shared bandwidth, and the lack of an internal PCIe slot could be limiting for users requiring more conventional upgrade paths. The LCD panel’s configuration software also proved cumbersome, raising security flags and requiring manual IP client setup, which may deter less technically inclined users. Lastly, the use of an external 280W PSU—while effective—won’t appeal to those expecting internal power integration in a workstation-style chassis. Nonetheless, for users who value full control over their NAS stack and want to avoid restrictive ecosystems, the WTR Max delivers a rare combination of hardware freedom and scalability that few turnkey systems offer in this price and size category.

BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 10/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 9/10


9.2
PROS
👍🏻High Storage Density in Compact Form
👍🏻Supports up to 11 drives (6x SATA + 5x NVMe) in a desktop-sized chassis, ideal for users with large-scale storage needs but limited physical space.
👍🏻
👍🏻Enterprise-Class CPU with ECC Support
👍🏻AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS offers 8C/16T performance, ECC memory support, and integrated RDNA 3 graphics—rare at this price and size.
👍🏻
👍🏻Dual 10GbE SFP+ and Dual 2.5GbE Networking
👍🏻Provides flexible, high-throughput networking for content creators, virtual environments, or advanced home labs.
👍🏻
👍🏻Strong Virtualization and Transcoding Performance
👍🏻Smooth Proxmox VM hosting and real-time Plex 4K/8K transcoding using Radeon 780M hardware acceleration.
👍🏻
👍🏻OCuLink PCIe Expansion Port
👍🏻Enables high-speed external storage or GPU support without sacrificing internal NVMe bandwidth.
👍🏻
👍🏻Customizable LCD Monitoring Panel
👍🏻Real-time display of system metrics (CPU, RAM, network, storage) with theme options, useful for headless setups.
👍🏻
👍🏻Robust Cooling System with Vapor Chamber
👍🏻Glacier Pro 1.0 design keeps thermals in check across four fans and distinct airflow zones; low fan noise even under load.
👍🏻
👍🏻Open Software Ecosystem
👍🏻No proprietary OS or restrictions; supports TrueNAS, Unraid, Proxmox, or Linux-based setups for full admin control.
CONS
👎🏻Limited Internal NVMe Cross-Throughput
👎🏻Inter-M.2 transfer speeds are capped (~500–600 MB/s), possibly due to shared chipset lanes or controller design.
👎🏻
👎🏻No Internal PCIe Slot
👎🏻Expansion is limited to OCuLink; users needing traditional PCIe cards (e.g., GPUs or HBAs) may find this restrictive.
👎🏻
👎🏻LCD Panel Software Can Be Problematic
👎🏻Configuration software raised browser security flags and requires static IP client setup, making it less accessible.
👎🏻
👎🏻External Power Brick Only
👎🏻280W external PSU is functional but not ideal for rackmount or integrated enclosures; some users may prefer internal ATX power.


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

DEAL WATCH Is It On Offer Right Now?

Synology DiskStation DS124 1-Bay 3.5inch Diskless 1xGbE NAS (Tower), Realtek RTD Amazon usa USA 22.85 OFF (WAS 230) [LINK]
QNAP TS-233-US 2 Bay Affordable Desktop NAS with ARM Cortex-A55 Quad-core Proces Amazon usa USA 22.19 OFF (WAS 260) [LINK]
Asustor Drivestor 2 Pro Gen2 AS3302T v2, 2 Bay NAS, 1.7GHz Quad-Core, 2.5GbE Por Amazon usa USA 15 OFF (WAS 270) [LINK]
Asustor Drivestor 4 Pro Gen2 AS3304T v2, 4 Bay NAS, 1.7GHz Quad-Core, 2.5GbE Por Amazon usa USA 19 OFF (WAS 340) [LINK]
TS-216G, 2-Bay NAS, Quad-core CPU, 2.5GbE, 4GB RAM Amazon usa USA 17.25 OFF (WAS 528) [LINK]

These Offers are Checked Daily

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Design & Storage

Physically, the Aoostar WTR Max is housed in a full-metal anodized aluminum alloy chassis that balances structural rigidity with passive thermal conductivity. The exterior finish is minimal but functional, offering side ventilation cutouts and removable access panels secured with thumb screws. Despite its relatively compact form factor for an 11-bay NAS system, the unit features six front-facing drive trays, each supporting 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch SATA drives.

These trays use a click-and-load design—no tools required—which simplifies drive installation and replacement. During prolonged hands-on testing, the trays handled both consumer-grade HDDs and Synology enterprise-class drives without mechanical or airflow restricting conflict, making compatibility a non-issue for most users. The structural alignment of the trays channels cool air from bottom-front intake vents across the drives and out the rear via dual exhaust fans, ensuring thermal separation between the storage and compute areas even during continuous multi-drive operation.

Beyond the six SATA bays, the WTR Max incorporates five PCIe Gen 4 M.2 NVMe 2280 slots, enabling dense solid-state storage directly on the mainboard and modular trays. Four of these are mounted within a vertically oriented, removable tray situated at the end of the main drive bay stack. This spring-loaded tray resembles modular SSD carriers found in more expensive enterprise-grade systems and allows for rapid SSD swaps or upgrades. Also, each of the 4 m.2 slots on this 7th bay still had room for a standard m.2 heatsink too!

The fifth M.2 slot is positioned horizontally on the motherboard base, adjacent to the DDR5 SODIMM slots and covered by an active cooling fan. Of the five slots, two run at PCIe Gen 4 x1 and two at Gen 4 x2, with the fifth—on the motherboard—also supporting Gen 4 x2. Testing confirmed sufficient physical clearance for installing large NVMe heatsinks on all slots, and SSDs remained within optimal temperature ranges even under sustained I/O workloads.

Internally, the SATA subsystem is controlled via an ASMedia ASM1166 controller operating over a PCIe Gen 3 x2 interface, capable of delivering up to 2GB/s total throughput across all six bays. This bandwidth is sufficient for both HDD arrays and SATA SSDs, and is particularly well-suited for software-managed RAID configurations in Linux-based OSes such as Unraid, TrueNAS, or OpenMediaVault.

During testing, mixed workloads involving simultaneous read/write access across multiple HDDs and SSDs were handled without observable I/O queueing or temperature spikes. Drive temperatures averaged between 38°C and 45°C during a 24-hour benchmark run, with airflow guided from the bottom intake and over the storage chamber by the dual rear exhaust fans—ensuring consistent cooling across all drive positions, even during power-on-demand cycles triggered by scheduled remote backups.

The design of the seventh modular tray holding four of the M.2 NVMe slots is particularly noteworthy. Rather than opting for fixed PCB slots that require full disassembly for access, Aoostar implemented a removable cartridge system similar to those found in rack-mounted server appliances. This tray locks in place without screws, and its spring-loaded retention system provides firm pressure on runners inside once installed beneath the SSDs. This is a very smooth ejection and injection system for this extra bay!

Air is directed over this tray by the two rear-mounted fans, with additional airflow routed from below via the central fan on the base of the chassis. In testing, even under back-to-back file transfer tests using Unraid’s file mover and native benchmark tools, SSD temperatures rarely exceeded 48°C. The inclusion of independent airflow for the NVMe zone demonstrates thoughtful separation of thermal domains within the small enclosure, reducing the chance of thermal throttling during concurrent high-speed transfers.

The drive configuration options available on the WTR Max support a flexible tiered storage approach—useful in both home lab and small office environments. For instance, the six SATA bays can accommodate high-capacity HDDs (up to 24TB each), suitable for media archiving or surveillance video, while the M.2 slots can be allocated for fast read/write operations, app deployments, or SSD caching layers. Real-world bandwidth testing of these drives showed the Gen 4 x1 slots achieving around 1.6GB/s read speeds and the Gen 4 x2 slots reaching 2.9GB/s, aligning with their advertised capabilities.

Although inter-M.2 transfer rates peaked at 500–600MB/s—suggesting internal lane bottlenecks (i.e sending data between each of the 4 m.2 on this 7th bay) —the system still provided consistent and predictable performance. This architecture supports phased upgrades, allowing users to populate the system gradually based on workload growth without disassembling core components or compromising airflow design.

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Internal Hardware

At the core of the Aoostar WTR Max lies the AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor, an 8-core, 16-thread chip built on the Zen 4 architecture using TSMC’s 4nm process. This processor, operating with a base clock of 3.8 GHz and boosting up to 5.1 GHz, is typically found in business-class notebooks and embedded workstations. Its inclusion in a NAS-oriented device marks a shift toward more versatile and compute-intensive roles for compact systems.

It also supports configurable TDPs of 35W, 45W, and up to 54W, depending on cooling and power profiles, allowing the system to balance efficiency and performance based on workload. Integrated Radeon 780M graphics, based on the RDNA 3 architecture with 12 compute units, deliver hardware-accelerated AV1, HEVC, and H.264 encoding and decoding. During stress testing, the WTR Max handled simultaneous 4K and 8K video transcoding jobs in Plex with CPU usage remaining below 50%, thanks in part to hardware transcoding support via the integrated GPU. This level of onboard media processing is rare in NAS systems, even among high-end appliances.

In terms of memory support, the device offers two DDR5-5600 SODIMM slots, allowing for up to 128GB of total RAM. More notably, the platform supports ECC (Error Correcting Code) memory when paired with compatible modules—an enterprise-grade feature typically limited to workstation-class motherboards. While the review unit shipped with 32GB of standard DDR5 memory, ECC compatibility was verified via low-level SSH diagnostics and BIOS interrogation, confirming that ECC is fully operational at the hardware level.

During tests involving Proxmox, six Windows 10 virtual machines and two Ubuntu VMs ran concurrently, with each VM allocated 2 to 4 vCPUs and 2 to 4 GB of memory. No instability or memory-related errors were recorded, and the system maintained consistent performance under variable load conditions. The side-by-side DIMM slot arrangement benefits from direct airflow via the base intake fan, which also provides passive cooling to the adjacent motherboard-mounted NVMe SSD slot.

Thermal performance is managed by Aoostar’s proprietary Glacier Pro 1.0 cooling solution, which integrates a vapor chamber heat spreader on the CPU and a multi-fan chassis ventilation layout. The vapor chamber, paired with a low-profile active cooler, rapidly disperses thermal load from the CPU across the copper plate, minimizing heat concentration during burst operations. The system features four fans: one at the base pulling intake air upward across the motherboard, two rear-mounted exhaust fans, and one CPU-mounted blower. Each thermal zone—CPU, NVMe tray, and SATA chamber—benefits from isolated airflow paths.

During a 24-hour access schedule test simulating hourly user activity, CPU temperatures ranged from 35°C at idle to 49°C under peak load with 10GbE transfers and active virtual machines. Even when pushing the system with forced maximum fan speed and high CPU utilization, recorded noise output remained within 43–44 dBA, with a base idle level of 35–38 dBA.

For a system with this many internal components—including six HDDs, five SSDs, and four fans—the acoustic footprint was relatively modest, especially considering the close thermal spacing and the volume of air moved internally.

Component Specification
CPU AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS (8C/16T, 3.8–5.1 GHz, Zen 4, 4nm, 35–54W configurable TDP)
Integrated Graphics Radeon 780M (RDNA 3, 12 CUs, up to 2.7 GHz, AV1/HEVC/H.264 support, HW transcoding)
Memory 2x DDR5-5600 SODIMM slots, up to 128GB total, ECC support (validated)
Cooling System Glacier Pro 1.0: Vapor chamber, 4 fans (rear x2, base intake x1, CPU x1)
Thermal Range 35°C idle, 47–49°C under load; 43–44 dBA max, 35–38 dBA typical fan noise
Power Supply 280W external PSU; power draw tested: 18W (idle, no drives), 73–89W peak loaded

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Ports and Connections

The Aoostar WTR Max provides an unusually extensive networking suite for a system of its size, offering both high-speed and multi-interface flexibility. The two Intel X710-based 10GbE SFP+ ports support full duplex operation, making them ideal for NAS-to-NAS replication, large-scale Plex libraries, or multi-user editing environments via shared storage. These ports were tested using iPerf3 and real-world file transfers between NVMe pools and a 10GbE-connected workstation, showing stable saturation of the interface without fluctuation. As these are SFP, users are going to have to factor in tranceivers or DAC cables with tranceivers included), but as these two ports are so close together, using SFP-to-RJ45 adapters is going to be a question of temperature monitoring.

In addition, two 2.5GbE RJ45 Ethernet ports are available, which can be used in a variety of configurations including link aggregation, VLAN assignment, or as out-of-band management interfaces. The coexistence of fiber-based and copper-based networking within the same unit opens deployment to both consumer and prosumer setups. During tests, the user assigned one 2.5GbE interface to general network access while isolating 10GbE traffic to storage-only communication, demonstrating flexibility in segmentation.

USB and high-speed peripheral connectivity is equally comprehensive. The front of the device houses a USB 4.0 port, which supports Thunderbolt-like bandwidths (up to 40Gbps), display passthrough, and power delivery—making it suitable for external drive arrays, video output, or even docking stations. Next to it, a standard USB-C port and USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A port provide backward compatibility for legacy peripherals. On the rear, two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports were used during testing for attaching external backup drives and a keyboard/mouse combo during Proxmox installation.

All ports were recognized without driver conflicts in both Linux and Windows-based environments. The device also includes a microSD slot on the front, which proved useful for OS boot media, diagnostics, or fast access to camera footage. In the test scenario, the slot was used to quickly transfer small image files to the Plex container, and performance aligned with UHS-I speeds. This wide array of port options allows users to operate the WTR Max in both network-only and semi-local scenarios, such as multimedia servers with attached peripherals.

A standout feature in this device’s connectivity suite is the OCuLink port, which provides a PCIe 4.0 x4 interface for external expansion. This port was successfully used to attach an NVMe enclosure using a M.2-to-OCuLink bridge, allowing high-speed external storage without interfering with internal NVMe bandwidth allocation. Although hot-swapping is not supported, the stability and speed of the external connection matched internal Gen 4 performance. This is a notable advantage for users who require flexible expansion or temporary scratch drives without opening the chassis.

In the review scenario, the OCuLink port was also noted as a potential bridge to add GPU acceleration, external PCIe networking, or SAS HBA expansion—though Aoostar provides no internal PCIe slot, making the external route the only PCIe-level expansion path. This design choice reflects a compromise between size and flexibility, prioritizing I/O density over internal modularity. That said, oculink is not for everyone! And additional adapters such as eGPU are going to be needed if you are looking at upgrading network performance and are going to drastically increase your spend compared with traditional PCIe upgrades!

For users requiring local video output or dual-purpose NAS/workstation functionality, the WTR Max includes a rear-mounted HDMI 2.1 port supporting up to 4K at 240Hz, in addition to display-capable USB4 and USB-C ports depending on OS support. In practice, during Proxmox and Unraid testing, HDMI video output was used for initial OS installation and local monitoring. This can be useful for deployments involving virtual desktops, docker-based dashboards, or kiosk-style media servers. Audio is handled through a 3.5mm output jack, functional in Linux environments once the relevant drivers are installed.

On the front of the unit, Aoostar has implemented a customizable LCD display, accessible via proprietary software. While the software itself presented download warnings in some browsers and required IP-specific client setup, once configured it displayed real-time statistics such as CPU temperature, RAM usage, network throughput, and storage status. Multiple themes are included (e.g., cyberpunk, minimal, and stat-based), and the panel can be toggled on/off depending on user preference. Although not essential, the display provides a level of visual diagnostics uncommon in this product tier. This was the only area of the review that I found inconsistent and messy! Tapping into this specific internal IP, as well as using an application that was being flagged constantly by my windows system, AND trying to do this with the NAS behind 3 layers of network (my own setup) was not smooth. Additionally, although the LCD panel templates were useful, they did seem to contain a lot of copyright imagery (Cyberpunk, Pacman, etc) and I would question the comiance from their source! Hopefully this LCD control and customization gets smoothed out soon, as well as the app finishes it’s windows certification at least.

Networking 2x 10GbE SFP+ (Intel X710), 2x 2.5GbE RJ45 (aggregatable, isolated, or bridged)
USB Interfaces 2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A (rear), 1x USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A (front), 1x USB4 (front), 1x USB Type-C
Expansion Ports 1x OCuLink (PCIe 4.0 x4, external NVMe or GPU support, not hot-swappable), 1x MicroSD slot
Video Output 1x HDMI 2.1 (up to 4K @ 240Hz), USB4 and USB-C video-out supported by OS
Audio 1x 3.5mm headphone jack (Linux compatible with correct drivers)
Front Panel Display LCD screen with real-time stats, theme selection, IP-based configuration client

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Performance and Testing

The Aoostar WTR Max underwent a series of tests spanning disk benchmarks, live file transfers, mixed storage scenarios, and sustained uptime evaluations to assess its practical capabilities across NAS, virtualization, and media applications. In synthetic disk tests, the PCIe Gen 4 x1 NVMe slots delivered consistent read speeds of ~1.6 GB/s and write speeds just under 1.5 GB/s, while the Gen 4 x2 slots achieved peak sequential performance of ~2.9 GB/s read and ~2.8 GB/s write, aligning well with expected lane bandwidth.

These figures were observed under both Windows and Linux environments, using CrystalDiskMark and ATTO. However, during internal NVMe-to-NVMe copy operations—across both like-for-like (x2 to x2) and mixed (x1 to x2) configurations—transfer rates plateaued around 550 MB/s. This suggests the presence of a shared bus or controller limitation not disclosed by the vendor, though the speeds remained consistent with no unexpected drops. Importantly, SSD temperatures stayed within thermal spec, typically ranging from 38°C to 45°C under sustained use, aided by both airflow and full-sized heatsink compatibility.

For networking performance, the system’s dual 10GbE SFP+ interfaces were subjected to direct iPerf3 stress tests and real-world copy operations involving both SATA and NVMe-based storage arrays. Both ports reached saturation—approximately 9.5 Gbps—under bidirectional iPerf3 tests with no jitter or packet loss, even during simultaneous Plex streaming and background drive activity. SMB transfers of large 4K video files to a remote 10GbE-equipped workstation routinely exceeded 1.1 GB/s sustained, indicating that the system’s storage and network layers were well-aligned.

The two 2.5GbE RJ45 ports were also tested as either bridged interfaces in Proxmox or as failover backups, with VLAN tagging and static routing configured via systemd-networkd. No conflicts or bottlenecks were detected, even when running scheduled backups over one NIC while media was streamed through another. This concurrent multi-interface performance demonstrates how the WTR Max can comfortably handle mixed workloads across different network zones or physical infrastructure types.

Power consumption testing covered four defined usage scenarios to gauge idle and active draw under realistic conditions. With no drives installed and only the OS running from the onboard NVMe SSD, the system idled at just 18W, largely due to the mobile efficiency of the Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS and lack of mechanical components. Installing five M.2 SSDs increased baseline consumption to around 24W. With all six SATA bays populated using 8TB–18TB HDDs alongside five SSDs, power draw under passive load settled at approximately 52–53W. During full-load testing—consisting of active read/write operations on all drives, high-bitrate Plex streaming, dual 10GbE saturation, and 40–50% CPU usage—system draw fluctuated between 73W and 89W. These numbers fall within reasonable bounds for a 12-core-equivalent server system with 11 drives, four fans, and integrated GPU transcode activity. The external 280W power supply never exhibited instability and has sufficient overhead for adding expansion enclosures or OCuLink-powered peripherals like an eGPU or NVMe array.

Application testing further underscored the platform’s ability to support a hybrid range of tasks. In multimedia scenarios, Plex Media Server was configured to transcode a 400 Mbps 4K file, a 200 Mbps 4K stream, and two simultaneous 80 Mbps 8K/4K sources—all while maintaining fluid playback and system responsiveness. The integrated Radeon 780M handled these loads using hardware transcoding (VAAPI), keeping CPU load under 50% throughout. In a separate deployment, Proxmox was used to launch six Windows 10 VMs and two Ubuntu LTS servers, with each VM receiving 2–4 vCPUs and 2–4 GB of memory. All machines remained responsive under simultaneous browser, terminal, and light media workloads. Importantly, the LCD panel continued to provide accurate telemetry even during these test periods, showing live RAM, CPU, and storage activity. No kernel-level instability, drive timeouts, or system hangs were observed during multi-day operation. This level of consistency positions the WTR Max as a capable platform not just for data storage, but also for virtualized desktop hosting, container orchestration, or edge-processing scenarios where performance and uptime are equally critical.

SSD Benchmark Gen 4 x1: ~1.6 GB/s read / ~1.5 GB/s write; Gen 4 x2: ~2.9 GB/s read / ~2.8 GB/s write
Internal Transfers M.2 to M.2 mixed or matched: ~500–600 MB/s (sustained), likely limited by shared lanes
10GbE Throughput Full saturation on both SFP+ ports: ~9.5 Gbps, sustained 1.1+ GB/s file transfer
Power Consumption 18W (idle, no drives), 24W (SSDs only), 52–53W (fully populated idle), 73–89W (peak load)
Transcoding (Plex) 4 concurrent streams (4K/8K), HW transcoding (Radeon 780M), <50% CPU load, stable output
Virtualization 6x Win10 (4GB RAM/2 vCPUs), 2x Ubuntu (2GB RAM/2 vCPUs); responsive multi-session use
Thermal Behavior 35–40°C idle, 47–49°C under stress, SSDs remained below 48°C, no thermal throttling

Aoostar WTR Max NAS Review – Conclusion & Verdict

The Aoostar WTR Max presents a rare combination of compact form factor, enterprise-aligned specifications, and hardware flexibility that places it apart from both consumer-grade NAS appliances and DIY server builds. With support for eleven total storage devices—including six SATA bays and five Gen 4 NVMe slots—plus ECC memory compatibility and dual 10GbE networking, it delivers a feature set typically reserved for much larger or more expensive systems. Its Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor offers sufficient compute power for a wide range of workloads, from virtualization and containerization to media encoding and storage routing. Real-world performance during testing confirmed that the WTR Max could handle multiple simultaneous high-bitrate video transcodes, multi-VM operation, and 10GbE network saturation, all while maintaining consistent thermals and manageable power usage. While internal bandwidth sharing across NVMe slots may limit some inter-disk operations, this did not impact external throughput or sustained application performance.

For users seeking a flexible platform to host their own NAS operating system—whether TrueNAS, Unraid, or Proxmox—the WTR Max provides considerable value, assuming a willingness to configure and manage the software stack independently. It does not include a proprietary OS or vendor-specific ecosystem, which may be a drawback for those expecting turnkey functionality but a strength for users looking to avoid software licensing limitations or drive compatibility locks. The LCD front panel, OCuLink expandability, and support for up to 128GB of DDR5 RAM further extend its potential across use cases that include hybrid desktop/NAS roles, edge compute appliances, or lab environments. While priced above entry-level NAS systems, its performance, thermal behavior, and hardware access align more closely with workstation-class systems. A future comparison with devices like the Minisforum N5 Pro will offer more context, but based on current observations, the Aoostar WTR Max establishes itself as a serious option for self-hosters demanding both storage density and processing headroom.

The Aoostar WTR MAX Nas is available from the following places:
  • Aoostar WTR Max NAS on (Check Amazon) – HERE
  • Aoostar R1 N150 2-Bay NAS $179 – HERE
  • Aoostar R7 4-Bay NAS $419 – HERE
  • Aoostar R7 2-Bay 5825U NAS $399 – HERE
  • Aoostar Oculink 800W ePCIe Docking Station $169 – HERE
  • Aoostar GEN12 Gen4 PC $374 on AliExpress – HERE
Aoostar WTR Max NAS Pros Aoostar WTR Max NAS Cons
  • High Storage Density in Compact Form
    Supports up to 11 drives (6x SATA + 5x NVMe) in a desktop-sized chassis, ideal for users with large-scale storage needs but limited physical space.

  • Enterprise-Class CPU with ECC Support
    AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS offers 8C/16T performance, ECC memory support, and integrated RDNA 3 graphics—rare at this price and size.

  • Dual 10GbE SFP+ and Dual 2.5GbE Networking
    Provides flexible, high-throughput networking for content creators, virtual environments, or advanced home labs.

  • Strong Virtualization and Transcoding Performance
    Smooth Proxmox VM hosting and real-time Plex 4K/8K transcoding using Radeon 780M hardware acceleration.

  • OCuLink PCIe Expansion Port
    Enables high-speed external storage or GPU support without sacrificing internal NVMe bandwidth.

  • Customizable LCD Monitoring Panel
    Real-time display of system metrics (CPU, RAM, network, storage) with theme options, useful for headless setups.

  • Robust Cooling System with Vapor Chamber
    Glacier Pro 1.0 design keeps thermals in check across four fans and distinct airflow zones; low fan noise even under load.

  • Open Software Ecosystem
    No proprietary OS or restrictions; supports TrueNAS, Unraid, Proxmox, or Linux-based setups for full admin control.

  • Limited Internal NVMe Cross-Throughput
    Inter-M.2 transfer speeds are capped (~500–600 MB/s), possibly due to shared chipset lanes or controller design.

  • No Internal PCIe Slot
    Expansion is limited to OCuLink; users needing traditional PCIe cards (e.g., GPUs or HBAs) may find this restrictive.

  • LCD Panel Software Can Be Problematic
    Configuration software raised browser security flags and requires static IP client setup, making it less accessible.

  • External Power Brick Only
    280W external PSU is functional but not ideal for rackmount or integrated enclosures; some users may prefer internal ATX power.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

45Drives HL8 NAS Case Review

Par : Rob Andrews
25 juin 2025 à 18:00

45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Case Review

The 45Drives HL8 is an 8-bay desktop NAS chassis developed for users who want professional-grade storage hardware without committing to the rigid ecosystems of traditional NAS vendors. Designed and manufactured in North America, the HL8 is available in several configurations, with this review focusing specifically on the chassis, backplane, and power supply model. This version includes a precision-built steel enclosure, a direct-wired 8-bay SATA backplane, and a 500W 80 Plus Gold-rated Flex ATX power supply. It omits bundled motherboards, CPUs, and pre-installed operating systems, appealing to users who prefer to build or customize their NAS hardware environment while still benefiting from an integrated power and storage foundation. The HL8 aims to bridge the gap between low-cost DIY NAS enclosures, which often suffer from poor thermals and awkward layouts, and locked-down consumer appliances that limit software choices and upgrade potential. With a hinged open-frame design, support for full-height PCIe cards, and internal layout optimized for accessibility and cooling, the HL8 is positioned as a platform for long-term use and adaptability rather than a quick-start solution. While its price point is significantly higher than generic imported chassis, its construction and modular focus suggest it’s intended for serious users seeking more control, not simply more convenience.

Who Are 45Drives?

45Drives is a Canadian storage hardware manufacturer based in Nova Scotia, operating as a division of Protocase, a custom enclosure and prototyping company. The brand has built a reputation among system integrators, IT professionals, and homelab enthusiasts for delivering modular, open-platform storage solutions. Unlike many NAS vendors that focus on vertically integrated ecosystems, 45Drives offers systems built around industry-standard components, designed to be user-serviceable and adaptable. Their catalog includes high-density rackmount systems like the Storinator, hybrid flash-HDD systems such as the Stornado, and more recently, a range of compact desktop NAS chassis under the “HL” or HomeLab label. The HL8, HL4, and HL15 models are part of this effort to scale down enterprise-grade build quality into a form factor more appropriate for deskside or small office deployment.

A core part of 45Drives’ identity is its commitment to open-source principles, not just through hardware compatibility but also in software tooling and education. The company develops and maintains Cockpit-based management modules—such as their ZFS and Samba interfaces—for Linux distributions like Rocky Linux, which they often preinstall with their systems. These modules are freely available on GitHub, and the company encourages users to modify, self-host, or adapt them as needed. In addition to their software work, 45Drives actively engages with the community through regular YouTube content, documentation portals, and technical support that continues even when customers deviate from default hardware or software configurations. This combination of enterprise durability, user empowerment, and open development has earned 45Drives a dedicated following among those who want to retain full control over their infrastructure without sacrificing reliability or support.

BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
NOISE - 8/10
COOLING - 8/10
PRICE - 6/10
VALUE - 8/10


8.0
PROS
👍🏻1. Exceptional build quality using 2mm thick powder-coated steel
👍🏻2. Unique hinged design allows full interior access without disassembly
👍🏻3. Integrated 12Gb/s SATA/SAS-compatible hot-swap backplane
👍🏻4. Designed for Mini-ITX motherboards with full PCIe x16 slot suppor0t
👍🏻5. Tool-less and tray-less drive bays improve maintenance and upgrades
👍🏻6. Outstanding documentation and support from 45Drives
👍🏻7. Fully open-source-friendly chassis with non-proprietary layout
CONS
👎🏻1. Significantly more expensive than typical DIY NAS cases
👎🏻2. No native 2.5\" SSD bays included (requires 3D-printed or addon tray)
👎🏻3. Only compatible with Flex ATX PSUs, limiting choice and increasing cost

45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – External Design

The HL8’s exterior sets it apart from typical consumer NAS enclosures through its bold and unique industrial construction – practically enterprise grade, at a homelab and desktop level. Built from 16-gauge powder-coated steel, the chassis weighs approximately 22 lbs even before drives are installed, conveying a sense of structural rigidity that clearly aligns more with enterprise hardware than with mass-market desktop cases.

The finish is matte and durable, avoiding cheap plastics or decorative panels. Buyers can choose between metal and acrylic front plates, and several color options are available, offering some degree of personalization—something rarely seen at this tier. Branding is subtle, with the HL8 model designation etched into the top panel and a logo plate on the front face.

Unlike most enclosures that rely on removable panels or sliding trays, the HL8 features a hinged “clam shell” design. The entire upper shell lifts open via captive thumb screws, granting immediate access to internal components without needing to remove the drives or disconnect cabling.

This mechanism provides real-time visibility into the system’s interior during operation, making it easier to perform diagnostics, replace fans, or adjust cabling. It’s particularly helpful for users who regularly service or upgrade their systems, and it avoids many of the frustrations associated with cramped or tool-dependent access panels.

The front of the case houses eight hot-swap 3.5” bays in a vertical arrangement, accessible without tools and pre-wired via the internal backplane. These bays are trayless and rely on drive guides for alignment, secured by the structural frame rather than individual plastic sleds. This design allows for rapid drive installation and removal while minimizing potential points of mechanical failure. The front ventilation is cut directly into the steel fascia, and airflow is directed through the drive bays by internal Noctua fans located behind them. There are no visible indicators or LCD panels on the front panel—minimalism is favored over visual clutter.

Around the rear, the layout remains conventional but clean. The rear I/O cutout accommodates standard mini-ITX motherboard layouts, and the single expansion slot supports a full-height PCIe card up to 72mm in height. The integrated Flex ATX power supply sits beside the motherboard area with its own exhaust fan, and ample passive ventilation is provided via additional steel cutouts. While visually understated, the HL8’s outer design prioritizes durability, accessibility, and functional airflow—traits that reflect its enterprise lineage more than its homelab label might suggest.

Category HL8 (Chassis + Backplane) HL8 (Chassis + Backplane + PSU)
Model Name HL8 HL8 with PSU
Drive Bays 8x 3.5″ Tool-less, Trayless Bays 8x 3.5″ Tool-less, Trayless Bays
Drive Compatibility SATA & SAS (12Gb/s) via backplane SATA & SAS (12Gb/s) via backplane
Hot-Swap Support Yes Yes
Backplane Interface Mini-SAS HD (SFF-8643) Mini-SAS HD (SFF-8643)
Motherboard Support Mini-ITX Mini-ITX
PCIe Expansion Slot 1x Full-height, full-length 1x Full-height, full-length
PSU Form Factor Not included Flex ATX (pre-installed)
PSU Rating 500W, 80 Plus Gold (SilverStone FX500)
Cooling 3x 80mm Noctua Fans (pre-installed) 3x 80mm Noctua Fans (pre-installed)
CPU Cooler Clearance Approx. 75mm (depends on board layout) Approx. 75mm (depends on board layout)
GPU Length Support Up to ~270mm Up to ~270mm
Chassis Material 2mm Powder-Coated Steel 2mm Powder-Coated Steel
Front I/O None (uses motherboard rear I/O) None (uses motherboard rear I/O)
Drive Activity LEDs Optional (headers on backplane) Optional (headers on backplane)
Tool-less Design Yes – Hinged Folding Design Yes – Hinged Folding Design
Dimensions (W x D x H) ~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx.) ~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx.)
Weight (Unpopulated) ~7.8kg ~9.5kg (with PSU)
Made In Canada (Chassis), USA (via Protocase partner) Canada (Chassis), USA (via Protocase partner)
Typical Price (USD) $599 $799

45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – Internal Case Design

Internally, the HL8 case is engineered for both accessibility and structured airflow, with a layout that avoids many of the compromises found in smaller or mass-produced enclosures. The most notable feature is its fully hinged body, which allows the entire top and side panel assembly to lift upward without removing the drives. This open-access approach separates the drive chamber from the motherboard compartment without creating restrictive airflow barriers. It’s a significant advantage for users who need to inspect, troubleshoot, or upgrade internal components, especially when working with larger cooling units or dense cable configurations.

The motherboard area is positioned on the right side of the chassis, aligned horizontally to the drive plane, which prevents any obstruction by drive trays or cabling. This layout supports standard mini-ITX boards and allows full visibility of memory slots, M.2 sockets, and power headers even with drives installed. The motherboard is flanked by routing space that supports organized cabling, including SATA or power leads. This spacing is particularly useful when working with non-modular PSUs or when routing SATA cables from alternative controllers or add-in cards. The case does not limit users to any specific board vendor or layout beyond the mini-ITX size constraint.

Cabling for the backplane is pre-installed in the PSU model, which simplifies setup considerably. The backplane itself is a direct-wired design supporting up to eight SATA drives without requiring SAS expander cards or proprietary interfaces. This approach ensures compatibility with a wide range of consumer and enterprise SATA drives and avoids the long-term risks of vendor-specific drive bay lock-ins. It also makes replacing or troubleshooting individual cables far easier than in systems using multipath or bundled connectors. Power and data connections are cleanly routed through the side of the case, keeping airflow clear and minimizing vibration interference.

The Flex ATX PSU sits at the rear left and is mounted horizontally, drawing air through its own intake and exhausting separately from the main airflow path. This compact configuration leaves the bulk of the case’s lower chamber available for future expansion or airflow tuning. Additional internal fan mounts and brackets are preinstalled, and 45Drives includes all necessary mounting screws and documentation—even down to port-specific manuals for the pre-installed PSU. The internal design of the HL8 shows clear thought toward ease of maintenance and modularity, reflecting an expectation that users will revisit and modify their system over time rather than treat it as a sealed appliance.

45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – Noise and Cooling

The HL8’s cooling design reflects a balance between thermal efficiency and acoustic performance, especially in its PSU-included configuration. By default, this model ships with multiple Noctua fans—specifically, two NF-A12x15 fans for intake and one NF-A4x10 for exhaust—which are widely regarded for their low noise output and long-term reliability.

Combined with the direct airflow path created by the open drive cage layout, the HL8 maintains effective cooling of both hard drives and system components without requiring high-RPM, high-noise fan profiles. Even under load, thermal tests show the drive temperatures hovering around 50°C in a 20°C ambient environment—well within safe operating margins for mechanical disks.

In real-world usage, the system produces around 33–34 dBA at idle and 42 dBA under full fan load during tasks such as ZFS pool creation or sustained disk activity. These levels are consistent with what you would expect from a quiet desktop PC and are significantly lower than typical rackmount systems or budget enclosures using unbranded high-speed fans.

The use of steel panels throughout the chassis also contributes to noise dampening, reducing vibration resonance from spinning drives. Overall, the HL8’s thermal and acoustic profile is well-suited for deployment in office or home environments where audible noise is a concern, without sacrificing long-term cooling performance.

45Drives HL8 8-Bay Case vs the Jonsbo N3 Case

The 45Drives HL8 and the Jonsbo N3 both offer 8-bay NAS enclosures for mini-ITX builds, but they cater to very different tiers of the DIY NAS market. The HL8 is positioned as a premium, enterprise-grade enclosure built entirely from 16-gauge steel and manufactured in Canada. It includes a fully integrated backplane, Noctua fans, and a Flex ATX PSU—features aimed at maximizing serviceability, thermal control, and long-term reliability.

Priced at roughly $880 USD for the chassis, backplane, and PSU combo, it targets users who demand industrial standards in a desktop form factor. The Jonsbo N3, in contrast, is a Chinese-manufactured enclosure constructed from 2.0mm aluminium alloy with 1.0mm steel internals.

It focuses on maximizing functionality in a compact and aesthetically refined format, with average retail pricing ranging between $150–$170 USD, though occasional sales and unpredictable shipping costs on platforms like AliExpress can make pricing volatile.

Category 45Drives HL8

 

Jonsbo N3

 

Drive Bays 8x 3.5″ (tool-less trays, SATA/SAS via backplane) 8x 3.5″ (hot-swap, SATA only via passive backplane)
Backplane Type Integrated 12Gb/s SATA/SAS backplane Passive SATA backplane (individual ports)
Motherboard Support Mini-ITX Mini-ITX, DTX
PCIe Slots 1x Full-height, full-length (up to ~270mm) 2x expansion slots (supports 1x double-width card)
PSU Support Flex ATX SFX (≤105mm) with internal extension cable routing
CPU Cooler Clearance Up to 75mm (depends on board layout) Up to 130mm
GPU/PCIe Card Clearance Up to ~270mm (1 slot) Up to 250mm (double-width supported)
Construction Material 2mm Powder-Coated Steel 2mm Aluminium (exterior), 1mm Steel (interior)
Cooling 3x 80mm Noctua fans included (chassis & CPU area) 2x 100mm fans included (HDD area), 2x 90mm optional
Front I/O Ports None (depends on motherboard I/O) USB 3.0 Type-A, USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C, Audio Combo
LED Indicators Optional drive activity LEDs 8x front panel drive activity LEDs
Toolless Access Yes – hinged “flower” folding design No – top secured by Allen screws
Chassis Dimensions (WxDxH) ~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx., rectangular shape) 233mm x 262mm x 298mm
Weight ~9.5kg (with PSU and backplane) 3.9kg (no PSU)
Hot Swap Support Yes Yes
Price (avg.) $658 (chassis + backplane) $150–$170 USD (no PSU, varies by seller/region)
Manufacturing Origin Canada (with some imported components IN PRE-BUILT NAS models) China

In terms of hardware layout and user experience, the HL8 emphasizes modularity and ease of access. Its unique “flower-style” hinged chassis allows for complete servicing of drives, motherboard, cabling, and PSU without disassembly. The built-in backplane supports both SATA and SAS, reducing the need for messy cabling or additional HBA cards unless required for scale-out. Meanwhile, the Jonsbo N3 offers a two-chamber design separating drives and the motherboard/PSU area, supporting 8 hot-swap drives via an included SATA-only backplane. However, the power delivery system relies on two Molex and one SATA connector—an odd combination that may require more planning for power distribution. The N3 also employs a PSU passthrough cable from the back to a front-mounted internal SFX PSU, saving space but potentially restricting airflow and complicating installation. Unlike the HL8’s enterprise cable routing, the N3 requires tight cable management due to its smaller internal volume, and is more prone to cable congestion near the motherboard tray.

Where the HL8 wins in build quality and professional usability, the N3 counters with surprising features at its price point. The N3 includes dual rear fans, 8 LED indicators for drive activity, USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C front I/O, and support for large PCIe GPUs or network cards up to 250mm. However, it uses rubber grommet-mounted drive holders instead of trays—a cost-saving measure that may reduce vibration but introduces concerns about long-term durability and ease of drive removal. It also lacks tool-less panels for the main lid, requiring an Allen key for access, which, while flush and neat, isn’t practical for regular service. By comparison, the HL8 is fully toolless throughout. Ultimately, the HL8 is ideal for users who prioritize low-maintenance reliability and modular enterprise design in a desktop form, while the N3 offers excellent value for cost-conscious DIY builders willing to trade some serviceability and airflow flexibility for size, aesthetics, and affordability.

45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – The Pre-Built AMD Model

In addition to offering the HL8 as a chassis with backplane and power supply, 45Drives also sells a fully assembled, tested, and burn-in validated configuration for users who prefer a turnkey deployment. The current prebuilt model typically includes a Gigabyte B550I AORUS Pro AX mini-ITX motherboard, paired with either an AMD Ryzen 5 5500GT (6-core, 12-thread) or Ryzen 7 5700G (8-core, 16-thread) processor. These CPUs offer solid single- and multi-threaded performance, integrated graphics for transcoding or light GUI workloads, and efficient power profiles.

The build also comes with up to 64GB of DDR4 UDIMM memory, a 1TB NVMe SSD (typically Gen 4), Noctua NH-L9a-AM4 low-profile CPU cooler, and factory-installed Noctua case fans. All internal wiring is professionally routed, and the system arrives with Rocky Linux and the Houston UI preinstalled for immediate setup.

Category HL8 Prebuilt Model (Full Configuration)
Model Name HL8 (Prebuilt by 45Drives)
Chassis Material 2mm Powder-Coated Steel (Same as enterprise rackmount line)
Motherboard Gigabyte B550I AORUS Pro AX (Mini-ITX)
CPU AMD Ryzen 5 5500 GT (6 cores / 12 threads, Zen 3, 3.6GHz base, 4.4GHz boost)
Memory (Default) 16GB DDR4-3200 Unbuffered ECC (Expandable to 64GB)
SSD (OS Drive) 1TB Kingston NVMe Gen 4 x4
Drive Bays 8x 3.5″ Trayless Tool-less Bays (SATA/SAS 12Gb/s Backplane)
Hot-Swap Support Yes
Backplane Interface Mini-SAS HD (SFF-8643 to SATA breakout)
PSU SilverStone FX500 (500W Flex ATX, 80 Plus Gold)
Cooling Fans 3x 80mm Noctua (pre-installed) + CPU: Noctua NH-L9a cooler
Expansion Slot 1x PCIe 4.0 x16 (Supports full-height, full-length GPU or NIC)
M.2 Slots 2x (One used for OS drive, One used with SATA controller)
SATA Ports (Onboard) 4x SATA III (From motherboard)
Additional SATA 4x via M.2 SATA controller (occupies second M.2 slot)
Networking 1x 2.5GbE (Realtek 8125B) + Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax)
USB Ports (Rear) 4x USB 3.2 Gen 1, 2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (1x Type-A, 1x Type-C)
Audio Ports 3.5mm Mic In / Line Out / Line In
Dimensions (W x D x H) ~305mm x 370mm x 260mm (approx.)
Weight (Unpopulated) ~9.5kg
Operating System OS not included by default; compatible with TrueNAS, Rocky Linux + Houston UI, Proxmox
Typical Price (USD) $1,399 (at time of writing)

At the time of writing, the total cost of the prebuilt HL8 with the Ryzen 5700G configuration is $1,538 USD. In contrast, a self-built system using comparable off-the-shelf components can be assembled for approximately $875–$900. A rough cost breakdown would be: Ryzen 7 5700G and B550I motherboard combo ($260), 64GB DDR4 UDIMM ($103), 1TB NVMe SSD ($60), 500W Flex ATX Gold PSU ($90), Noctua CPU and case fans ($75), plus an equivalent MITX 8-bay chassis with SATA backplane ($159–$180). While this approach offers clear cost savings, it comes with multiple delivery sources, fragmented warranties, and no factory testing—factors that may be important to users prioritizing reliability and vendor accountability over price.

The prebuilt model is best suited to users who want predictable performance, reduced setup time, and consolidated post-sale support. It removes the need for component sourcing, physical assembly, and initial troubleshooting. However, it also imposes some limitations, such as the use of a single 2.5GbE network port and lack of configuration flexibility. Users requiring more advanced networking or GPU options will need to expand via the PCIe slot manually. Overall, the prebuilt HL8 fills a niche for those who want an enterprise-adjacent storage server without the learning curve or integration work required by a ground-up build, but it may be over-specified or overpriced for more self-sufficient users.

The 45Drives Houseton UI Software – Any Good?

The Houston UI platform from 45Drives is built on top of the open-source Cockpit Project, designed to offer users a web-based server management interface with a lightweight footprint.

Its browser-based GUI makes it accessible from any device on the network, and it supports multiple Linux distributions, including Rocky Linux, which is often used as the default OS with Houston UI.

One of the primary strengths of Houston UI is its ZFS management interface. Users can easily create, modify, and monitor ZFS storage pools without needing to interact directly with the command line.

The system allows for selection of RAID types (RAIDZ1, Z2, etc.), VDEV expansion, record size configuration, deduplication, encryption, and adjustable compression — all accessible within a guided, GUI-based setup.

System monitoring is a central feature of Houston UI, with a real-time dashboard showing CPU, memory, network throughput, and active services. It includes disk status indicators, smart monitoring tools, and hardware detail pages.

Some of which include visual layouts depending on motherboard detection. While the graphical presentation is basic compared to Synology DSM, it does provide sufficient system insight for regular administration.

Houston UI also includes a modular service control center, where administrators can enable or disable a wide range of server services such as Samba (SMB), NFS, SSH, and rsync.

Each module is toggleable, and users can configure individual services with editable configuration files directly from the browser. This brings flexibility, while still maintaining visual accessibility for basic tasks.

The task scheduler in Houston UI provides an easy way to set up automated jobs — including backups, updates, power cycling, and network interface toggling.

Unlike many systems that hide these functions under multiple wizards, Houston offers a unified “Tasks” area for managing all routine automations, including custom scripts and cron-based tasks.

A standout feature is the cloud synchronization and backup module, which offers connectivity to cloud platforms such as Amazon S3 and Backblaze B2, as well as support for local-to-remote rsync and FTP targets. It allows users to control bandwidth, frequency, and folder mappings from a single-pane interface — something that’s typically fragmented in competing platforms.

For users running virtual machines, Houston UI includes a KVM-based virtualization manager. This allows the creation and monitoring of guest VMs directly through the browser, including storage provisioning, image selection, CPU/memory configuration, and console access. While not as feature-rich as Proxmox, it’s suitable for lightweight VM workloads and container testing.

Finally, Houston supports module extensions, with 45Drives publishing their own file sharing and ZFS modules via GitHub. These can be installed on any compatible Linux system running Cockpit. This open approach allows users to build their own UI extensions or pull from the community, avoiding platform lock-in and enabling customization well beyond the factory defaults.

45Drives HL8 8-Bay MITX NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The 45Drives HL8, when configured as a chassis with backplane and PSU, represents a refined and deliberate approach to small-form NAS deployment. Priced around $880 USD, this configuration sits well above entry-level alternatives, but the investment is clearly reflected in its enterprise-grade construction, serviceable layout, and attention to detail. With a robust 16-gauge steel chassis, direct-wired SATA backplane, and a high-efficiency 500W Flex ATX PSU pre-installed, it offers an ideal base for users who plan to build a serious and scalable NAS solution without locking themselves into restrictive ecosystems.

The hinged body design, tool-free drive access, and Noctua fan integration show a strong understanding of real-world usability, especially for those who perform ongoing maintenance, upgrades, or hardware experimentation. In that sense, it’s less a typical “consumer NAS case” and more a modular platform intended for long-term infrastructure use in homelab and small business environments.

That said, this is not a universal fit for all users. The HL8’s exclusive support for mini-ITX motherboards imposes limitations on connectivity and expansion, especially for those needing multiple PCIe lanes or additional SATA ports without relying on adapters. And while the internal layout is clearly optimized, buyers still need to be comfortable sourcing and configuring their own motherboard, CPU, memory, and storage—something that could be daunting for beginners or those seeking simplicity over flexibility. In markets where similar 8-bay enclosures from lesser-known brands can be found for half the price, the HL8’s value lies more in its physical build quality, localized production, and long-term viability rather than raw cost efficiency. Users comparing it to entry-tier rackmount gear or compact server cases will need to weigh whether the HL8’s refinement and modularity justify the premium.

Ultimately, the HL8 is a product with a clearly defined audience: self-hosters, IT professionals, and technical users who understand the value of vendor-agnostic hardware and want to retain full control over their system’s lifecycle. It offers a rare middle ground between low-cost DIY setups that require piecemeal integration and fully locked turnkey NAS systems from mainstream brands. For those who are willing to invest not only financially but also in the time and knowledge needed to assemble and manage their NAS environment, the HL8 stands out as one of the most thoughtfully engineered and supportable 8-bay NAS chassis currently on the market.

Pros Cons
1. Exceptional build quality using 2mm thick powder-coated steel 1. Significantly more expensive than typical DIY NAS cases
2. Unique hinged design allows full interior access without disassembly 2. No native 2.5″ SSD bays included (requires 3D-printed or addon tray)
3. Integrated 12Gb/s SATA/SAS-compatible hot-swap backplane 3. Only compatible with Flex ATX PSUs, limiting choice and increasing cost
4. Designed for Mini-ITX motherboards with full PCIe x16 slot support
5. Tool-less and tray-less drive bays improve maintenance and upgrades
6. Outstanding documentation and support from 45Drives
7. Fully open-source-friendly chassis with non-proprietary layout

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 
❌
❌